DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) „ ,,153 Not Sanskrit 189—174

SYNOPTICAL LIST OF THE NUMBERS OF THE MSS. AND THE CATALOGUE NUMBERS.

Cat.-No. Cat.-No Whish No. 1— 1 Whish No. 27—28 2— 2 28—29 » 55 55 55 3— 3 29—30 51 55 55 55 4— 30—31 H 55 4 55 55 5— 5 31-32 H 55 55 55 6— 6 32—33 H 55 55 55 7— 7 33—34 » 55 55 55 8— 8 34-35 « •5 55 55 9— 9 35—36 55 55 51 55

10—10 36 A 1 51 55 55 55 11—11 36 b| 51 55 55 55 37—38 55 55 55 55 38—39 55 55 12(2)| 55 55 13—13 39—40 n 55 55 55 13a- 14 40—41 55 55 55 55 14—15 41—42 55 5? 55 55 15-16 42—43 55 55 55 55 16-17 43 44 55 55 55 55 17—18 44—191 55 55 55 55 18-19 45—45 55 ;; 55 55 19—20 46-46 55 55 55 55 20—21 47—192 55 55 55 55 DR.RUPNATHJI(21—22 DR.RUPAK NATH 48-47) 55 55 55 55 22—23 49—48 55 55 55 55 23—24 50—49 55 55 55 55 24—25 51—50 55 55 n 55 25—26 52—51 55 55 n n 26-27 53—52 55 55 n n ->^ XIII i<-

Cat.-No. Cat-No. Whish No. 54—53 Whish No. 88— 89 55—54 89— 90 » H 55 55 56—55 90— 91 V « 55 55 57—56 91— 92 Tl » 55 55 92— 93 » 55 58(1)1 57 55 55 93— 94 H 55 58(2)} 55 55 59-58 94— 95 H 55 » 55 60—59 95— 96 ?5 55 11 55 61—60 96— 97 » 55 55 55 62—61 97— 98 H 55 55 55 63—62 98— 99 » 55 55 55 64-63 99—100 « 55 55 55 65—64 100—101 »5 55 55 55 66—65 101—102 » 55 5? 55 67—66 102—103 « 55 55 55 68—67 103—104 « 55 55 55 69A— 68 104—105 >; 55 55 55 69 B— 69 105—106 n 55 55 55 70—70 106—107 n 55 55 55 71—71 107—108 « 55 55 55 72—72 108-109 M 55 55 55 73—73 109—110 « 55 55 55 74—74 llOA— n 55 55 55 HI 75—75 55 HOB— 112 11 55 55 76—76 111 — 113 11 55 55 55 77—77 55 112 A—114 11 55 55 78-78 112 B— 115 11 55 55 55 79—79 113-116 11 55 55 55 80—80 114—117 11 55 55 55 81—81 115—118 11 55 55 55 82—82 116—119 11 55 DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK55 55 NATH ) 83—83 117—120 11 55 55 55 84A—84 118—121 11 55 55 55 84B-85 119—122 11 55 55 55 85—86 « 55 55 55 120 not Sanskrit 86—87 121—123 11 55 55 55

55 87—88 n 122—124 -^ XIV H$-

Cat.-No. Oat.-Ko. WhishNo. 123-125 Whish No. 159—154

„ „ 124 not Sanskrit 160—155

„ 125 A—126 161 not Sanskrit

„ „ 125 B not Sanskrit 162 — 156

„ „ 126—127 163—157

„ „ 127—128 164 — 158

„ „ 128—129 165—159

„ 129—130 166 not Sanskrit

„ 130—131 167—193

„ ,,131 not Sanskrit 168 not Sanskrit

„ 132—132 169—160

„ 133—133 170 not Sanskrit

„ „ 134—134 171—161

„ „ 135 not Sanskrit 172—162

„ 136—135 173 not Sanskrit

„ „ 137—136 174-163

„ „ 138 not Sanskrit 175—164

„ 139—137 176—165

„ „ 140—138 177—166

„ „ 141-139 178 — 167

„ „ 142-140 179—168

„ „ 143-141 180—211

„ „ 144-142 181—169

„ „ 145-143 182—170

„ „ 146-144 183—171

„ „ 147-145 184—172

„ „ 148-146 185 not Sanskrit

„ „ 149-147 186—207

„ 150-148 187A-195

„ „ 151-149 187 B—203

„ „ 152—150 188—173 DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) „ ,,153 not Sanskrit 189—174

„ „ 154-151 190—175

„ „ 155-152 191—176

„ „ 156 not Sanskrit 192—177 ^^' " » 11 » 193—178 „ 158—153 194—179 ~^^ XY K-

Cat.-No. Cat.-No Whish No. 195-180 Sansk. No. 15—199 1—181 Sansk. No. , 16—200 11 2—182 >: , 17—201 11 :i 3—183 11 11 » , 18—202 4—184 It n n , 19-204 5—185 , 20—205 » ^^ 11 6 186 n n 15 , 21—206 7—187 51 11 51 , 22—208 8—188 n 11 » , 23—209 9—189 11 11 51 , 24—210 10-190 » n 55 , 25-212 11—194 , 26—213 11 n 11 12—196 27-214 11 15 15 , 13—197 , 28—215 11 11 51

11 11 14 198

^>^H$-

DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS.

Aufrecht CC = Oatalogus Catalogorum, by Th. Aufrecht. Leipzig 1891. Part II, Leipzig 1896. Aufrecht- Oxford = Catalogi Codicum Manuscriptorum Bibliothecae Bodleianae Pars Septima, Codices Sanseriticos completens. Con- fecit Th. Aufrecht. Oxonii 1864.

Burnell I. O. = Catalogue of a Collection of Sanskrit Manuscripts. By A. C. Burnell. Part I Vedic Manuscripts. London 1869. Burnell, Tanjore = Classified Index to the Sanskrit MSS. in the Palace at Tanjore. Prepared for the Madras Government by A. C. Burnell. London 1880. Hall = A Contribution towards an Index to the Bibliography of the Indian Philosophical Systems. By Fitzedward Hall. Calcutta 1859. Hultzsch = Reports on Sanskrit MSS. in Southern India, by Dr. Eugen Hultzsch, Nos. 1 & 2. Madras 1895, 1896.

Ind. Off. = Catalogue of the Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Library of the India Office. By Julius Eggeling. London 1887 sqq. Part IV, by Ernst Windisch and Julius Eggeling. Mitra-Bikaner = A Catalogue of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Library of His Highness the Maharaja of Bikaner. Compiled by Rajen- dralala Mitra. Calcutta 1880. Mitra, Notices = Notices of Sanskrit Manuscripts, by Rajendralala Mitra. Calcutta ]892 sqq. Peterson, Reports II, IV = A Second Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit MSS. in the Bombay Circle April 1883—March 1884. By Prof. Peter Peterson. Extra Number of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1884. A Fourth

Report etc. . . . April 1886 — March 1892 . . . Extra Number of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1894. Stein-Jammu == Catalogue of the Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Ra- ghunatha Temple Library of His Highness the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir. Prepared by M. A. Stein. Bombay 1894. Weber -Berlin = Die Handschriften -Verzeichnisse der koniglichen

Bibliothek zu Berlin. Bd. II, Bd. V, 1, 2: Verzeichnis der Sanskrit-HandschriftenDR.RUPNATHJI( vonDR.RUPAKAlbrecht Weber. NATH Berlin) 1853, 1886, 1892. Wilson- Mackenzie = Mackenzie Collection. Descriptive Catalogue of the Oriental Manuscripts ... of the South of India; collected by the late Lieut.-Col. Colin Mackenzie, By H. H.Wilson. Calcutta 1828. 1.

Whish No. 1.

Size: 16fx2 in., 192 leaves, about 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date 0/ MS.: 18th or 19tii cent.?i Character: Leaves 1 to 73 in Grantha, 74 to the end in Malayalam.

(a)

Rgveda-Bhasya, by Sayandcarya, the first three Aclhyayas

of the second Astaka, i. e. Sayana's Commentary on Rgveda-

Samhita I, 122 to I, 165. Ff. 1 to 152 b. This is the MS. G used for Prof. Max Miiller's second edition of the Rgveda with Sayana's Commentary. See

Rig -Veda -Samhita, ed. by F. Max Miiller, 2'^'^ ed., vol. I, pp. liv, Ivi, Ivii seqcj[.

(b)

Sdyandcdrya^s Commentary on the first Aranyaka of the Aitareya-Aranyaka (= Ait. Ar. I, 1—5). Ff. 152b to 192. Very incorrect. It ends: — iti srimad-rajadhirajaraja-paramesvara-vaidi- kamarggapravarttaka - srivira - Bukkabhiipala[bhupala]sam- rajya - dhurandhare(readDR.RUPNATHJI(°ra)sya SayanamatyasyaDR.RUPAK NATHkrtau ) vedartthaprakase prathamaranyakam samaptam ii om ii iti Madhaviye vedartthaprakase aitarekanyaka(read aitareya- ranyakajkande prathamaranyake paucamoddhyayas sa-

ii maptam (read °ah) ii srikrsnaya nama(h) harih om ii

I See Preface. 2.

Whish No. 2.

Size: 16jX2 in., 170 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18 th or 19th cent.?

Character : Malayalam. Bgveda-Bhdsya, by Sdyandcdrya, from the 23'''^ Yarga of the 5*^ Adhyaya of the 1"^^* Astaka, to the end of the

1"* Astaka, i. e. Sayana's Commentary on Rgveda-Sam- hita I, 75 to I, 121.

This is the MS. T used for Prof. Max Miiller's second edition of the Rgveda with Sayana's Commentary, see vol. I, pp. liv, Ivi, Ivii seqq. It begins: — atra prathamam jusasva saprathastamam, etc.

WmsH No. 3.

Size: lOf X 1|^ in., 75 leaves, 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18 tt or 19tii cent.? Character: Grantha.

The BrahmagUd from the Yajnavaihliavakhanda in the SutasamJiitd of the Skanda-Purdna.

It begins: — rsaya ucuh i bhavata sarvam akhyatam sam-

ksepad vistarad api i idanim srotum icchamo brahmagltSm

anuttamam i etc. It ends: — iti omityadimahapurane sri-skande mahapurane stitasamhitayam yajiiavaibhavakhande uparibhage bra- hmagitasiipanisatsu dvadasoddhyayah ii sri^ivaya namah ii subham astii ii DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) 4.

Whish No. 4.

Size: lOf XI-r- in., 170 leaves, 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18th or 19th cent.? Character: Grantha. -^ 3 f<-

A Commentary on the Brahmagitd (see No. 3), by Mddhavacdrya. It begins: — vande sindhuravaktran tarn bandhun dinasya

ii santatam i pratyuhavyiiliasamanam iipasyam sarvadevataili evam upanisadekasamadhigamyasya brahmatmaikatvavijna- nasya nisreyasasadhanatvam uktan tac ca sarvasfikhasam-

matam iti dar^ayitum aitare(ya)kataittiriyakadi - sama- stopanisadartthasya sakalyena pratipadikam brahmagitam vaktum muninam prasnam avatarayati bhavakaratithim

iti atha tarn vaktum puravrttam udaharati pureti sar-

vajnas sarvavid iti samanyatas sarvaii janatiti sarvajnah, etc.

It ends:— iti srmiat-tryambakapadabja-sevaparayanenaiva Madhavacaryyena viracitayam (read °tayam) siitasamliita- yam yajnavaibliavakhandasyoparibhage bralimagitayarp.

dvadasoddhyayali ii sivaya namah subham astu harib om ii

Whish No. 5.

Size: 9|-xlf in-i 117 + 41 leaves, 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18 tb or 19 th cent.? Character: Grantba.

(a)

The Prdyascittasnhodhiin, a work on expiatory rites (Srauta ritual), by Srmivdsama'kliin of the village of Ar- hagola. Ff. 117. It begins: — arhagolagramanivasi Srinivasamakhi sudhihi balan uddisya DR.RUPNATHJI(tanute prayascittasubodhinim DR.RUPAK NATHii tatradav ) anuddharanaprayascittam ucya[n]te, etc.

It ends: — prayascittamsubodhani {sic) samapta ii harih om II srigurucaranaravindabhyan namo namah ii yadrsam

pustakan drstva tadrsam likhitam maya | abaddham va subaddham va mama doso na vidyate ii asmat-gurucaranaravindabhyan namah n (b)

The Kaulddarsatantra (a work on Tantra), by Visva- nandandtJia. Ff. 1 — 19. It begins: — natva srigurupadukafi ca vatukam vaniii ca vighnesvaram kamesan tripuram param bhagavatin devim

sukasyamalam I vaksye kaulikadhurttadambhikasathadinam kulajnaninam acarasya ca laksanani vilasatsatkalikanam

kraniat ii kaulagamatantrartthan samgrhya srlkularnavar-

tthams ca i kauladarsam kurute Visvanando hitaya kaula- vidam ii

It ends: — iti sri-Visvanandanatha-viracita-kauladarsa- tantram sampurnam ii srigurubbyo namah ii

(c)

The leaves 20 to 41 contain two other Tantric treatises, viz.

(1) The Srlcakrapratisthdvidhih. It begins (f. 20): — sri-

cakroddharah i tatra vedikayam gomayopaliptayam pasci- matah svasthanam parityajya etc. It ends on f. 28: — iti

sricakrapratisthavidhih ii Quotations occur from Tantrardja, Ratnasdgara, Kulamuldvatdra.

(2) The Srlvidydkhyamulavidyabheddh, or Tripurabheddh. Ff. 28 to 41.

This treatise begins: — atha srividyakhyamulavidyabheda

ii nirupyante i tatra srijhanarQave etc. The Brlrudraydniala is quoted on fol. 34 b. ^ankardcdrya and Anandayiri are mentioned fol. 36 b.

Fol. — — ity srimulavidyaya ekapaiica- DR.RUPNATHJI(36b 37a: evamDR.RUPAK NATH ) pradar- satbhedah i !§rimadaraddhyacaranaprasadapraptah

sitah I atha yady apy asam vidyanam na camitradusanam iti vacanat siddhasaddhyadivicaro na karttavyah ii atha pra- siddhasrlvidya - pahcadasaksarlmantraprasamgat upasaka- bhedena dvadasavidhasrividyiXmantras ca t^astrantarokta- likhyante follow 12 Mantras. prakarena i Then ->4 5 H5-

The MS. ends: — iti durvasaradluta vidya i pancadasa-

iti kathitah ii srimahatripurasundaryyai ksari i tripurabhedali namah ii

WmsH No. 6.

Size: lO-J Xl?- in., 26-f-89 leaves, from 7 to 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19th cent.? Character: Grantha.

(a)

The Saldisidra together with its Blidsya, 20 Siitras together with their Commentary.

The Sutra begins: — om atha saktisutrani i citisvatantra

I visvasiddhihetuh i svecchaya svabhittau visvam unmilayati

etc. It ends on p. 2: — om saktisutram sarapiirnara i srimat-

gurubhyo namah i

Tlien the Commentary begins: — saktisutrabhasyam I

om I citisvatantra visvasiddhihetuh visvasiddhau hetuh i vi- svasiddhihetuka ca iti sarvakaranatvam sarvasaktitvam mahaphalatvam sukhopayaprapyatvah ca svatmadevataya

vivaksitam i citir ity ekavacanena bhedavastavatvam svatan-

treti niramkusaisvaryyah ca siicitani i etc. It ends on page 12 : — piirve bhutabalim dadyat ksetrapalan tu da-

ksine i rajarajesvaram maddhye ganapati isannye i agneyaga-

napatim agneyarp kurukulyam i vayavye i varahim isa-

nnye I {sic)

(b) DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) Atharvanaprokta - devlraliasya - svari'qiahramopdsandydh jaganmdtrbhaldyaikavedyah iwayoyah ^ by Jayanndtliasuri (215 slokas). Ff. 13—26.

It begins : — vimarsapadavacyam apy avimarsapadan

I Mr. "Whish describes this as the Bhavanopanisad. See below sloka 2. -^ 6 H^

ii II namah i japakusumasonam apy ajapakrtim arabikam 1 bhavanopanisadartthagarbhitrih krikanirammitabhaskarah

.^ padyabandhava . . tu ta Jagannathasurinivahavaktisukr-

ii ii dese sukhasinas divan 2 krtanhikas sucau samahitah i prSnan ayammya mulena rsyadin nyasam acaret ii 3 li It ends: — pranan ayamya tato nyasam krtva gurun

namac chambhum i iti snmad-atharvanaprokta-devirahasya- svariipakramopasanayah jaganmatribhaktyaikavedyali pra-

yogo Jagannathasuri-pranitas samaptah ii harili om ii sri-

devyai namali ii subham astu il

(c)

The Cidvalll, by Natanananda, a pupil of Ndthcinanda.

This is a Commentary on Punydnanda's Kdmakald, or Kdmakcddvildsa. The latter has been printed by Prof. Bhandarkar in his Beport on the search for Sanskrit MSS. in the Bonibay Presidency during the year 1883—84

(Bombay 1887), p. 376 seq. It begins: — vande tan mithunadvandvam adimanandacit- iti yat'^ bhavyate ghanam^ I anuttara^paran jyotir budhaihl

srlmate Natananandayogine paramatmane i raktasuklapra-

bhamisratejase gurave namah i pranamata Xathanandam

paraya bhaktya cidaikyabodhanandam i upanisadartthani-

gudham sakalajananandabhadrapitharudhams i namas sivaya

nathaya cidrupanandarupine i srimata patalapamga^patita-

tamkasamkave i Punyanandamunindrat kamakala nama Natananandah karoti visruta jata i aryya kacid amusya savyakhyam ii Fol. 37a: Punyanandamukhendor uditam anandadayinim

1 Here DR.RUPNATHJI(is a blank space for DR.RUPAKtwo aksaras(w-). NATHI cannot ) make any sense of the two first stanzas. The MS. is beautifully written, and there can be hardly any doubt about the readings. 2 mithunam divyam adyam anandao, Bhandarkar's MS.

3 Oram, Bhand.

4 tat, Bhand.

s opithanurudham, Bhand. 6 srlmate cancalapanga°, Bhand. etara i kamakalam aliam anisam murddhna vaca vahilmi

cittena i iti kamakalavyakhya Natananandena desikaprltyai i

racitil rasikajana[na]nam pumsum alokanaya cidvalli i Xatha- nandaguruiiam sisyas tatvartthacintakas santi i tesam aiiya-

tamoyam tikam enam cakara tatprltyai i asyah kamakalayah

vyakhya pilrvair udahrtaneka i etc.

It ends: — kamakalasvarupam paripurnara i prapaficitam

ii iti I ^ivam iti ^li-Natanananda-kathita cidvalli samapta i

liarih om ii srigurubhyo namah srisiiryyanarayanayasmat-

li svamin[h]e namah i devyai namah

WmsH No. 7.

Size: 14x2 in., 158 leaves, from 11 to 13 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18* or 19tii cent. Character: Grantha.

The HCdasyamahdtmya from the Agastyasamliitd of the

Skanda-Purana, in 71 chapters. See Mitra, Notices, vol. vii, p. 27 seqq., No. 2264.

It begins: — avighnam astu i suklambaradharam visnum

sasivarnan caturbhiijam i prasannavadanan dhyayet sarva-

vighnopasantaye i namas sundaranathilya tasmai halasya-

i lila vasine catussastividha yena pratyaksitah ksitaii i srimat-

sundaranathasya devim sapharalocanam i kalaye hrdaye

. . nityam kadambavanavasinim i etc. . vaksye puratanam

punyam snmaddhalasyasahjiiitam i sravanat sarvapapaghnam vedantesu praka^itam ii . . . desakalavidhanajha Vasi-

sthadya munlsvarah i Yasistho Vamadevas ca Gautamo

Varuno Bhrgiih i Bodhayanah Kasyapas ca Yajhavalkyah

PaiTisarah i BharadvajoragiraDR.RUPNATHJI(Atrih DR.RUPAKKutsas NATHSaktis )Suko mahan i VedaA'yasah Kaholas ca Valmikih Kumbhasam-

i bhavah i Sanatkumaras Sanakas Sanatanasanandanaii

Pulastyah Pulando Gargo Visvamitras ca Naradam (sic) i ity adya munayas sarve jnanino brahmavittamah i snatva tirtthesu sarvesu jnanavapyadikesu ca i jhatva vinayakan sarvan etc. ->4 8 H$-

An abstract of the Contents of the work is given on ff. 11 seqq.

It ends: — sarvas tarati durgani sarvo bhadrani pasyati |

sarvas satgatim apnoti sarvasya bhavita siikliam ii iti srimatskande mahapurane agastyasamhitayam sri-halasya- mahatmye kadambavanapraveso nama ekasaptatimoddhya-

il etc. yah II sivaya namah harih om,

WmsH No. 8.

Size: 13xl|- in., 60 + 25 leaves, 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18th or 19tii cent.? Character: Grantha.

(a) The HaritaUvamuUavall, a Commentary on Sankara's Haristutl (or Harim-'ide-stotra), by SvayamiwaMsa Yati, a pupil of Kaivalydncmda Yogindra. Ff. 60. See Hall,

p. 135 seq.; Mitra, Notices, Nos. 1297, 1489. It begins: — Samkararn Samkaracaryyam Kesavam Bada- sutrabhasyakrtau vande bhagavantau punah- rayanam i advitiyam brahmaiva su- punah I satyajhananandatmakam ddhasatvapradhanamayopadhikam sadisvarabhavam malina- satvapradhanavidyopadhikam sajjivabhavan ca jagan maya-

bhasena jivesau karoti, etc.

It ends : — iti srimat-paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryyasri- Kaivalyananda - yogindra -padakamalabbrmgayamana- Sva- yamprakasakhya-yativiracita sri- Samkara-bhagavat-pada- krta-haristutivyakliya haritatvamuktavalisamakhya samaptaii

^ridaksinamurttaye namah ii subham astu ii DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH )

(b)

The Basabhivyanjikd, a Commentary on Laksmidhara's

Advaitamcikaranda , by Svai/amjpraMsa Yati, a pupil of

Kaivalydncmda Yogindra, ff. 25. See Hall, p. 102; Mitra, Notices, No. 689. ^^ 9 H5-

It begins: — nitvan nirantaranandacitghnam brahma

nirbhayam i ^rutya tarkanubhutibhyam aham asmy advayam

. . sada I etc. . sphutara vedantapratipadyam saccidananda- laksanam sarvajuam sarvopadilnan nityam sarvagam advayam deliendriyapranamanobuddbyaharakarasaksipratyaga- bhinnatayil tarkais sambhavayitum kincit prakaranam advaitamakarandakbyam arabhamanali ciklrsitasya gra- ntbasyavighnaparisamaptaye svestadevatapranamarupam mamgalam svayam anustbaya sisyasiksayai grantbato nibad-

dbnati i kataksakiranacantanamamnobabdbaye namab i etc. Beginning of the last (29*'^) cbapter, fob 24b: —Laksmi- dhara iti granthakarttur nama sa casau kavis, etc. Furtber

on: advaitamakarandasya rasabbivyanjaka krta i Svayam-

prakasa-yatina (read°na) purusottamasasanat i etc.

- - It ends : — iti srimat paramabamsa parivrajakacaryya- Kaivalyananda-Yogindra-pada-kamala-bbrmgayamana-Sva- yamprakasakbya-viracita (ra)sabbivyanjikakbya advaitama-

karandavyakbya samapta ii srimabatripurasundaryyai nanaab ii

Whish No. 9. 88 Size: 12.yXl4 in., -f- 12 + 24 + 26 leaves, 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18tii or 19 th cent.? Character: Grantha.

(a)

Described by Mr. Wbisb as 'Tbe Bliagavata Sdram\ Incomplete. F£ 88. It begins; —yad advayam paranandam satyajnanadilaksa-

nana i niskalanDR.RUPNATHJI(niskriyam santam DR.RUPAKbrabma NATHtat samiipa- )

smabe i namab krsnaya gurave buddhitadvrttisaksine i sacci-

danandarupaya parasmai brabmane mubub i virajate trayl yena jagattrayi bbanuneva i praki5sitarttba(n) tarn vande Yi-

dyaranya-mumsvaram | ekadase prakaranasamgrahas tu pu-

rakrtab | idanira pimar atraiva kriyate slokasamgrabah I skandba ekadase sloka grbyante saravattarah i vidusan •^ 10 H^

cittavi^rantyai tadartthopi ca varnyate i atratyasloka ekaika

uparatyupapadane i alan tathapi grhyante katicitsarabhaji-

bhih I etc. It ends: — vidusah punali-punah krtasravanamanaiiabhyani samutpannanityanirantaraddhyanayogabhyam nirargalaya mana brahmatmatvavagahinl akhandakaravrttir eva vidya sa svayam avidyatain tat karyyan ca nirddhiiya pascad

upasamyatiti sa drstantam upapadayati ii

(b)

The Bhcigavata-Purdna with Commentary, from Adhya-

ya VI, 36 to the end of Adhyaya 7, of the 12*1^ Skandha. Ff. 12. 'The whole contains an account of the extent of the Yedas', Mr. Whish.

It begins: — Saunakah i Pailadibhir Vyasa^isyair veda- cSryyair mmahatmabhih i veda vai kathita vyasta etat

saiimyabhidhehi nah i etc.

It ends: — iti sri-bhagavate mahapurane savyakhyane

dvadase skandhe saptamoddhyayah ii srikrsnaya parama-

gurave namo namah ii

(c)

The Sutagltci of the second part (? uparibhage) of the Tajhavaibhavakhanda of the Sfttasamhitd of the Shanda- Purana. Ff. 24.

It begins: — aisvaram rupam anandam anantarn satyacit-

ghanam i atmatvenaiva pasyantan nistaramgasamudra-

vat II etc.

It ends: — iti sri-skande purane siitasainhitayam yajhavaibhavakhande uparibhage sutagitasupanisatsu astamo-

ddhyayah ii srisivaya parabrahmane namah ii sutaglta samapta. DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) (d)

The SdtagUd-Tdtparyadlpikd, a Commentary on the preceding work, by Madhavdcdrya. Ff. 26. It begins: — atha vidyErtthina namaskaras tu prathama- tah karttavye ity upapadayitum siitagitam srotukamair "

-^ 11 f^

nnaimisiyaih krte namaskarastuti upanisad(read °nibad)-

dhnati ai^varam iti etc.

It ends: — iti sri-tryambakapadabja-seva-parayanena Ma- dhavacaryyena viracitayam siitasarnliita(ta)tpa(r)yadipika- ySm yajnavaibhavakhandasyoparibhage sutagitasiipanisatsu

astamoddhyayah II srlsivaya parasmai brahmane namah ii harih om ii subliam astu ii

10.

Whish'No. 10.

Size: IB-^ x 1-|- in., 217 leaves, 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18 tb or 19 tb cent.? Character: Grantha.

Rdmdnuja^s Commentary on tlie Bdlakdnda and Ayo- dhi/dJxdnda of VdlmtJci's Rdmdyana. It begins: — ramam indivarasyamam rajivayatalocananii jyaghosanirjitaratiii janaklramanam bhaje ii Vrdmikinama- dheyHya muhur varimuce namah i ya sriramakathavarsair

jagattapam asisamat ii etc. Fol. lb: — tatradyakandavyakhyanam kriyate vidusam

mude I Ramanujena vidusa ramabhaktyaikasindhuna i tapa ityadi, etc.

Fol. 59: — iti sri-Hamanujlya-viracite balakandavyakhyane saptasaptatimas sargali Tlie Ayodhyakanda begins on f. 60 a: —gacchateti ma- tiilakulam matulagrham kulam grhesv ity Amarah, etc.

It ends: — iti ^ri-Ramrmujacaryya-viracita- vyakhyane- yoddhyakande ekonavimsatyadhikasatatamas sargah ll sri-

ii ramacandrSya namah ii ayoddhyakandavyakhya samapta

harih oni i DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) 11.

WmsH No. 11.

Size: 125- X If in., 176 leaves, 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: On the first leaf there is an entry ("The metrical Digest called Ekadasa-skandha-saram and its commentary by Brah- ->^ 12 Hg-- mananda Bharati") signed by Mr. Whish and dated 1826. The MS. may have been written for Mr. Whish in that year. At any rate, its appearance is not much older. Character: Grantha.

The EMclasaskandhasarasloMsamgraha, a metrical com- pilation of the doctrines contained in the eleventh Skandha of the Bhdgavata-Pujxina, together with a Commentary, by Bralimananda Bharati, a pupil of Krsndnanda Bharati. It begins: — vaisaradi sativisuddhabuddhir ddhunoti ma- gunasamprasiitani yam l gunams ca sandahya yad atmyam etat svayan ca samyaty asamid yathagnih ii atmS sthuUi- suksmadidehebhyo bhinnah yato jiiata prakasakah etc. Fol, 3: — yavat syat gunavaisamyam tavan nanatvam

atmanah | nanatvam atmano yavat paratantryan tathaiva hi ii It ends: — iti srlmat-paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryya-srl-

Krsnananda- Bharati - munivaryya-sisya-Brahmananda-Bha- rati - krta - ekadasaskandhasaraslokasamgrahas savyakhyas sampiirnah ii srikrsnaya parabrahmane name namah ii

subham astu ii

12.

Whish Nos. 12 (1) and 12 (2).

16 Size: 2 Vols., i x 1| in., 22 + 246 leaves [if. 147—246 in the second volume], from 8 to 10 lines on a page; Material: Palm leaves. Date: IS*'^ or 1^^^ cent:? Character: Grantha.

The second work is written by a different hand from the first.

(1) DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) The Suryasiddhdnta, the first Prasna, Adhyayas 1 —14. The text differs considerably from Mr. Fitz Edward Hall's edition in the Bibliotheca Indica. It begins: — acintyavyaktarupaya nirgunaya gunanmane

(read gunatmane) i samastajagadadharamurttaye brahmane

namah ii 1 ii alpavasiste tu krte mayo nama mahasurah i ra- ^H 13 H^

hasyam paramara punyam jijnasur jfianam uttamam ii 2 ii akhilatn vedamgam agryam jyotisam gatikaranam i aradha-

yan vivasvantam tapas tepetidustaram i tositas tapasa tena

pritas tasmai vararttliine i grahanau caritam pradat mayaya viditas te savita svayam i maya bhavas tapasaradhitas

tv aham i dadyam kalasrayam jiianam jyotisan caritani

maliat i etc.

It ends (f. 21b): — sarvebhyah pradadau prito gralianan

caritam mabat i atyatbhutatamam loke rahasyam brabma-

sainmitam^ I vedasya nirmmalaii caksur jfiatva saksad

vivasvatali i viditvaitad asesena param brahina(dbi)-

gaccbati i iti srisuryyasiddbaute pratbamaprasne catur-

dasoddbyayali ii cba ii srigurucaranaravindabbyanmab ii sur- yyasiddbantam ii

(2)

Tbe Kdmadoyclhri, a Commentary on tbe Suryasiddhdnta, by Tammayajvan, or Tammaydrya, a son oi Mcdlddhvarlndra of Farayqjura (wbo was a son of Mcdlayajvan, and a grandson of Honndrya). It begins: — srividyabrdayastbitam sivamayam srimatsa- maradbitam kamaksim karunakataksakalitam kalyanasa- prasanna- ndayinim i kodandamkusapasabanavilasatdbastam nanam sindurarunadebakantim anisam sribonnamambam

{sic) bbaje ii 1 ii subbran^gam pitavastram suratarusadr^ain suryyakotiprakasam nanabbusasametam nalinabbavanutam

nagayajnopavitam i sulam vatrifi ca kbatgam damarukam atulam panipadmair ddadbauarn mailarakbyam mabesam manimayamukutam malavinatbam ide ii 2 ii . . . ye Honna-

yaryyadikulaprasiddbab suryyadisiddbantavido mabantab i ye Mallayajvadisamastatantravyakbyadburlna mama devatas te II 7 11 sri-HonnaryyasarvatantrasvatanDR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAKtrail tasma(j) NATH )jatas sa- tadrso Mallayajva i tajjab kbyatas sarvasiddhantavetta kinyakbye pattane Mallayajva ii 8 ii tatputrobam vedaveda-

ntavedi jyotirvidyapfiragas Tammayajva i siiryyan natva suryyatantraspbatikam Honnambayai kamadogdbrim ka-

I This is the last verse in F. E. HaU's edition. romi II 9 li iha tavat praripsitasya granthasya nirvighnapari- samaptikamah svestadevatapranamarupam mamgalam slo- kato nibaddhnati acintyeti i etc.

F. 37: — iti srl - Mailaresvara - Honnambikavaralabdha- vagvibhavena sriparagipuri Mallayajvanas tanujena jyauti- sikahrtkumudacandrena Tammayaryyena snsiiryyasiddha-

ntasya ii maddhyadhikarasya tika krta liarih om ii F. 65 b: — sri-Honnaryyasya pautrac chivagurusadrsan Mallayajvakhyaputrarkkajato Malladdhvarmdrat parigipu- ravarasthayinas Tammayaryyali i siddhantarkkasya namnah (read siddhantasyarkkanamnali) kalitapadavatim kamadog- dhrlm sutlkam spastaddhyayasya samyagrahaguruki-paya

proktavan ambikayai i harih om srisuryyadinavagrahebhyo namali ii F. 104b: — sri-Honnaryyasya pautrac chivagurusadrsan Mal(l)ayajvakhyaputraj jato Malladdhvarmdrat paragipura- varasthayinas Tammayajva i siddh5ntasyarkka(read °rkka)- namnah kalitapadavatim kamadogdhrim sutlkam chaya- ddhyayasya samyagrahagurukrpaya proktavan ambikayai ii

harih ii om chayaddhyayah purnah li

Adhyaya IV ends f. 123, Adhyaya V f. 137 b.

Vol. I (f. ends: 146) — srI-Honnaryyasya . . . °yai ii iti srisuryyasiddhante chedadhikaro nama sasthoddhyayah ll cha II samhitatrayanipunaya adinarayanasya nijagurave om subrahmanyaya sastamgapranamah ll subham astu srisivaya namah ii Vol. II begins with the 7*^ Adhyaya which ends on f. 158b. Adhyaya VIII ends f. 168b, A. IX f. 172b, the

Patadhyaya f. 186, the Goladhyaya f. 212 b, the Yantra- dhyaya f. 235.

Vol. II ends: — sri-Honnaryyasya pautrac sivagurusa- drsan MallayajvakhyaputrajDR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAKjato Malladdhvarmdrat NATH ) para- gipuravarasthayinas Tammayaryyali i siddhantasyarkkanamnali kalitapadavatim kamadogdhrim sutlkam manaddhya- yasya samyagrahagurukrpaya proktavan ambikayai ll bindudurllipi° . . . ii iti suryyasiddhante manadhikaro nama

caturddasoddhyayah ii harih i om etc. -^. 15 ^

13.

WmsH No. 13.

Size: 16f x2i- in., 135 leaves, 10 or 11 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18tii or 19th cent.? Character: Grantha.

Bgveda-BMsya, by Sdyandcarya, the first Adhyaya of

the first Astaka, i. e. Sayana's Introduction, and his Com- mentary on Kgveda I, 1 — 19.

This is the MS. Gr used for Prof. Max Miiller's second edition of the Egveda with Sayana's Commentary. See Rig-Veda-Saiphita, ed. by F. Max Muller, 2'^'* Ed., vol. I, pp. liv, Ivi, Ivii seqq.

14.

WmsH No. 13 a.

Size: lo-g^xlf in., one leaf, 15 lines. Material: Palm leaf, damaged. Date of MS.: uncertain. Character: Grantha.

The beginning of the Bgveda-Samhitd in the Pada text.

Interesting is the accentuation, the Udattas only being marked (by the sign ~ over the accentuated syllable).

The leaf contains the text of Rv. I, 1, 1 to I, 3, 4.

15.

WmsH No. 14. DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) Size: 13|^xl^ in., 83 leaves, 6 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: The 'Prajotpatti' year in which the MS. was written (see below) is probably meant for the Prajapati year corresponding to A. D. 1751y52, possibly A. D. 1811/12. Scribe: Venkata Subrahmanya, son of Sesadri. Character: Grantha. -^ 16 He

The Taittiriya-Upanisad-Bliasya by ^anhardcdrya. The MS. begins: — om yasmaj jatah jagat sarvam ya-

sminn eva praliyate i yenedan dhyaryyate (sic) caiva tasmai

jhanatmane namah i yair ime gurubhih purvam padavakya-

pramanatah i vyakhyatas sarvavedantas tan nityam pranatosmy aham ii taittirlyakasarasya mayacaryyaprasadatah | vispastarttharucinam hi vyakhyeyam sampranlyate i nitya- nvaylni karmmani upattaduritaksayartthani kamyanityani ca phalartthinam piirvasmin granthe idauin tu karmmo- padanahetupariharaya brahmavidya prastuyate i

It ends: — iti srlmat-paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryya-Go- vinda-bhagavatpujyapada - sisya-Samkara - bhagavatpadapuj- yaviracite taittiriyyakabhasyam samaptam ii om ii harih om subham astu om visargabindvaksara° etc. . . . harih om dhanurmmase saummyavare tritiyayam prajotpatau i tai- ttiriyyas ca likhitas Sarppe Sesadrisununa ii harih om subham astu harih om ii prajotpattyabhidhe varse capamasy asite dine i pakse budhasya sutithau tr[tri]tiyayam bhujam-

gabhe i Sesadrisununa Vemk(a)tasubrahmanyena sadhana i taittiriyopanisado bhasyam sulikhitam maya ii subham astu etc. harih om etc.

16.

Whish No. 15,

Size: 9|xl| in., 4 -|- 39 leaves, 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18tii or 19th cent.? Character: Grantha.

DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK(a) NATH )

(1) The Isd-Upanisad, or Isdvdsya-Upanisad, ot Vdja- saneyi-Sanihitd-Upcmisad (ff. 1 —2 a). It begins: — purnam adah purnam idara purnat purnam udacyate i purnasya purnam adaya purnam evavasisyate I on namo brahmadibhyo brahmavidyasampradayakarttrbhyo -5^ 17 Hg--

vanm^arsibhyo namo gurubhyah i om santii^ .4antis ^antih il

i^avasyam idani sarvam yat kin ca jagatyaii jagat i etc.

It ends: — isavasyam ity ekanuvakestadasa ii on tat sat ii

ii I^avasyopanisat samapta harih om t saha nav avatv iti santi^

santis santih ii

(2) The Kena - Upanisad or Talavakdra - Upcmisad

(ff. 2 a—4 b). It begins: — kenesitam patati presitam manah kena pranah

prathamah praiti yuktah i etc.

It ends: — kenopanisat samapta ii harih om etc.

(b)

(1) Sankara's Commentary on the Isd-Upanisat (ff. 1—13 a).

It begins: — om i isavasyam ityadayo mantrali karmmasv aviniyuktas tesam karmmasesasyatmano yathartthyaprati- padakatvat yathartthyan catmanah suddhatvapapaviddha- tvaikatvasariratvasarvagatatvadi vaksyamanan tac ca etc.

It ends : — iti sri-Govinda-bhagavatpujyapadasisya-paramahamsaparivrajakacaryya - srimac - Chamkara - bhagavatpada- krtau vajasaneyasamhitopanisat-bhasyam samaptam ii harih om II

(2) Saukara^s Commentary on the Kena-Upanisat

(ff. 13 a—39 b).

It begins: — kenesitam ityadyopanisat parabrahmavisaya vaktavyeti navamaddhyayasyarambhah prag etasmat karmmany a^esatah parisamapitani etc. It ends: — syadDR.RUPNATHJI(ity ata aha jyeye DR.RUPAKjyayasi sarvamahattare NATH ) svatmani mukhye pratitisthati pratitisthatiti na punas sam-

saram apadyata ity abhiprayah ii iti sri-Govinda-bhagavat- padasisyasya paramahamsaparivrajakacaryyasya srlmac- Charpkarabhagavatah krtau tavala (read talava)karopanisa-

dvivarane navamoddhyayah ii kenopanisatbhasyam samaptam II harih om ii srigurubhyo namah ii -^ 18 f<-

17.

WmsH No. 16.

Size: 9rX2^ in., 26 leaves, from 11 to 13 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18th or 19 1^ cent.? Character: Grantha.

Six Upanisads, viz.: 1 (1) The Kathavalll or Katha-Uimnisad (ff. — 7). It begins: — om usan ha vai vaja^ravasas sarvavedasan

dadau i etc.

sasthi valli I katha- It ends: — yo vidaddhyatmam eva i

ii i subham astu valll samapta i harih om

(2) The Prasna-Upanisad (ff. 8—12).

It begins: — saha nav avatu ii om santih I srih i bhadram

ii karnebhis srnuyama santih i Sukesa ca Bharadvaja^ Saibyas ca Satyakamas Sauryyayani ca Gargali Kausalyas casvalayano Bhargavo Vaidarbhih Kabandhi Katyayanas te haite, etc.

It ends: —namah paramarsibhyo namah paramarsibhyah li

sasthaprasnah ii prasnopanisat samapta i

(3) The Mimclaka-TJpanisad (ff. 13— 17a). It begins: —brahma devanain prathamas sambabhiiva, etc. paramarsibhyah It ends: — namah paramarsibhyo namah |

ii iti tritiya^- bhadram karnebhih i santis Mantis sEntih

ii ii harih i mundakam i mundakopanisat samapta om

(4) The Mdndftkyopanisad (ff. 17a— 19).

It begins: — om ity etad aksaram idam, etc. It ends: — omkaro vidito yena sa munir nnetaro jana DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) iti II iti caturtthah khandah li mandukyopanisat samapta li

om II

(5) The Purvatdpim or Purvatdpanlya-Upanisad

(ff. 20—24b).

I Sic. And so very often in these MSS. -^ 19 HS-

It begins: — ^ivaya gurave namah i atha srividya manor amnaya svariipam upadisyate brahmacarine santaya guru- bhaktaya yatha vidya manuh kasminn utbliavas tat svariipam bruliiti hovaca, etc. It ends: — pravisya merussrmge catiprakasarupenatha sarvaiu jagad vyapya sthitavaty asid iti Yajnavalkyal.i i

trtiyyakhandah i purvatapini samaptah (sic) ii

(6) The Uttaratdpini or Uttaratdpamya-Upanisad

(fif. 2-4 b— 26). It begins: — atha bhagavan kathan nu paramarahasyam me bruhi ka brahmavidya manunam, etc. It ends: — tathavidhamti buddhva purusartthavan bhaved

ya evam vedety upanisat iti trtiyyakhandah ii uttaratapini samaptah (sic) ii ^rlgurucaranaravindabhyam namah ii

harih om ii

18.

Whish jS^o. 17.

Size: 9jX2f in., 34 + 37 leaves, 12 or 13 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18tii or 19 th cent.? Character: Grantha.

(a)

A Collection of twelve Atharvana Upanisads:

(1) JRahasya-Upanisad, ff. 1— 4b.

(2) Amrtabindii-Uimnisad, ff. 4b—5b.

(3) Tripurasundari-Upanisad, ff. 5b— 6b.

(4) Kdldgnirudra-Ujjanisad, ff. 6b— 7b. (5) ^drtra-Upanisad,DR.RUPNATHJI(or Sdrlraka-Up., DR.RUPAKff. 8a NATH— 9a. ) (6) Atliarvasira-Upanisad, ff. 9a— 13b.

(7) Kaiicdya-Upanisad, ff. 13b— 15a.

(8) Slianda-TJpanisad, ff. 15a— 15b.

(9) Mahd - TJpanimd (or Tripurdtapana - Upanisad?),

ff. 16 a— 27 a.

(10) Dem-Upanimd, ff. 27a— 28b. -^ 20 •<-

(11) Triimra-Upanimd, ff. 28b—29b.

(12) Uixinisad {Katha-Upanisad?), ff. 30a— 34a (?). Similar collections of Upanisads in the MSS. described in Burnell, Tanjore, pp. 28—36, and Ind. Off., vol. I, p. 126 seq. Our MS. begins: — athato rahasyopanisadam vyakhyasyamah devarsayo bralimanam sampnjya pranipatya papra-

cchuli I i bhagavan rahasyopanisadam bruliiti i sobravlt pura vyaso etc.

Fol. 4b: — yo rahasyopanisadam adhite gurvanugrahat i

sarvapapavinirmmuktas saksat kaivalyam asnute i rahasyo-

panisat samapta ii harih om ii etc.

Fol. 5b: — bhadran nopi vataya manah i om santis santis

santih i tisrali puras tripatha visvacarsani yatra katha

aksaras sannivistah i etc. See Burnell I. O., p. 62, where this is given as the beginning of a Tripuropanisad.

Fol. 6b: — tripurisundaryyupanisat samapta ii

Fol. 9 a in margine: atharvasiropanisat i Fol. 13 b: —moksam annam atho mano moksam annam. atho manah ii ity a(tha)rvasiropanisat samapta II Fol. 16a in margine: mahopanisat. Beginning: — tripura

tapani vidya vedyacicchaktivigraham i vastucinmatrariipan

tat paratatvam bhajamy aham i om i bhadram karnebhir iti

santih i athaitasmin antare bhagavan prajapatyam vaisnavam

vilayakaranam i rupam asrtya tripurabhidha bhagavatity evam adi, etc. See the beginning of the Trijmrdtapmio- pan/sad in Ind. Off. vol. i, p. 127. Fol. 27a: — sa turyam padam prapnoti ya evam vedeti

mahopanisat i bhadram karnebhir iti santih i etc. Fol. 30 a: — parivrajyadharmmapugalamkara yat padam yayuli DR.RUPNATHJI(1 tarn aham kathavidyarttha DR.RUPAK NATHramacandi'apadam )

bhaje i om saha nav avatv iti santih i deva ha vai bhaga- vantam abruvan adhihi, etc. See the beginning of a

Katliopanisad in Ind. Off", vol. i, p. 127.

Fol. 34 a: — sa eva sivayogiti kathyata ity upanisat t

bhadrain karnebhir iti :§antih i srimad-visvadhisthanapara-

mahamsa-satgurusrlramacandrarpanam astu i , . . acyutosmi -^>^ 21 H^

mahadeva tava kfirunyalesatali i vijnanagha evasi sivosrai antalikaranajrm- kirn atali param i na nijan nijavat bhaty

breaks off, bhanat i antahkarananasena. Here the MS. and a new foliation begins.

(b)

(1) The ^r'widf/dratnasiltra, by Gaiidapdddcdrija, a pupil of ^((ka Yoglndra, ff. 1 — 3 a. It begins: —jnananandamayan devan nirmmalasphati-

kakrtirn i adharam sarvabhutanarp hayagrivam upEsmahe i

atha saktamantranah jijhasa i atmaivakhandakaracaitanya-

svariipasam svavidya i etc. It ends: — anuttarasaipketapradhanavidyas saptadasa- anuparivara asarn- varnavisista(h) i athaitasam parivaranam

khyrdvah I iti srimat-paraniahamsaparivrajakacaryya-Suka-

Yoglndra - sisya - sri - Gaudapadacaryya - viracitani sutrava-

ii kyani i samaptani

(2) The Brwidydratna{sidra)d'iinkd, by Vidydranya Muni, a pupil of Sankardcdrya, ff. 3a— 23 b. It begins: — balarkamandalabhasam caturbahan trilo-

sivam bhaje I canam i pasamkusadhanurbanam dharayantim

srlvidyaratnasutranam vakyartthap(r)atipadane i bhaga-

vatyah prasadena kriyate dipika naaya i sa bhagavati jagat srstvedan tasmin devatadm utpadya, etc.

- - It ends : — iti paramahamsa parivrajakacaryya srimat- bhagavat-Samkaracaryya-sisya-sri-Vidyaranya-munikrta-srl- vidyaratnadipika samapta ii harih om etc.

(3) The AtharvasirohJidsya, by BhdsUara Rdya.

The leaves are foliated in the ordinary way as ff. 24—37, and also as 1 to 14 by letters, viz. ka, kha, ga, glia, na, ca, cha, ja, jha, iia, ta, tha, da, dha. DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH )

It begins :-srmatharaghriparagaiko paragad aparagadhih | atharvasiraso bhasyam bhasate Bhaskaras sudhih ii iha khalu srimahatripurasundaryyah etc.

It ends : — iti bhavanopanisadotharvanasirasotra racitavan tustyai jivanmumuksu- bhasyam i Bhaskara-Rayo vidusan

n narn li om srlgurubhyo namali -^ 22 Hg^

19.

WmsH No. 18.

Size: 28x2 in., 103 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: The MS. appears to be fairly old, early 11^^ century? Scribe: Rama. Character: Malayalam. The leaves are numbered by letters according to the system discussed by Professor Bendall in the J RAS, October 1896, pp. 790 seq. See Preface.

Injuries: The MS. is much damaged, part of f. 85 is broken off" and lost.

The Mahcibhcirata, Parvan ii: The Sabha-Parvan , in 114 Adhyaj'as. Differs much from the text of our editions. It begins: — harih orn ganapataye namah avighnam astu Janamejayah arjjuno jayatam srestho moksayitva mayan bruhi dvijottama tada I kin cakara mahatejas tan me Yaisam srnu rajann avahitas caritam ^ rmmukasresthan ttirni caksayasayakau divyany astrani rajendra durllabhani nrpair bhuvi rathaddhvajapatakas ca svetasvais saha virya-

van etani pavakat prapya muda paramaya yutah i ^tasthau mahavlryas tada saha mayena sah tatobravin mayah partthah vasudevasya sannidhau pa 3 stat krtani pratyanusmaran pranjali slaksnaya vaca pujayitva punah- punah Mayah asmac ca krsnat sarakruddhat pavakac ca didhaksatah tvaya tratosmi kaunteya bruhi kim karavani te aham hi visvakarma vai asuranam parantapa tasmat te vismayam kincit kuryam adya suduskarani evam ukto mahaviryyah parttho mayavinam mayam dhyatva muhurttam

kaunteyah prahasan vakyam abravit i Arjjunah i krtam eva

tvaya sarvam svasti gaccha mahasura i etc. It is unfortunate that the difficult and much discussed verse ii,DR.RUPNATHJI(66, 8 (the he-goat DR.RUPAKand the knife) NATHoccurs ) on f. 84, a damaged leaf. The verse reads: — [ajo hi sastratjm

1 The rest of the line is lost, the leaf being damaged. 2 Leaf damaged. Read upatasthau.

3 The rest of the line, about six Aksaras, lost. 4 These aksaras are lost. -5^ 23 Hg^

akhanat kilaikah sastre vipannobhiparasya bhumim nikrn- tanaiii svasya kanthasya gliorau tadvad vairamm ma khanih

panduputraih i It ends: — evani gavatgane ksattix dliarmmartthasahitam vacah uktavan na grhitaii ca maya putraliitepsuna ii ii iti srlmahabharate satasahasrikayam samhitayam sabhaparvani anudyute dhrtarastrapascattapo nSma caturdasasatatamo-

ii ddbyayali ii li sabbaparvani samaptam barih srikrsnaya

namah ii Ramena likhitam idam pustakam ii

20.

Whish No. 19.

Size: IGixlf in., 285 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: The MS. looks fairly old, 17th century? Character: Malayalam.

The Bliagavatn-Purdna, Skandhas i-ix. It begins: — harih sriganapataye namab avigbnam astu janmadyasya yatonvayaditaratas carttbesv abhijnas svarat tene brabma brda ya adikavaye mubyanti yat surayab tejo- varimrdam yatba vinimayo yatra trisarggomrsa dbamna

svena sada nirastakubakam satyam paran dbimabi, etc.

It ends (f. 283 b): — drstya vidbuya vijaye jayam udvi-

ii ghusya procyoddbavaya param samagat svadhama i cba ity astada.4asabasrikayain sambitayam sribbagavate maba-

purane navamaskandbe caturvimsoddbyayab ii Tben follow two odd leaves, one ummmbered, the otber numbered as 170.

DR.RUPNATHJI(21. DR.RUPAK NATH )

Whish No. 20.

Size: lOfxls in., 96 leaves, 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Calicut 1826'. The MS. is probably not much older. Character: Grantha. -^ 24 f<-

(a)

The Caramvyuha, ff. 1 — 4. It begins: — athatas caranavyuhain vyakhyasyamah tatra

yad uktaii caturvedyau catvaro veda jnata bhavanti i rg\'edo

yajurvedas samavedotliarvaveda(s) ceti i tatra rgvedasya

sapta bheda bhavanti i etc. It ends: — yodhite caranavyuham sa viprah pankti-

pavanah i tarayaty akhilan purvan purusan sapta sapta

ca ! yo namani pura deva amrtatvan ca gacchati i lokatitam

mahasantim amrtatvari ca gacchati i amrtatvaii ca gacchaty on nama ity aha bhagavan Vyasah Parasaryyo Vyasah ii

vasudevasvariipaya vivasvatbimbatejase i vedovamsavadam- saya Vedavyasaya te namah ii srlgurucaranaravindabhyan

namah ii sribrhaspataye namah ii

(b)

The beginning of a Commentary on the Satarudriya or

Rudradliyaya (Taittirlya-Samhita iv, 5), £f. 5 — 7. It begins: — on namo rudraya rudranam vyakhyaui

vaksyami yajjape i moksaghaksayasalokyavyadhinasam pra-

yojanana i atha jabalopanisat i atha hainam brahmacarina

ucuh kiiijapyenamrtatvam brtihiti i sa hovaca Yajhavalkyah

satarudriyeneti i etc.

It ends: — uktam vayavye i rogavan paredam paretya

rudrajapah cared iti i yajiiasiiktah kalpah i satarudra devata

ii asyeti satarudryam ucyate harih oni i subham astu.

(c)

The Brhaddranyalm-Vpanimd or ,^atapathabrdhniana-

Upanisad (Kanva Sakha), ff. 8 — 96. It begins: DR.RUPNATHJI(— om sriganapataye DR.RUPAKnamah NATHi on namo ) brahmadibhyo brahmavidyasampradayakarttrbhyo vamsarsibhyo

namo gurubhyah i srimad -Yajhavalkyagurubhyo namah i

harih om i o num usa viX asvasya jneddhyasya siras suryya^ caksur vatah, etc.

FoL 23: — iti vajasaneyantargata-KanvIye suklayajurvede b;"hadaranyake saptadasakande prathamoddhyayah ii Between the first and second Adliyayas a description of

the Paflcaga^7avidhi is inserted (f. 23). "J 4*^^ The 3 Adhyaya begins f. 37, the Adhyaya f. 54,

the 5*1^ A. f. 74, the 6'^ A. f. 82. It ends: — o num iti vajasaneyantargata-Kanviye suklayajurvede satapathabrahmane upatisthatsaptadasakande

ii sasthoddhyayas samaptah harih i om i subham astu srl-

ramacandrSya namah ii ekapac ca haviryyajha iiddharity

addhvaragrahau i vajapeyo rajasuya ukhasambharanan

tatha I hasti ghatas citis caiva santity agnirahasyakau I

astadhyayi maddhyamas ca asvamedhali pravargyakah i

brhadaranyakan ceti kandas saptadasa kramat ii om om

om 1 paragunaparadauaprastiitasesakrtya nijagunakalikabhir

llokam amodayantah i aviditaparadosa jnanaplyiisapurnah

karakrtam aparadham ksantum arhanti santah ii srigurubhyo

namah ii

22.

Whish No. 21.

Size: D^-xl?- in., 78 leaves, 6 or 7 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: An entry by Mr. Whish on leaf 70 ("Here ends the Rudra Bhashyam") is dated "Calicut 1826." The MS. is probably not much older. Character: Grantha.

(a)

A Commentary on the Satarudr'uja or Rudrddhydya of

the Taittirlya-Sauihitd (iv, 5), ff. 1 — 70. Title and name of the author do not occur in the book.

It begins: — onDR.RUPNATHJI(namas te rudra DR.RUPAKmanyava iti NATHi atha )sata-

rudryahomah i athatas satarudryah juhotity upakramya

esotragniracito bubhuksamano rudrarupenavatisthati i tasya

tarppanadevair dvitiyan darsanam i yad vai tac chataru- dryah juhotity upakramya prajapatim visrastadityabhipra- satasirsah yamantrfirtthrinugunyeua srutir bhavet i sa esah

rudrah sambhavad iti namas te rudra manyava iti raudra- -^ 26 H^

ddhyayah i atra Paramesthina arsam i devanam va praja-

pater i iti i va Aghorasyarsam kecit ekarudradevatyah i etc. It ends: — antarikse loke ye rudrah sthitali tebhyo namah yesam rudranam vatah vayuli isavali samanam anyat I prthivyam bhuloke ye rudra sthitah (read °ah) tebhyo namah yesam rudranam annam atmanah sam icchet sariram

pusnati i adhikam nyimam vyadhadijagatvena niriipyate I

ii anyat i evan iti samanam namostu rudrebhya i harih oni

(b)

The Mandalabrdlimana (ff. 71 — 78), described by Mr. Wliish as the 'Mandala Brahmanah of the Atharva-Yedah.' This is identical with Satapatha-Brahmana x, 5, 2. See also Mitra, Notices, No. 682, where it is called Mandala- hralimanopanimcl. It begins: — yad etan mandalan tapati tan mahad ukthan ta rcas sa ream lokotha yad etad arccir dipyate tan mahavratan tani samani sa samnam lokotha ya esa etasmin mandale purusas sognis tani yajumsi sa yajusam lokas saisa trayyeva vidya tapati, etc.

It ends: — somrto bhavati mrtyur hy asyatma bhavati li

18 II iti mandalabrahmanam sampiirnam ii om num ii

23.

WmsH No. 22.

Size: 12^xlg- in., 193 leaves, 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: ISth or 19tii cent.? Character: Grantha. DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) ^aukara's Chandogyopcmisadvivarana , or Commentary on the Clidndogya-Upanimd.

It begins: — om ity etad aksaram ityadyastaddhyayi

chandogyopanisat i tasyas samksepatortthajijnasubhyah

rjuvivaranam alpagranthah cedam bhasyam arabhyate i tatra sambandhah samastam karmmadhigatam i^ranadi- -^ 27 r<- devatasahitam arcciradimargena bralimapratipattikara-

nam i etc. It ends: — iti srI-Govinda-bliagavat-padapujya-sisyasya ^riparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasya srimac - Chamkara- bhagavatah krtau cchandokyopanisad (sic) vivarane astamah

prapathakas samfiptah ii barili I om i ... srisarasvatyai

ii i pilrvatyai namah i srimahalaksmyai namali namah

24.

WmsH Xo. 23.

Size: 12-|-X2 in., 81 -f 37 + 31 leaves, from 9 to 11 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: I8th or 19tii cent.? Character: Grantba. The 31 leaves of the last work are numbered by the letters ka to sa (viz. Jm 1, kJia 2, ga 3 etc., la 28, va 29, sa 30, sa 31).

(a)

Commentaries on the Kathopcmisacl (ff. 1—31 a), Prasno- panisad (ff. 31b— 55), and Mu7ulakopanisacl (ff. 56 a— 81) by Sankara. In the margin of the first page: kathopanisadbbasyani

harih i om i The work begins: — on namo bhagavate vaivasvataya mrtyave brahmavidyacaryyaya Naciketase catha Kathako- panisadvalllnam sukhartthapratibodhanarttham alpagrantha vrttir arabhyate upanipiirvasya sader ddhator visarana- gatyavasada^nartthasya kvipratyayantasya rupam upanisad iti, etc. It ends on DR.RUPNATHJI(foL 31a: — iti sri-Govinda-bhagavat-pujya- DR.RUPAK NATH ) pada-sisya-sriparamahamsa-parivrajakacaryya-srimac-Cham- kara-bhagavat-krtau Kathakopanisad-vivarane sasthi valli

ii ii ii kurmmah samapta harih om i subham astu sakhe ha kim

kim iti kathayamah katham amun taramah samsaram kya

I Sic for avasadao. nu ca vibhavamo vayam ami i itidrk cintabdhau hrdaya na nimajjalam anisam gurum sokaddhvante taranim ava-

ii lambasva taranim asmatguriicaranaravindabhyan namah ii In the margin of fol. 31b: prasnopanisat-bhasyam i It begins :-om srutismrtipurananam alayam karunalayaip I namami bhagavat-pada-Samkaram lokasamkararn i visvavandyam viglinarajam sarvasuklam sarasvatim i piirvacar- yyan sarvapiijyan kurve natipadam gurim i mantroktar- tthasya vistaranuvadidam brahmanam arabhyate i rsipra- snaprativacanakliyayika tu vidya, etc.

It ends on fok 55: — iti sri-Govinda-bhagavatpujya-pada-sisyasya srimat-paramahamsaparivrajakacaryyasya sri- Samkara-bhagavatali krtau atharvanopanisadvivarane pra- snavivaranam samaptam ii harih om ii etc.

In the margin of fol. 56 a: mundakopanisat-bhasyam ii It begins: — brahma devanam ity adyatliarvanopanisat vyacikhyasita asyas ca vidyasampradayakarttrparamparyya- laksanam sambandham adav evaha svayam eva stutyar- ttham evam hi, etc.

It ends on fol. 81b: — iti sri-Govinda-bhagavatpiijya-padasisyasya paramaliamsa-parivrajakacaryyasya srlmac-Cham- karabhagavatah krtau atharvanopanisat-vivaranam samaptam II harih om ii

(b)

The Upadesagranthavivarana, a Commentary on ScmJi-ara's

UpadesasaJiasriM, by Bodlianidhi (.?), a pupil of Vidya- dhaman, ff. 37. See Ind. Off. Part lY, p. 731.

In the margin: i Upadesasahasrika i harih om It begins: — visnum pahcatmakam vande bhaktyastadasa-

bhedaya i samgavargonavimsatya bhaktair nnavabhir

asritam i om i caitannyam DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAKsarvagam sarvam NATH )sarvabhuta- guhasayam i yat sarvavisayatitan tasmai sarvavide namah i

1 II samavayya (read °vapya?) kriyas sarva daragnyadhana-

purvikrih i brahmavidyam athedanim vaktum vedah praca-

krame i 2 i etc.

It ends on fol. 37 b: — iti saptasatasloka yatindrasrl-

mukhotgatah i vivrta gurusaktena maya brahmatmabo- -^ 29 HS~

.srimad-Vidyudliamamunes i dliakah i upasya sraddhaya ciram srimatpadarabujan tasya jn-asadan (read°dan) na svabuddhi-

tah I yena me iiikliiladvaitad akrsya mana atmani i sthapitam munim mukliyena yavajjivan uamami tam i yatbhasyasa- garajayuktamaniu prakirnan j)rapyadliuna katipayan ka- kr- vayo bhavanti i tasmai namo janamanobjadivakaraya

tsnagamartthanidhanaya yatisvaraya i iti srimad-Vidyadha- ma^isyeiia Bodhanidhina ' sraddbabhaktimatrapreritena krtam upadesagranthavivaranam samaptam ii yatpiidakama-

lasamgat nirvanara praptavan aham i sarvantaratmapujyams

il ii tan pranamami gariyasah i harih om subbam astu

(c)

The Vivekacuddmani by ^aiikara, ff. 31. In the margin: vivekacudamani om. It begins: — sarvavedantasiddhantagocaran tam agoca- paramananda(Tn) matgurum pranatosmy ram i Govindam durllabham atah pumstvan aham l 1 l jantiinam narajanma tato viprata tasmad vaidikamargadharmmaparata vidvatvam svanubhavo brahma- asmat param i atmanatmavivecanam tmana samsthitir mmuktir nno satakotijanmasukrtaili pu-

nyair vina labhyate i 2 i etc It ends on foL 31: — iti srimat-paramahainsa-parivrajakacaryyavaryya-sri-Govinda-bhagavatpiijyapada-sisya-srimat- paramahamsa - parivrajakacaryyavaryya - srimat - Samkara- bhagavatpada-krtauvivekaciidamanissampurnah ii srikrsnaya parasmai brahmane namah ii

25.

Whish No. 24.

Size: IS^-XlgDR.RUPNATHJI(in-, 58 (leaf 36 is missing) DR.RUPAK+38 leavesNATH(the ) latter being foliated by the numbers 100 to 137), 7 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: Early 18th cent.? Character: Grantha. The MS. is much coi'rected.

I Proper name? —

-^ 30 f^-

(a)

Commentaries on the 8a])talalisana\ i. e. seven phonetic treatises referring to the Black Yajur Veda. (See Burnell

I. O. p. 10 seqq., and Burnell, Tanjore, p. 5 seqq.) They are: the (1) The Samdnavydkhydna, a Commentary on Sam- hitdsanidnalaksana. Fols. 1 — 12. atha- It begins: — atheti adhikarartthothasahdah i yatha prastavah prararnbha ity sabdonusasanam iti i adhikarah

artthantaram yesu padesu samhitayam visarjaniyo lupyate I tesam padanam samgrahalaksanasastram prastutam ity etc. etam arttham athasabdo dyota iti (read dyotayati) I

It ends (fol. 12a):— iti samanavyakhyanam sampiirnain II

harih om ii

(2) The Vilimghyavydkhydna by Fimdarikaksisuri, a Commentary on the Vilimghyalaksana of Ndrdyana. Ff. 12—21.

It begins (fol. 12a): — atlia (sic) vilimghya (°khya j9r. m.)- jagannatham Pundarikaksi- vyakhyanam i om pranipatya

vilimghyalaksanavyakhya kriyatedya maya svayam I surina i pranamya bharatim ity ena praripsitasya vilimghyalaksa- devlrn pranamya nasya avicchedaparisamaptaye i sarasvatin

padani pravaksyamiti i Narayananamaham i vilimghyani

pratijnayate ekaraikaravarnau yau samhitayam vikarinau i tadantSni vilamghya- . . . padakale avikarinau i drstau yau

ni (sic)^ vedavittamair ucya[n]te i

It ends (fol. 21): vilimghyavyakhyanam sampurnam ii

harih om ii

(3) The Naparavydkhydna or Naixirapaddhativydklnjdna, a Commentary on ^aurisunus Naparcdaksana. Ff. 22—26 b.

It begins: — om atha naparavyakhyanam i natveti saka- DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH )

1 This title does not occur in the MS., but it is given by Mr. Whish on the title page, and according to Burnell I. 0. p. 12,

it seems to be the name assigned to these tracts in the South of India. It often occurs in Oppert's List of Sanskrit MSS. in Southern India. See Aufi-echt CC. s. v. 2 See Burnell I. 0. pp. 10, 11; Tanjore p. 5b. -^ 31 ^<-

. . . nutanam i laksanam i Saurisu- lanivrttihetmn i navam

i ity artthah i etc. nur aham i pravaksyami

It ends: — naparapaddhativyakhyanam samaptam ii liarihl om II

(4) The TaparapaddJiati or Tai)arapaddhativijdkhydna, a Commentary on the Taparalaksana. Ff. 26 b — 28 b.

It begins: — atha taparapaddhatih i annadyan nirbha-

jati I etc.

It ends : — iti taparapaddhativyakhyanam samaptam ii

ii harih i om

(5) The Avarnivydlihydna, a Commentary on the Avarni- laksam. Ff. 28b— 35b.

It begins: — atha avarnivyakhyanam i avarninyanuktam anuktyadhi- ity adi vacyantam i piirvasyavarnilaksanasya

koktipurfiktibhih i etc.

ii ii It ends: — iti akaradini padany uktani harih i om

(6) The Akdrapaddhatl or Avarnivydkhydna, a Commen- tary on the Avarnilaksana. Ff. 35b— 39 b. ivagnl- It begins: — atha akarapaddhatih i antariksam

ddhram i etc.

It ends: — ity akaradipadany uktani ii avarnivyakhyanam samaptam ii om ii

(7) The Animyyavydkhydna, a Commentary on the Anim- gyalaksam. Ff. 39 b—58.

It begins: — atha animgyavyakhyanam l munimanasetyadi- slokatrayenadau praripsitasya laksanasya avighnena parisamaptaye mamgalam adadhanah abhistadevatan nama-

iti I anusisyata iti ca 1 skrtya visayan darsayati i animgyam

1 animgyam avibhagapadamDR.RUPNATHJI(ucyate DR.RUPAK! na tv asamasapadam NATH ) saty api samase sacipatih brhaspatir ityadlnam animgya-

tvat I etc.

It ends: — iha aniingyapadanam prapaiicatvat i grantha-

gauravabhayat saniksipya dinmatram uktani i anonuktan

ca yat kihcit vidvatbhir iihaniyam ii prayogatonugantavyam ii

n ll ity animga(s/c)vyakhyanam piirnam harih i om etc -^ 32 H^

(b)

A Cofnmentari/ on the Blidradvajaslksa, by LaJiSmana Jatcmdlalliascistrin. Ff. 100—137.

It begins: —-namas ^ivaya sainbaya saganaya sasunave I

sanandine sagangaya savrsaya namo namah i ddhyatva- sadya jagannatham sambam sarvartthasadhakam i vyakhya-

yatedhima siksa Bharadvajamunlrita i parisphi(read praripsi°)tasya granthasyavighnena parisamaptyarttham adau istadevatan namaskararupam mamgalya (read mamgalam)

svayam krtva sisyanusiksayai granthato nibaddhnan i ciklrsi-

tam pratijanite i ganesam pratinipatyaham sandehanan ni-

varttaye (read nivrttaye) i siksam anupravaksyami vedanam

mulakaranam i ganadhipatim anamya vedanam grantha-

trayanam adikaranam i siksam vedasthasandeham nlvara-

naya pravaksyamiti Bharadvajaniuninoktam ii It ends: — Bharadvajamuniprokta Bharadvajena dhlmata I

vyakbyata Laksmanakhyena Jatavallabbasastrina ii sastislo-

kaparyyantain maya vyakhyanam krtan tatah ii karakrtam

aparadham ksantum arbanti santab ii barib ii

26.

WmsH No. 25.

Size: ll| X l| in., (1) + 37 + (1) + 21 + (2) leaves, 6 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 1822. The MS. may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.

(1)

TbeDR.RUPNATHJI(Mantraprasnadvaya, DR.RUPAKor tbe NATHMantrapdtha ) of the Apastambins in 2 Prasnas.

Tbis is tbe MS. 'Wb.' used for tbe edition of tbe 'Man- trapatba or Tbe Prayer Book of tbe Apastambins' by M. Winternitz, Part I (Oxford 1897, Anecdota Oxonien-

sia). See Introduction p. xii. ->4 33 HS-

(2)

The Aimstanibiya Grhyasatra, in 23 Khandas.

This is the MS. 'C. used for the edition of the Apa- stambiya Grhyasutra by M. Winternitz (Vienna 1887).

See Preface p. V.

27.

Whish No. 26.

Size: IB'sXls in-, (3) + 135 + (2) leaves, generally 5 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Bate: Entry by Mr, "Whish dated 'CaHcut 1824'. The Angirasa year preceding 1824 (see below) is A. D. 1812/13, but probably the year A. D. 1752/53 is meant. Scribe: The son of Sesadri. See above No. 15. Character: Grantha. The Ekagnikdndavydlihyci, or Mantraprasnahhdsya, or MantrahMsya, by Haradatta.

This is the MS. 'Hw.' used for the edition of -the Mantrapatha or the Prayer Book of the Apastambins' by M. Winternitz, Part I, see Introduction, p. xii.

It begins: — i avighnam astu om i pranipatya mahadevam vyakhya Haradattena dhimata i ekagnikandaniantranam

ii adito vaisvade- sammyag vidhiyate 1 i tatra tadadaryya'

vamantran adhiyate i etc.

J^. 57: — ity ekagnikande prathamah prasnas samaptah ii It ends: — ity ekagnikandavyakhya Haradattacaryyavira- cita sampurna ii visargabindvaksara° etc.

The date is givenDR.RUPNATHJI(in the following DR.RUPAKcolophon NATH: — amglra- ) tiruvonanaksa- i astami i 24 tithi savarsam i cittiramasam

mudihcutu ii harih om subham trattile i aparanhakalattile astu arngirasabde vasubhe mesamasebjavasare i Sesadri- sununa sammyan mantrabhasyam samaptam ii

I The Telugu edition reads: tatracaryya. -^ 34 Hg-

28.

Whish No. 27.

Size: 7? Xl? in., 62 leaves, 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. the dark half of the Dafe 0/ MS. : Thursday the fifth day of month of Karttika of the Jupiter year Srimukha in which the copy of the first work was finished (see the colophon below) corresponds (according to Dr. Schram's Tables) to November Ist, A. D. 1753. Character: Grantha.

(a)

The Svarapancdsacchlokl Vyakliyd, a Commentary on the Svaralciksana (see the second work), ff. 1 —57. The text, also, is mcluded.

It begms: — atlndriyarthavijnanam pranamya brahma

taittiriyapadadinam vaksyami svaralaksanam ii sasvatam I anena slokena paraparabrahma pranamapurvakam aripsita-

brahma i etc granthasyabhidheyam aha i vedopi sasvatam

asti i tannirnita- . . . svaralaksanajnane phalantaram apy prathamodhayiti i iha svaresu padarupajhanam i yatha ayam

evaitat ii nadagamasarpka bhavati i tasmad arabdhavyam canudatta^ ca varnanam tatra paribhasam aha i udattas

prakrtau svarau ii etc.

It ends: — arunopanisatsvaras tu uktah kecit boddhyah |

kvacid addhyayanat anye anyathapi boddhyah I sanibharyya

udeti ityadi i eka- grhnati I yosau tapann grhnati I palvalya jatavedas ca upanisatsu srntis canukta bhavati I agnis ca

vyakhyasyamah | ca ekasrutir bhavati vyatyayas ca i siksam

purusonnarasamayah i ity- sahasrasirsam devam i sa va esa anyatrapi kvacit padaddhyayanarahite adi 1 anyepiti vacanam DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAKcikituse NATH )sa tvan nala- vyatyayam sticayati i pra nu vocam

iti vyaharat ii om iti svara- plavo bhutva i sa vacaspate hrd

pahcasacchloki vySkhya piirna ii harih om li

The colophon is written in Tamil and contains the date: ^rimukhavarusam karttigai masam 5 va vyarakke(read viya-

rakki?)rammaile Egadesil (?) erudiiisadu. -5^ 35 HS-

(b)

The Svaralalisana (by Kesavdrija, son of Snrideva-

biiddhetidra) , a treatise on the accents in the Black

Yajur-veda, ff. 58—62. The name of the author is not mentioned in our MS., but is given in Burnell I. 0. p. 9 seq., from which it appears also, that our MS. contains only the first part of the work. It begins: — atlndriyartthavijfianam pranamya brahma

ii sa^vatam i taittirlyapadadinam vaksyami svaralaksanam

udattas canudattas ca varnanam prakrtau svarau i svaritas

tu dvidhocyante dhrtali kampa^ ca samhitah ii tulyasvaras

sarupartthe pade bhedepi tat supam i dvir ukta ca grhepy

evam dvidhemgyara^e vibhaktije ii 1 il It ends: — nyamsvaryyujyafi cidanavyasasaumyas ceti tadr-

sah I anyepy addhyayanat boddhya arunopanisatsvarah ii 50 ii

harih om etc.

29.

Whish No. 28.

Size: 9jXl? in., 72 leaves, foliated from 1 to 69 (leaf 11 being counted twice), followed by two leaves numbered 72 and 79; from 7 to 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18th cent.? Character: Grantha. Injuries: One half of leaf 72 is lost. An odd half leaf found in the

volume does not belong to this MS. Leaf 69 is damaged.

Fragments of the MaTidganesa-Mcmtrapaddliati by Oir- vdnendra, the pupil of Ylsvesvara. Visvesvara was a pupil of Amarendra Yadi (sic), Amarendra Yadi a pupil of Glrvdnendra Yogin.

It begins: — srimahaganapatayeDR.RUPNATHJI( namaliDR.RUPAKI Amarendra-yadis NATH )

Sisyo Girvanendrasya Yoginah i tasya Visvesvaras sisyo sri- Girvanendroham asya tu I sisyo mahaganesasya vaksye

mantrapaddhatim i etan distya ' khilas santas santustas

I This word is not quite clear, perhaps drstya? Should it be drstva- khilan? 3* •^ 36 »-s-

santu santatam i prathamam srlmahaganapate(r) nySsavi- dhana(ni) likhyate i atha punar acamya i guruh i prEgvan- dano vistare(read °ro)pavistas san itySdi granthartthotra

likhyate i etc. The last three hnes:^mulagnaye yavagra(m) syat anna-

yannan tu payasam i balaya tilatailam syat sarasvataya

maksikam i tandulan dharanaya syat medhayai tv iksu-

khaiidakam i dadhi pustyai sthirayambhah pritaye kadall-

phalam i apupam va^yaka. Here the MS. breaks off.

30.

Whish No. 29.

Size: 12[xli in., 276 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18th or 19th cent.? Character: Grantha.

The MayukliamdWm, a Commentary on {Pdrtliasdrathi- misra's) Sdstrad'qnkd (a Commentary on the Mimdmsd- Sutras), by Somandtlia, the pupil and younger brother of Venkatddriyajvan, and the son of Siiri Bhatta, of the family of Nittala. See Ind. Off., Part IV, p. 696 seq., and Hall, p. 176. It begins: — aviskarotu vibudhair abhivandiniyam vacam sa kopi mama vallabhasarvabhaumah i vamsopi yatpari-

^ grhitataya vibhakti vacalatam tribhuvanaikavimohayantim I adhigamya kalam akhilam agrabhavad Vemkatadriyajva-

gurerah^ l vacanair anatipracurair vyakurve i^astradlpikani visadavibudhah3 pranamya miirddhna bahudha vah prar- tthaye krtavasyam arpayata drsam suksmam nindata parato-

bhinandata va i etc.

It ends:DR.RUPNATHJI(— iti ^ri-Nittala-kula-tilaka-Suri-bhatta-mahopa- DR.RUPAK NATH ) ddhyayatanubhavasya Verakatadriyajvagurucarananuja - So-

1 bibhartti, Ind. Off. MS. 2 K,ead o guroh.

3 visadam ii 2 ii vio Ind. Off. MS. ~^- 37 f<^

manatha-sarvatomukhayajinah ki-tau sastradipikavyakhya- jam mayukhamalikasamakhyayam dvitlyasyaddhyayasya

ii caturtthah padali harih om i srigurubliyo naraah i

31.

Whish No. 30.

Size: 5'h X 1-g- in., 94 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18tii or lOtii cent.? Character: Grantha.

The ^ivccgltd in 16 Adliyayas (from the Padma-Piirdna,

«ee Hall p. 123, Aufrecht-Oxford, p. 17, Mitra, Notices, vol V, p. 94 seqq., No. 1777, but ibid. vol. IV, p. 84, No. 1488 described as belonging to the Matsya-Purdna).

It begins: — umapatyam {sic) umajanim umah comasaho-

vidhim vayani upasmahe i

paficaksaratanum pahcavadanam pranavam sivam i aparaka-

runariipam gurumiirttini ahain bhaje i Suta uvaca i athatas

sampravaksyami suddham kaivalyamuktidam i anugrahan

mahesasya bhavaduhkhasya bhesajam ii 1 ii etc. It ends: — ity uktva prayayus sarve sayamsandhySm

te santusta gomatitatam ii upasitum i stuvantas Sutaputran iti sri-sivagitasupanisatsu parabrahmavidyayam yogasastre

siva-raghava-samvade sodasoddhyayah li ^risivaya namah II harih om ii

32.

WrasH No. 31.

Size: 7 X ll in.,DR.RUPNATHJI(30 + 66 + (3) leaves, DR.RUPAKfrom 6 to 8 linesNATHon a) page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Kollam year 997 ("Kollam 997 amatadhanumasam", at the

«nd of the Kaivalyanavanita) i. e. A. D. 1822. Character: Malayalam.

(1)

The Pancaratnaprakaram in Malayalam language (ff. 1—8). ->4 38 H^

(2)

The Gnrwfda from the Slmnda-Purana (ff. 9—22). See Aufrecht-Oxford 72 b.

It begins (f. 9): — srigaiiapataye namali I kailasasikhare ramye bliaktanugraliatalpara[h] * pranamya parvati bhaktyH

§amkaram pariprcchati i 1 i sridevy uvaca i om namo devadevesaparatppara jagatguroh^ sadasiva mahadeva (read

"deva) gurudiksam pradehi me i 2 i F. 22b ends: — sada sivo bhavety eva satyam satyam na samsayah na (gu)ror adliikam na ^uror adhi(ka)m na guror

ii adhikam na guror adhikam i harih

(3) The Purvottaradvddasamanjarikd Stotra by ^aiikara

(ff. 23—27). F. 23 begins: — harih dinam api rajanlsayampratah sisiravasante punar ayatah kala(h) kridati gacchaty ayus

tad api na muiicaty a^apasam i bhaja Govindam bhaja

Govindam Govindam bhaja mudhamate i 1 i Ff. 26b— 27: — dvadasamanjarikabhir ihaisa sisyanam kathito hy upadesah ekagre na karoti viveka te pasyante

ii i iti srimat- narakam anekam i bhaja Govindam 24 para(ma)hamsaparibhramlakarya (read °parivrajakacarya)- srimat- Sankara(ca)ryaviracite purvottaradva(da)samanjari-

kastottram sampurnnam ii ^ri-Sankaracaryaviracire svamine

namah srividyarunyasvamine namah ii

(4)

Fragment of a short tract (in Sanskrit) (ff. 27—28b). It begins:—bandhah karmany atha bahuvidhe striguha- yam pravistah pumsor etakana sakhelite (??) sonite varttama- nah vitppankothaikramibhi[h]rDR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAKabhitas NATHtaditah ) piditatma

yavat i etc. F. 28b ends: — sasnehabhyam paravasataya puspyamanah pitrbhyam kridalaulyam prathitabahucapalyam uUaghya

1 otalpara for "tatpara. Grantha MSS. frequently have Ip for tp. 2 Read devadevesa paratpara jagadguroV -$H 39 HS- balyam dvaitiyikam puram atha vayah prapnuvat dvptacitto laksmi janeta tava vada yugam vismaren masma bhupara ii

(5)

Fragment of another short tract (in Sanskrit) (if. 29— 30). F. 29 begins: — harih bhedabhedau savatrigalitau punya- pape visirnne mayamohe ksayam adhigatau nastasanne- havrttau sabdatitam trigunarahitam, etc. F. 30b ends: — santikalyanahetum mayaranye dahanam amalam ^antinirvanadivam tejorasim nigamasadana-Vyasa- puttrastakam yah pratahkale pati mahatam vyayatinirvana-

ii divam i Vyasaputram

(6)

The Kaivalyanavanita (in Malayalam language) in

2 PataLas (ff. 66).

33.

Whish No. 32.

Size: 9t x 1-ff in., 23 leaves, 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18th or 19th cent.? Character: Grantha. A Commentary on SahkaracdrycCs Atmahodhaprakarana, (by Madhusiidana Sarasvatl, according to Prof. Aufrecht).

It begins: — atra bhagavan Sankaracaryya uttamadhi- karinam vedantaprasthiinatrayan nirmmaya tadanvalocana- sama(r)tthanam mandabuddhinam anugraharttham sarvave- dantasiddhantasamgraham atmabodhakhyam prakaranan

iti i didarsayisuh pratijaniteDR.RUPNATHJI(i tapobhir DR.RUPAKetc. NATH ) It ends: — tasmad atmatlrttharatasya na kihcid avasi- syata iti bhavah ii iti srimat-paramahamsa-parivrajakacaryyasri - Govinda - bhagavatpadacaryya - sisya - srimat - Sankara-

- caryya viracitatmabodhaprakaranasya tika samapta i

harih i om i -^ 40 r<-

AVhish No. 33.

Size: 14xl| in., (2) + 276 [really 288, for after f. 67, ff. 48—67

are repeated again — I marked them as 48*—67* — and after f. 171

f. 180 follows , though nothing is missing] + (3) leaves , from 7 to 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Deer. 1831.' The Kalayukti

(or Kalayukta) year immediately preceding 1831 is A. D. 1798'99, but the MS. may have been written 60 or 120 years earlier (A. D.

• 1738/39 or even 1678/79). - Scribe: Sesasuri. Character: Grantha.

The Visnu-Purdna, in 6 Ainsas. It begins: — om narayanan namaskrtya naran caiva na-

ii rottamam i Vyasam sarasvatin devim tato jayam udirayet

pranamya visnum visvesabrahmadin pranipatya ca i gurum

pranamya vaksyami puranam vedasammitam i itihasapura-

najiiam vedavedamgaparagam i dharmmasastrartthatatva-

jnam Vasisthatanayatmajam i Parasaram sukhasinam krta-

piirvahnikakriyara i Maitreyah paripapraccha pranipatya-

bhivadya ca i etc.

The I"* Amsa ends (f. 55): — devarsipitrgandharvayaksa-

dinan tu sambhavam i bhavanti srnvatah pumso devadya

varada mune i iti srivisnupurane prathamemse dvavimso-

ddhyayah ii prathamomsas samaptah ii

The II "^"^ Amsa ends (f. 76): — iti bharatanarendrasara- vrttam kathayati yas ca srnoti bhaktiyuktah i sa vimalama-

tir eti natmamoham bhavati ca samsaranesu muktiyogyah ii

iti srivisnupurane dvitlyerp^e sodasoddhyayah i harili om I

dvitlyom^as samaptah i om i The III'^'i Amsa ends (f. 117): —pumsam jatabharana-

maulavatam vrthaiva moghasinam akhilasaucanirakrtanam I toyapradanapitrpindabahiskrtanamDR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAKsanibhasanad NATH ) api nara

narakam prayanti ii iti srivisnupurane trtlyeinse astadaso-

ddhyayah i harih om.

The ly*^ Am^a ends (f. 171b): — etad viditva na na-

rena karyyam mamatvam atmany api panditena i tisthantu

tavat tanayatmaja(d)yah ksetradayo ye tu sariratonye i itya- -^ 41 r<$-

dimaha^rivisnupurane caturtthemse caturvirasoddhyayah ii

caturttharpsas samaptah \\ barili om ii

The V*^ Amsa ends (f. 252): — srI-Parasarali i ity ukto-

bhyetya partthabhyam yamabhyaii ca tatliarjjunali i drstafi

caivanubliutan ca sarvam akhyatavams tada i Yyasavakyan krtva ca te sarve srutvarjjunamukheritam l rajye Pariksitam

yayuh Pandu(su)ta vanam i ityetat [sJtavaMaitreyavistarena cesti- mayoditam i jatasya yad Yador vaipb^ Vasudevasya

tam 11 iti srivisnupurane paficamemse astatri(m)soddhyayali I

^rikrsnaya namah li

The VI*'' Amsa ends (f. 276b): — iti vividham ajasya

yasya riipam prakrtiparatmamayam sanatanasya i pradisatu bhagavSn asesapumsara harir apajanmajaradikam .samr-

ddhim ii iti srivisnupurane sasthemse astamoddhyayah li om

harih om ii sri-Parasaraya namah ii srl-Yedavyasaya namah ii samajitas sasthomsah ii harih om . . . om srih visnupuranam

samaptam ii bindudurllipi" . . . sajjanah ii abdesmin kalayu-

ktyakhye jyesthamasy astame dine i Hkhitam vaisnavam idam puranam Sesasurina ii om.

35.

WmsH No. 34.

Size: 9rX2 in., 170 leaves, from 8 to 14 lines on a page.

Material: Palm leaves. — ; .! , __ Date of MS.: 18th Or 19 tu cent.? Character: Grantha.

The Jayamangalci, a Commentary on the LaJitdsahasra--^ ndmastotra (from the Bralmidnda-Pimina), by Bliatta Ndrdya)ia, a son of Vehkatddri. See Mitra, JSTotices, vol YII, p. 57, No. 2287. DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH )

It begins: — ^rimahaganapataye namah i srimatah karuna- kataksasaranirn samprapya te patmabhu(r) brahmandani -purusah karoti raksati harir hantisvaro lllaya i trayyante paratpara iti khyatopi sarnvitkale sa kastheti ca sa para

gatir iti tvayy eva visramyati I etc.

Then ff. lb—2a: — advaitavidyacaryya-sn-Verakatadri- ^ 42 Hg-

Narayanambikagarbha^uktimuktamanis su- tanubhavah i

Yyakhyam Narayana sphutam i sa- dhili 1 lalitade^ikadesad

. . . hasrasya rahasyanam namnam viracayamy aham i etc.

srisrimateti i ^rir ai^varyyam, etc. vyakurmmahe i It ends: — sri-Bhatta-Narayanena viracita lalitasahasra- nama-stotravyakhya jayamamgalakhya sampiirna .4rimaha-

tripurasundaricaranaravindayor nnityabhaktir astu mama | sriramaya paramagurave namah ii harih om ii subham astu gurucaranaravindabhyan namali om ii

36.

Whish No. 35.

ff. 77—115 being missing, Size: 11 xH in., (2) + 176 [really 140, from 11—13 lines on a page. and £f. 38—39 being double] + (1) leaves, Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th cent.? Character: Grantha.

Portions of the Mlmdmsdkaustuhha, a Commentary on Jaimini^s Mimdmsci-Darsana, by Khandadeva, the son of Budradeva, extending from the beginning of the second Adhyaya to the end of the first Pada of the third Adhyaya. Besides, there is a lacuna from the end of the 2'^'* to the beginning of the 4*^ Pada in the second Adhyaya. It begins:—srimahaganapate n(a)mah subham astusrima- evani upotghataprasakta- haganapate n(a)mah i subham astu nuprasakte mantralaksanadau samapte yatprasamgena yad agatam tatsamaptau tatbuddhis saiijayata iti nyayena bhavartthadhikaranoktadhatvartthakaranatvasya upa-

sthite, etc. In margine: sabdantaradhikaranam. F. 18DR.RUPNATHJI(b: — visesadar^anac DR.RUPAKca purvesam NATHsarvesu ) hy apra- 4. vrtti syat ii See Mimanisadarsana II, 2, F. 75: — sarvasyevoktakamatvat tasmin kamasruti syat

nidhanarttha punasrutih ii II, 2, 29. P. 76b ends: — phalasambandhah na vatadaksam gunat bhavanabheda iti prayojanam pu. -^ 43 H^

Ff. 77— 11-i are missing, and f. 115 begins: — lepi niril-

(Ihalaksanaya prayogadarsanena, etc.

F. 115 b: — kartur va srutisamyogat ii II, 4, 2.

The 2°'^ Adhyaya ends (f. 127b): — sri-Eudradevasunoh

krtir esa Khandadevasya i mlmamsakaustubhrikhyo bheda- ddhyaddhyeya (sic) caturtthaipghreli ii iti ^rl-Khandadeva-

krtau mlmamsakaustublie dvitiyoddhyayah ii sriguru° etc. F. 173b: — vyavastha vartthasya srutisamyogal limgasya- rtthena sambandhal laksanarttha piinasrutih ii III, 1, 27.

It ends (f. 176): — mima(mjsainbunidhim pramatthya vi- vidhair nnySyoccayair nirjjaraih krtva Jaiminisiitramanda-

ram amura vedarp tatha vilsukim i yad dhalahalasamjiiani eva kalitam granthantaram sajjanaih srikrsnasya tu bhu-

sanSya sa parani yah kaustubhakhyo manih ii sri-Rudra- krtir devasunoh esa Khandadevasya i mimamsakaustubha- khyosesaddhyaye pada adyayam ii i^rimatpuryottaramimam- saparavarinadhurina-sri-Rudradevasunoli Khandadevasya krtau mlmamsakaustubhe tritiyasyaddhyayasya prathamah padah li srimahaganapate namah ii subham astu harih om il

37.

WmsH Nos. 36 A and 36 B.

Size: 2 Vols., 15^xl|- in., 205 leaves (ff. 124—205 in vol. II), from 6 to 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Calicut 1824.' The Krodhin year preceding 1824 is Saka 1707 or A. D. 1784/85, but it seems more likely that the MS. was written A. D. 1724^25. Scribe or owner of the books: Narayana. Character: Grantha.

The Ujjvald,DR.RUPNATHJI(a Commentary on DR.RUPAKthe Apastamhtya NATH )Dhar- inasutra. No. 36 A contains the first Prasna, Xo. 36 B the second Prasna.'

This is the MS. 'G. U.' used by Dr. G. Buhler for his second edition of the Apastambiya Dharmasutra (Bombay

Sanskrit Series Nos. 44 & 50). See Part I, p. ii. -5>4 44 H5-

Vol. I ends: — iti Haradattaviracitayan dharmmavyakhyayam ujvalayam ekadasam patalam ii samaptah pra^nah ii harih om ii sivaya namali ll atliato niyamesu sravanyan tapa svaddhyaya upasane maddhvam anne mamaddhyatmikan ksatriyam yatlia katha ca vidyayaikadasa ii om panigrahanad

adhi grhamedliino vratam i Vol. II begins: — panigrahanad adhi grhamedhino vra- prayena brahmacarino tam I purvasmin prasne adyayoh

i etc. dharmma uktah i uttaresv astasu sarvasramanam It ends: — iti Haradattaviracitayan dharmmavyakhyayam ujvalayam ekadasah patalah ll harih om ll dvitlyaprasnas samaptah ii . . . krodhisaravatsaram kannimasam yettanteti ujvala samapta ii sriramarppanam ii Narayanasya granthas

samaptah ii

38.

Whish No. 37.

Size: 9^ x l| in., 13 + 117 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: The Parthiva year in which the MS. was written (see below) probably corresponds to A. D. 1766, perhaps to A. D. 1825/26. Scribe: Venkusudhivara Saunda. Character: Grantha.

(1)

The Taittirlya -PrdtisdMiya.

It begins:—atha varnasamamnayah i atha navaditas sama-

plutapiirvam | naksarani i dve dve savarne hrasvadlrghe i na

sodasadita svarSh i seso vyahjanani, etc.

It ends: — samsadam gacched acaryyasarnsadam iti ii atha

ii catasro dvadasaDR.RUPNATHJI(ii iti dvitiyaprasnah DR.RUPAKpratisakhye NATH ) samaptah

harih om subham astu i

(2)

The Triblicisyaratna, a Commentary on the Taittirlya- FrdtisdWiya, ->t 45 ><$-

It begins: — bhaktiyuktah pranamyahara ganesacarana- vaksyami laksanam dvayam gurim api giran devim idara | vyakhyanam pratisakhyasya viksya vararucadikam i krtan tribhusyaratnam yat bhasate bbusurapriyam i etc. It ends: — iti tribhasyaratne prati^akhyavivarane dviti- yaprasne dvadasoddhyayali ii samapto dvitiyaprasnah 11 barili madhau sya- om II srimatpartthivavatsare madburtau mase

male pakse prosthapadarksake kavidine dvadasyupetebani | granthas cottararatnasabdamilitasrimattribhasyabhidha srimad-Veipkusudbivarena likbitas Saundena sastrottame ii harih om srigurubhyo namah ii

39.

Whish No. 38.

Size: 17-|x2 in., 175 leaves, 10 or 11 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: The Yuvan year in which the MS. was written (see below) probably corresponds to A. D. 1755,56, possibly to A. D. 1815/16. Scribe: The son of Sesadri. See above Nos. 15 & 27. Character: Grantha.

The Bhdgavata-Purdna, together with ^ridharah Com- mentary, Skandhas 11 and 12.

i vijayante parananda- It begins: — om i avighnam astu

krsnapadarajasrajah i ya dhrta miirddhni jayante mahen-

dradimahasrajah ii pravarttitah (read pravrttitah) para-

nandakrsnakridanuvarnita i tannivrtyii paranandapararo-

honuvarnyate ii evan tavad dasamaskandhe bhubharavata- ranaya nijabhiitivibhusitayaduvarnsasya yaduvamsavata- ritasakalasurarnsasya bhagavata srikrsnasya taducitapra- tacchravanasmaranadiparanam paresam vrttividambanenaDR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) anandakaranam krldanuvarnita i etc. F. lb: — ekadasaskandhasya pravrttih tasya yathamati- vyakhyanam arabhyate tatra mausalaprasamgarttham pur- vaskandharttham anuvadati slokadvayena ii krtva daityava- bha- dham krsnas saramo yadubhi(r) vrtah i bhuvovatarayat

rafi javisthah janayan kalim li etc. The IV^ Skandha ends (f. 134): — iti srimatbhagavate mahapurane savyakhyana ekadasaskandhe paramam(read sri- parama)hamsyayam samhitayam ekatrimsoddliyayah ii krsnaya namah ii evam ekadasaskandhabhavartthapadadi- ida- svajnanaddhvantabhitena Sridharena praka^ita i pika I nln natigiidharttham srimat-bhagavatam kva nu i manda- buddhir aham krsne prema kim kin na karayet ii ajnana-

ddhvantabliitanam bhaktanam bbagavan harih i Sridhara- caryyarupena vyakhyanam akarot svayam ii yodvayatma-

bhidhanena lokam raksann ajijanat i tasya padayugaccha- tram murddhni vidharyyatam ii ekadasaskandhavyakhya pari-

piirna ii srikrsnaya satyabhamasahitaya namah ii vatsare ca

yuva uttarayane kumbhamasam adhige divakare i kalapaksa likhitaika- udabhupriyarksake sukrasisyaguruvasare diva i vidusa dasaskandhatika slokaili prasammita i Sesaputrena

samiihyasabdikair asau ii bindusrngaksarair hinani etc.

The Commentary to the 12*^ Skandha begins (f. 135):—

jayati srl-Parananda(h) krsnapahgalasaddrsah i etc.

It ends (f. 175): . . . nama iti dvabhyam ii namas tasmai krpaya kasmai bhagavate vasudevaya saksine i ya idam

vyacacakse mumuksave ii vyacacakse vyakhyatavan ii yogl-

ndraya namas tasmai sukaya brahmarupine i samsarasar-

padastam yo visnuratam amiimucat ii iti ^rimat-bhagavate mahapurane savyakhyane dvadasaskandhe trayodasoddhya-

ii yah 11 srikrsnaya namah ii dvadasaskandhah piirnah bhava-

rtthadlpikam etam bhagavatbhaktavallabham i sri-Parana-

ndapadabjabhrmgasrl-Sridharokarot ii . . . srigurum Parama- Sri- nandam vanda anandavigraham i yatkrpalavalesena

dharas sukrtas sukhi ii om dvadasas skandhas samaptah li

harih om ii

yuvabhidhanebda udagdisamge hy anantaratne (?) sisira- DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAKpaksa ihavadataglautarakayam NATH ) rttubhanaii i mase ghate

likhitam mayedam ii satikan dvadasaskandhamulam Sesa-

krte II drisununa i Visvamitranvayamahapamkotbhavadinam

harih om ii sriguriibhyo namah ii bindusrragaksarair etc. . . .

^riparadevatayai namah ii srisarasvatyai mmaksyai namostu

om subham astu harih om ii .

40.

WmsH No. 39.

Size: 7'ix2l in., 59 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. 18 tu "» Date of MS : or 19 cent.? Character: Grantha.

The BJiarjavadgltd, with a brief introduction.

It begins: — asya sri-bhagavatgita^astramahamantrasya I

i tasam gitanam Vedavyaso bhagavan rsih i anustup cchandah

cchandamsi i vis- kvacin nanacchandamsi i evamprakarini variipo visnuh paramatma bhagavan ^riman-narayano prajhavadams ca bhasasa devata i asocyan anvasocas tvam ^aranam iti bijara i sarvadharmman parityajya mam ekam asvattham vrajeti saktih i urddhvamukxm adha^sakham sribhagavatsamaradhanrirtthe prahur avyayam iti kilakara i

jape viniyogah i etc.

The text begins (f. 2): — Dhrtarastra uvaca I dharmma-

ksetre kuruksetre samavetfi yuyutsavah i etc.

F. 5b: — visrjya sasaran capana sokasamvignamanasah ii

^okasamvignamanasa iti ll iti on tat sad iti mahabharate satasahasrikayam samhitayam vaiyasikyam bhismaparvani sribhagavadgitasupanisatsu parabrahmavidyayam yogasastre srlkrsnarjjunasamvade arjjunavisadayogo nama prathamo-

ddhyayah ii

It ends: — iti on tat sat sribhagavatgitasupanisatsu parabrahmavidyayaiu yogasastre srlkrsnarjjunasamvade sakalavedasastrapuranasamgrahamoksayogo namastadaso-

ii sri- ddhyayah ii srikrsnaya parabrahmane namo namah

vasudevarpanam astu i

41.

DR.RUPNATHJI(Whish No. DR.RUPAK40. NATH )

Size: lOyXll in., 190 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS: An entry by Mr. "Whish, found on the last page, is dated 'Calicut 1826'. The MS. may be about 50 or even 100 years older.

Ch aracter : G rantha ->4 48 Hc-

The Subodhini, a Commentary on the Bhagavadgitd, by ^rldharasvdmin, in 18 Adhyayas. It begins: — vande krsnarjunau virau naranarSyanav

ubhau I dharttarastrakiilonmattagajarohanavallabhau i sara-

tthyam arjunasyajau kurvan gitamrtan dadau i lokatrayopa-

. , . karaya tasmai krsnatmane namah i srimadhavam prana-

myatha devam visvesam adarat i tatbliaktiyantritali kurve

gitavyakhyam subodhinim i etc.

Adhyaya I ends on f. 9, A. II on f. 27 b, A. Ill on f. 40 b, A. IV on f. 54, A. V on f. 63 b, A. VI on f. 74,

A. VII on f. 82, A. VIII on f. 90, A. IX on f. 97 b,

A. X on f. 106, A. XI on f. 120 b, A. XII on f. 126,

A. XIII on f. 137, A. XIV on f. 144, A. XV on f. 151,

A. XVI on f. 157 b, A. XVII on f. 165 b, A. XVIII on f. 190. ^ri-Paramanandapadabjaraja^rldharinadhuna It ends: — |

Sridharasvamina prokta gitatika subodhini ii iti sribhaga- vatgitatikayam subodhinyam Sridharasvami-krtayam para- martthanirnayo nama astadasoddhyayali " srikrsnaya paramatmane namah ii svapragalbhyabalad vilokya bhaga- vatgitan tadantargatan tatvam prepsur upaiti kim guru-

krpaviyusadrstim vina i asya svahjalina rahasyajaladher aditsur antarmmaninavarttesu na kin nimajjati janas sat-

karnadharam vina ii harih om etc.

42.

Whish No. 41.

Size: 9|xl| in., (3) + 87 + (3) leaves, 7 or 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 1825. The MS. may be about 50 years older. DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) Character : Grantha. The Demmdhdtmya from the SaryasdvarnilM-Mcuwantara of the Mdrkandeya'Purdna, in 23 Adhyayas, preceded by the Argfdastotra , and Kllalristotra. The edition by L. Foley (Berlin 1831), and the Bombay editions of 1862 (Sake 1784) & 1864 (Sake 1786) contain only 13 Adhyayas. ~$^i 49 HS-

It begins: — nyasam avahanafi caiva namany argalaklla-

kam I hrdayan ca dalafi caiva ddhyanam kavacaiu eva

ca I mrihatmyafi ca japen nityaiu astamyafi ca visesatah i apnoti[m] dehante sarvasaubhagyam ca labhet gatim i

om I padayor varabliyo namali i nitambe narasimhyai

namali i etc.

F. 5b: — iti sridevimahatmye argalastotram samaptam ii 7: iti sridevimrdiatmye kilakastotram F. — samaptam ii

athatas sampravaksyami vistarena yathatatham i candikrdir-

' dayam guhyam srunusvaikagramanasali i hram brim brbi (?) ai brim ^rim klim jaya jaya camundike tridasamaku- takoti saragbattacaranaravinde savitri gayatri sarasvati mababikrtabarine bhairavarilpadbarini prakatitadamstro- gravadane gbore gboranayane jvalajvrdasabasraparivrte, etc.

Tbe first Adbyaya ends on f. 30. F.72: — eva[m]n devya varam labdbva Suratbab ksatriya-

[rjrsabbab i suryyaj janma samasadya savarnir bhavita

manub il iti srimarkandeyapurane siiryyasavarnike manvantare devlmabatraye suratbavaisyavarapradanan nama tra- yodasoddbyayali ii

Tbe W^ Adbyaya ends on f. 78 b. Ff. 79—87 are also fobated separately by letters, viz. ka, kba, etc.

End: — isanakoneksamksetrapalaya namali i astadalababye

devyas tad daksinantam gamganapataye namali i pampara-

magurubbyo namab i pamparamagurupadukabbyo namab i

daravatukabbairavaya namab i duindurgayai namab i pantipu-

jayet ii iti srimarkandeyapurane siiryyasavarnike manvantare devimabatmye panntipujarabasyan nama trayovim^o (pafica-

ii viniso, pr. m.) ddbyayab sriiuabadevyai namab i ^rigurubbyo

ii namab i sivaya namab i barib om

DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) 43.

WmsH No. 42.

in.; leaves, about 10 lines on a page. Size: llf X2 (3) 4-97 + (4) Material: Palm leaves.

I These MSS, generally read srunu- for srnu-. -$M 50 H$-

Date: An entry by Mr. Whish is dated 1825. The MS. may be about 50 years older. Scribe: Ananta Narayana.

Character : Grantha.

(1)

The Kuldrnava{tantra) , in 17 Ullasas (fF. 1—95). See

Aufrecht-Oxford p. 90 seqq. (No. 147); Iiid. Off. IV, p. 879; Mitra, Notices, I pp. 138 (No. 258), 160 (No. 290).

It begins : — gurubhyo namali (i) upasrutinani anyesam upa-

srutir iyain sada i srun(ut)aiu sarvaviranam caranam smaranam

mmama i gurum ganapatim durgam ksetresam sivam arca-

(read acyu?)tain i brahmanam girijam laksmlm vanim vande

vibhutaye i anadyayakhiladyayamayine gatamaline i arupaya

guruve i svarupayasivaya namah devyau(5ic)Yaca i on namo

devadeve^a paiicakrtyavidbayaka i sarvajha bhaktisulabha ^a-

ranagatavatsala (read°la) i miilesa paramesana karunamrta-

varidhe i asare ghorasamsare sarve [da]du(li)khamalimasali|eic. F. 17: — iti srikularnave urddbvamnayamahatmye triti- yollasah ii

F. 27: — iti ^rikularnavamahatmye rabasye sarvamgamo-

ttame kuladivyadikatbanam pancamollasali ii

7*'^ The Ullasa ends on f. 37, the S*'^ U. on f. 44b, 9*11 the XT. on f. 51, the 10*^^ U. on f. 56, the IV-^ U. on 12*51 f. 61b, the xj. on f. 67 b, the W^ U. on f. 72 b, the

14*1^ U. on f. 78, the 15*1^ U. on f. 84b, the U^^ U. on

f. 89 b.

It ends (f. 95): — iti ^rlmatkularnave maharahasye sarva- gamottame moksapade kiilavivahaprasamsan nama sapta-

dasollasah ii

(2)

The Mantraksaramald, in 16 stanzas (ff. 95b —98 b). DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) It begins: —kallolo(lla)sitamrtabdhilaharimaddhyevirajan- manidvipe kalpakavatikaparivrte kadambavatojvale ratna- stambhasahasrauirmmitasabhamaddhye vimanottame cinta-

ratnavinirmmite janani te simhasanam bhavaye ii 1 il It ends: — srimantraksaramalaya girisutSm yah pujayec cetasa sandhyasu prativasaram suniyatam tasyaui malas- -^ 51 -^ yacirat cittambhoruhamandape girisuta nrttam vidhatte sada

vanivaktrasaroruhc jaladhijagehe jaganmamgalam ii 16 ii

srimahatripurasundaryyai namah i karaki'tara aparadham

ksantum arhanti santah i samkarasya caritakatharasah candra^ekharagunanikirttanam nilakantha tava padaseca-

nam sambhavantu mama janma(ni) janmani i idam pustakam

- - guruvanujfia Anauta Narayana likhitam I srigurubhyo

il namah i liarih om subbam astu

44.

Whish No. 43.

Size: lOixll in., (1) + 38 + (2) + 11 + (1) leaves, 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: An entry by Mr. Whish is dated 'Calicut 1825'. The MS. is probably not much older. Character: Grantba.

(1)

The Vmiiqiddddikesdntastutl by ^aiilMva, with a Com- mentary, called SulihabodhiuL Printed, with a different commentary, in the Kavyamala, Part II, pp. 1 —20. nabhinalikalolambabhamgivanitapab- It begins: — harih i

kalaye i phalam i kudumbikalasambbodheh kanyaya(h) mahah

alikalocanatopad alikam rataye dadat i vii^ralambhara pura-

strii,iam pusnat tejo bbajamahe i giripathodhipathojasada- kurve umalaksmi- nanandadhoramh i padam namasyanam

madhusruta i sarasvatih i bhagavatpadapadadikesastutya vyakhya vitanyate ramya namnSsau sukhabodhini ii iha khalu sakalajagadanugrahaya svecchakrtavigrahaparigrahali paramakarunikagragaiiyahDR.RUPNATHJI(sarvajiiasikhamanayah DR.RUPAK NATH ) sri- Samkarabhagavatpujyapadah srimadvaipayanapranltabrah- masiitravyakhyanarupasrlmat - bhSsyakaraiiena mumuksu jijhasyafi jagaj janmadikaraiiam sakalopanisatgamyam saccidanandadvayam pratyagabhinnam visnvakhyam brahma mukhyadhikriribhyah karatalabadaravat sphutara pradar- ^ya mandadhikarinam anujighrksaya nirvisesam parain 4* -^H 52 H^ brahma saksat karttum amsvarali ye manclas tenukampyante savisesanirupanair iti nyiiyena tasyaiva jDaratatvasya saka- lasrutismrtipuranavacanais suddliasatvopaliitatvena satvika- sevyatvena cavagatasya samkhacakrasarnganandakakau- inodaklrupapancayudhalamkvtasya garudavahanasya sesa- sayinali srlmahalaksmibhumidevisametasya kaustubliasrl- vatsamuktabharanaklritakatakamgadadisarvabharanabliusi- tasya sakalalokatisayalusaimdaryyasimnah niratisayadayasu- dhasamudrasya sakalajagadraksanadiksitasya sribhagavato narayanasya padadikesastutin tadupasanarupam sakrt pa- thamatrena sakalapurusarttbasandohinim dvipaiicasat^lokat- mikam karttum arabhante ii tatradaii varnyate samkho bhu-

jagrevastbito bareli i nilasailasikbarudhacandrabimbasriyam vahan ii laksmibbarttur bhujagre krtavasati sitam yasya rupam visalam, etc. It ends: —paramanandam atmasvarupam pravisati tatraiva llyate brahmanandasvarupenavatistbata iti siddham ii iti srimatparamabamsaparivrajakacaryya-sri-Govinda-bbagavat- pujyapadasisya-sri-Samkara-bbagavatpadakrta-srivisnupada-

dikesaparyyantastute(r) vyakbya samgrbita samapta ii barib i

om I

(2)

Tbe Uttaragltd, a kind of appendix to tbe Bbagavadgita, in three Adbyayas. See A. Holtzmann, Das Mababbarata II, 165 seq.

It begins: — krsnaya vasudevaya jiianamudraya yogine i

natbaya rukminisaya namo vedantavedine i Arjuna uvaca |

yad ekam niskalam brahma vyomatitan nirahjanani i apra-

tarkyam anirdesyam vinasotpattivarjitam i etc.

F. 4: — om tat sad iti srima[t]duttaragitasiipanisatsu parabrahmavidyayam yoga^astre ^rikrsnarjunasamvade a- DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) dvaitavasan nama prathamoddbyayah ii

F. 8: — iti ^rimaduttaragitasupanisatsu . . . dvitiyo- ddbyayah ii It ends-. — sarvacintavinirmmuktan niscintam acalam

iti para- bhavet i on tat sad ^ribhagavatgitastipanisatsu brahmavidyayam yogasastre srikrsnarjunasamvade advaita- -^ 53 hs-

vasan nama tritiyoddhyayah il ^rikysnarpanam astu sriguru-

li bliyo namah i ^ridaksinamurttaye namah

45.

Whish No. 45.

Size: 10x2g in., 36 + (1) leaves, 11 or 12 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves.

Date: An entry by Mr. Whish at the end of the MS. is dated -•Calicut 1825.' The MS. is probably not much older. Character: Grantha.

The Ratirahasya, a treatise on Kamasastra, in 10 Pa-

ricchedas, by KohliolM who composed it for Vaidyadatta.

See Burnell, Taujore, p. 58 seq., & Ind. Ofif. Ill, p. 362. Burnell has Vainyadatta, Eggeling Vainyadatta, for Vai- dyadatta. It begins: — yenakari prasabham acirad arddhanarisvara- tvam dagdhenapi tripurajayino jyotisa caksusena i indor mmitram sa jayati niiidan dhama vamapracaro devas sriman

bhavarasajusan daivatam cittajanma i parijanapade bhripga- srenipikah patuvandino himakarasitacchatram mattadvipo

malayanilah i krsatanudhanurvalli lilakataksasaravali mana-

sijamahavirasyoccair ii jayanti jagajjitah 2 i Kokkokanamna kavina krtoyam sri-Vaidyadattasya kutuhalena i vilokyatam

kamakalasu dhiraih pradlpakalpo vacasam nigumbhah i etc.

It ends: — iti kaksaputasarasamgrahali ii iti ratirahasye

yogadhikaro nama dasamah paricchedah ii ^ubham astu ii

46.

WmsH No. 46. Size: 9f x2t2- in.,DR.RUPNATHJI(51 leaves, 12 or 13DR.RUPAKlines on a page. NATH ) Material: Palm leaves.

Date: An entry by Mr. "Whish at the end of the MS. is dated

'Calicut 1825' ; the MS. may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.

The Suryasataka, by 2fayura, with a Commentary Ijy Anvayamuklia. -^ 54 .<-

It begins: —jambharatibhakumbhotbhavam iva dadhatas sandrasindurarenum raktas sikta ivaughair udayagiritati-

dhatudharadravasya i etc. The Commentary begins: —jambharater indrasya ibhasya gajasyairavatasya pragdigasrita(na)m adhipatyasanniddhya- sambhavad eva muktih kumbhayor udbhava udbhutir bhuma yasya tarn, etc. After verse 100 follow the text and commentary of the verse, slokalokasya bhutyai satam iti racita sri-Mayurena

ii bhaktya, etc. It ends: — orn i sivaya namah suryyasataka- slokavyakhyanagrantham sampurnam harih om ii srigurubhyo namah ii om sadatisrastusandhyasu (?) vidhivisnupuraribhih i upasyo ya svarupena tam adityam aharn bhaje i tatra- bhavan Mayiiro nama mahakavir antahkaranadisarva- vayanirvrtisiddhaye sarvajanopakaraya ca hiranyagarbha- pramukhasarvakarmmanyopasya(sya)yajurupanisadupapadi- taoijopasanasaddhyasadhanasya pratyaksabrahmanas suryya- mandalantarvarttino bhagavata adityasya stutirn slokasatena stuter balasukhabodhanaya- pranitavan i tasya vivaranam nvayamukhena kriyate ii om suryyaya namah ii

47.

WmsH :^o. 48.

Size: 9f x l|^ in., (1) + 137 + (1) leaves, from 10 to 12 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18 tt or 19 th cent.? Character: Grantha.

(1)

The Karttikamalmtmya, from the Padma-Piiram , in

30 AdhyayasDR.RUPNATHJI((ff. 1—49). DR.RUPAK NATH )

It begins: — Sutah i sriyah patim athamantrya gate de-

varsisattame i harsotphullanana Satya madhavam punar

abravit i Satyovaca i etc. It ends: — ye manavah karttikamasi bhaktya snanah ca

dipan haripujanah ca i danam vratam brahmanabhojanadi -^. 55 H$-

kurvanti te svargakutumbina syuh ii iti ^rlpatme purane

ii karttikamahritmye trirasoddbyayah srikrsnaya namah |

yadrsara pustake drstva tadrsam likhitani niaya i abaddham va subaddbam va mama doso na vidyate ii

(2)

Tbe VaisdWiamalidtmya, from tbe Skanda-Purdm , in

30 Adbyayas (ff. 51 —137, also separately foliated from 1 —88).

It begins: — avigbnam astu i rsayab i skande purane

bhavata vai^akbasya ca vaibbavam i asmakam katbitam

purvam ^rutafi casmabbir eva ca i tat bhiiya^ srotukama-

nam vistarad vaktura arliasi i Sfitab i pura brahmamga- bbiitena, etc. It ends: — rsln amantrya tan sarviln Sutab pauraniko- pratyagat ttamab i taili pujitab paran tustali kailasam

punab II iti srimatskande purane vaisakbamabatmye trimso- ddbyayab il ^rlgurubbyo nam all ii barib om ii

48.

WmsH No. 49.

Size: 9-r- x If in-, (1) + 32 + 26 + (1) leaves, 7 or 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: End of 18 th or beginning of 19tii cent.? Character: Grantha.

(1)

Rules and prayers for tbe worsbip of Rudra (ff. 1—32). Mr. Wbisb gives tbe title 'Ruclra-nydsam\ but probably it sbould be 'PaHC(lngarudranydsa\ Tbe Mantras belong to tbe Black Yajurveda. Cf. Stein- Jammu, p. 16: panca- ngarudranam nyasapurvako japabomarcanavidbib. DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) It begins: — orn atbatab paficaingarudranam nyasapur-

vakam japabomarcanabhisekavidbim vyakbyasyamab i ya te iti rudra sikbayara i ya te rudra siva tanur agborapa-

pakasim i taya nas tanuva santamaya girisantabbi cakasibi |

asmin mabaty arnava iti ^irasi i asmin mabaty arnaventa- rikse bbava adbi i tesam dbanvani tanmasi sabasrayojaneva | -^ 56 HS"

lalate i sahasraniti lalate i sahasrani sahasrani sahasraso

ye rudra adhi bhumyam i tesam sahasrayojaneva dhanvani

1. tanmasi i etc. See Taitt. Samh. TV, 5, 1, 1; 11, F. 26: — evamrupinam eva ddhyatva dvijas samyak tato

devayajanam arabhet ii athato rudrasnanarcanabhisekavi-

dhim vyakhyasyamah i adidevatirtthe snatva i udetya sucili prayato brahmacari suklavasa tasya daksinapratyakde^e tanmukliain stbitva atmani devata sthapayet ii

F. 31b: — acaryyaya daksinam ga dadyat i dasa gas sam-

i cadhikarah | vatsarah svarnabharanabhusitah i rsabhau Bodhayanali.il asvamedhaphalam apnoti i ity aha bbagavan

subham astu srigurubhyo namah l asya srirudraddhyaya-

I i anustup pra^namahamantrasya i Aghora rsih cchandah samkarsanamurttisvarupo yosav adityas sa ekarudrah

paramapuruso devata i agnikratuh caramayam istakayam

satarudriye viniyogah i etc.

It ends or breaks off (f. 32b):— kuksis saptasamudram bhujagirisikharam saptapatalapadam vedam vaktram sadam-

gam dasadisi vadanam divyaliingam namami i om gananan

tva I It seems to be incomplete.

f2)

An Itihdsa or a legend of King Vrmdarvi, with an enumeration of the great benefits, temporal and spiritual, to be reaped by him who reads tliis legend (ff. 1— 10). It Sibikulam babhiiva begins: —Vrsadarvikulaiu havisf?) i

tasyayam itihasah kula-sidya babhiiya i tad yo ha smai-

i sa mam (read smemam?) adhite i sa ha sma raja bhavati kihcit gra- prapyantarhitah i sobravit i yo mam itihasam

hayet i parasmai dadyam iti i tato brahmanah i samyogam

sayyayujet (?) ;. 1 ;: tam adityat puruso bhaskaravarno niskram-

I i va ya sa enam grahayah cakara i tam aprcchat kositi vrsa-

darvii- itiDR.RUPNATHJI(i tasmad ya imam DR.RUPAKitihasam adhite NATHl adityalokosya)

kamacaro bhavati i tasmad ya imam itihasam upanito

i manavako grhnlyat i grhitvatha brahmanan cchravayet

li ii medhavl bhavet i rarsasatan ca jivet 2

i F. 2b: — atho khalv ahuh i vedasammitoyam itihSsah

I dharmman carati nadharmmam i satyam vadati nanrtam "->^ 57 r<5-

dirgham pasyati ma hrasvam param pas vat i maparam | rco

ha yo veda sa veda devau i yajuuisi yo veda sa veda yajnam |

samani yo veda sa veda sarvam i yo manasam veda sa

veda brahma u 8 ii The greater part of what now follows reads almost like a Smrti, aud treats of the duties of Brahmanas, more especially of Sraddhas.

On f. 9 the story is told of king Yrsadarvi who grants a certain Brahmana one of the following boons: a cow that constantly yields milk, a sheep which is constantly

shorn (? avir mmejasram viluhyate i for viluyate ?). a

millstone which is constantly grinding, a caiTiage which drives over all the seas, a pair of earrings with gems of the colour of the smi. The Brahmana asks his wife, and she says: 'Take the sheep'; then he asks his son who tells him to take the carriage, then his daughter who wants him to take the earrings, finally his female slave who tells him to take the mill-stone.—while he himself fancies the cow. King Yrsadarvi gives him all the five gifts. Then it con- tinues: — tad idam itihasah ! brahmadityapurogaya i puro-

t bharadvajo bahu- gah karsyapaya i kasyapo bharadvajaya

pracyavananani dhanapater dvijah I bhir auagamaya i tatah

brahmanakide jatismaro bhavati i saptajanmakrtat papan

i dine dine gayatule bha- mucyate i dyas (?) tu parvabhih ranyam gayapancake :; 30 a

It ends (f. 10): — ete dve dhanam arvyanam mantras vratani ca namo namah caiva vratani ca i mantras ca va on namah Yrsadarvi namo namah suparnosi ganitman trivrt te siro gayatraii caksu stoma atma sama te taniir va- madevyani brhadrathantare paksau yajiiayajiiiyam puccham chaudamsy auigani dhisniyas sapha yajuuisi nama i supar-

suvah pata - harih om ». 30 i nosi garutman divamDR.RUPNATHJI(gaccha DR.RUPAK NATH ) itihasam samapta srigurave namah srisarasratyai namah

sriramacandrasvamine namah subham astu i

(3)

The Somotjjatti. {& 11. 12). a kind of Parisista. The same work in the Bodleian MS. YTalker lU, it. 203—204 b -$H 58 f-$-

(where it forms part of an A^valayana-Mantrasamhita). The Sama-veda Parisista of the same title in the Bodleian Indische MS. Wilson 466, ff. 11—13 (see also Weber, Studieu, vol. I, p. 59; other MSS. in Weber-Berlin 1, p. 78, Mitra, Notices, vol. IV, p. 160, :No. 1589, & Peterson IV, seems to be p. 8, No. 120), though beginning differently, the same.

i kauta- It begins (f. 11): — orn somotpatti i rsaya ucuh halasamutpanna devata rsibhis saha i samsayam paripr- va ksiyate cchanti vyasam dharmmartthakovidam i katham somah ksino va vrddhate (read vardhate) katham i imam prasnam mahabhaga bruhi sarvam asesatah i sri-Vedavyasa

uvaca 1 etc. dvijatinam tasmai soma- It ends (f. 12 b): — yas ca raja sampiirnam adityatinavagraha- tmane namah i somotpatti devatabhyo namah srigurubhyo namah i

(4) The Vedaimdastava, a Stotra devoted to the worship of Siva (ff. 13—26).

It begins (f. 13): — om vande mahesvaram sambhum

vighnesam sanmukham guruni i ganesan nandimukhyaras {sic) umajanim umah ca sivabhaktan mahamunin i umapatyam patmam vidhim vayam comasahodaram i umananandaram

. . . puridarikapuradhi^am pundarikajinambaram I upasmahe i pundarikarucim vande pundarikaksasevitam i pundarika- puram prapya jaimunir {sic) mmunisattamah i kin cakrira mahayogi Suta no vaktum arhasi i Siita uvSca i bhagavaii

jaiminir dhiman pundarikapure pura i etc.

It ends (f. 25):-traivarnikesv in[n]atamo ya[y] enam nityam kadacit pathatisabhaktitah ii 124^ ii padam vapy arddhapa- va ciyate slokarddham eva va i yas tu dam vaDR.RUPNATHJI(slokam DR.RUPAK NATH ) sivo vedo veda- nityam sivalokam sa gacchati i vedas sivas vedaddhya- ddhyayi sadSsivah i tasmat sarvaprayatnena sumukhan trinetram jata- yinam arcayet i krpasamudram anantaru- dharam parvativamabhagam i sadasivam rudram

» It ought to be 114, as verse 111 is wrongly numbered 121. ^^ 59 H$-

pam sivacidambaresam hvdi bhavayami i sivaci[ip]dainbarain

iti briiyat sakrjjananavarjitam i muktighantamanipadam

nioksara eva samasnute i ayan danakrilasuhrndanapritram

(f. 26:) bbavan natba data tvad anyan na yace i bhavat- bhaktim eva sthiran dehi mahyam krpaslla ^ambho krta- sampurnam rtthosya tasmat i harili om vedapadastavam subham astu srimahadevyai namab.

49.

Whish No. 50.

Size: IOtXIt in., 36 + 45 leaves, from 8 to 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18 th or 19th cent.?

Character : Grantha.

(a)

The Ranga-Mdhdtmya, or Sriranga-Mdhdtmya of the Brahmdnda-Purdm, in 10 Adhyayas. (Ff. 36.)

It begins: — sri-Narada uvaca ii devadeva virupaksa vrttan ^rutam sarvam mayadhuna i trailokySntargatam tirtthani punyany tvanmukhambhojanissrtam i tatha punyani

sarva itihasas ca Samkara 1 ayatanani ca i gangadyas saritas kaveryyas tii prasamgena tasyas tire tvaya pura i prastutam ramgam ity uktara visnor ayatanam mahat [ i ] tasyaham

srotum icchami vistarena mahesvara i mahatmyam aghana-

^aya punyasya ca vivarddhaye (read ^vrddhaye) | etc. It ends: — pathan ^rnvan likhan bibhran ramgamaha- yata' tad visnoh tmyam uttamam i muktas subhasubhe

paramam padam ii iti sri-brahmandapurane mahesvara- naradasamvade sriramgamahatmye srinavatirtthaprabhava-

varnanan nama da^amoddhyayah ii sriramgarajaya para-

brahmane namahDR.RUPNATHJI(ii DR.RUPAK NATH )

(b)

The KusalavopdWiydna from the AsvamedhiJicqmrvan of the Jaimini-Bhdrata, or the Maliabhdrata by Jalmini, in

I One MS. reads muktvasubham subham yati (Prof. Aufrecht). -$.* 60 •<-

12 Adhyayas. (Ff. 45.) These are Adliyayas 25—36 iu the lithographed edition of the Jaimini-Bharata, Asvame- dhika (Bombay 1863, Sake 1785), ff. 531)— 70. See also

Weber-Berlin 1, p. 115; Aufrecht- Oxford, p. 4b.

It begins: — Jauamejaya uvaca i citram uktam maha-

bhaga yad ramakusayor bhrsam i tad vaktum arhasi tvara

hi srotum kautuhalam hi me i Jaiminih i srunu rajan

mahabaho ramasya caritam mahat i vistarena yatha sarvam

vadatas tan nisamaya i ram as tarn ravanam hatva kum-

bhakarnam mahabalam i etc.

Fol. 2: — iti srimahabharate asvamedhikaparvani kusala- vopfikhyane prathamoddhyayah ii It ends: — iti srijaiminibharate asvamedhikajiarvani kusa- lavopakhyane dvadasoddhyayah ll sriramacandraya paragu-

rave namali ii srigurubhyo namah ii subham astu ii harih om ii

50.

WmsH No. 51.

Size: 14-|xlf in., (4) + 155 + (8) leaves, 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Painted boards. Date: Entries by Mr. Whish dated 'Calicut 1826'. The Dhatu or Dhatr year (see the colophons) preceding 1826 is A. D. 1816/17, but the MS. was probably written A. D. 1756/57. Scribe: Venkata Subrahmaiiya, the son of Sesadri. See above Nos. 15, 27 & 39. Character: Grantha.

The Mahabhcirata, Parvans xiv-xviii, viz.

The Asvamedhika Parvan, ff. 1 — 97,

the Asramavasika „ 98 --136, - the Mausala „ 136 -145 b, - the Mahaprasthanika „ 146 -149 b,

the Svargarohanika „ 149 b--155 b. The AsvamedhikaDR.RUPNATHJI(Parvan DR.RUPAKbegins: — krtodakan NATH ) tu rajanam

dhrtarastram yudhisthirah i puraskrtya mahabahur uttatara-

kulendriyah i uttiryya ca mahabaho baspavyakulalocanah i

papata tire gamgaya vyadhaviddha iva dvipah i etc.

It ends (f. 97): — evam etat tadavrttan tasya yajhe nakulontarhitas mahatmanah i pasyatan capi nas tatra -^ 61 .

tada II iti sriman-maliabluirate ^atasahasrikriyam sarphitayum

asvamedhike parvany astasaptatitamoddhyayah ii ^rikrsnaya

iiamah ii om subliara astu visargabindvaksarasrrngapridalii-

nam maya yal likliitam pramadat i tat ksantum arhanti

dayalavalas santas sada hastakrtaparadham ii barih om ii

vatse dbatav avagvartmaiiy atba varsarttubbOsvati i .sravane

masy accbapakse paucamyam tvastrabbe tithau i vasare

vaniputrasya likbitani pustakan tv idam i a^vamedbikaparvan

tu muda Sesadrisununa ii barib om subbam astu om ii sri-

gurucaraiiaravindabbyan namab ii

Tbe Asramavasika Parvan begins (f. 98): — Janameja-

yah I rajyam prapya naravyagbrab pitrpaitamabam mabat i

katbam asan mabaraje dbrtarastre mabatmani i sa bi raja

batamatyo bataputro iiiiTisrayab i katbam asit gataisvaryyo

gandbari ca yasasvini i etc.

It ends (f. 134b):— yudbistbiras tu nrpatir nnatiprita-

manas tada i dbarayam asa tad rajyam nibatajnatibaudba-

vah II (f. 135:) iti srimababbarate satasabasrikayam sarpbi- tayam asramavasike parvani satcatvarimsoddbyayab ii sri-

krsnaya namab ii om ii dbatunamani bi bayanepy avagvar-

tmasannibitalokacaksusi i masi karkatakanamni paksake

syamale jalajaputravasare i atrasvinibbe likbitaii ca parvam

Sesatmajenasramavasikan diva i bastadrutenaiva viramitan jana alokya (alaksya in tbe repetition) santas sabitum

samarbatba ii biranyavapuse namab ii om asramavasikam

piirnam ii subbam astu. The wbole colopbon from iti sri-

mababbarate to samarbatba is repeated on f. 136.

Tbe Mausabi, Parvan begins (f. 136): — om sattrimsesv

atba samprapte varse kauravanandana i dadarsa viparitani

nimittani yudbistbirab i etc.

It ends (f. 145DR.RUPNATHJI(b): — pravisya ca DR.RUPAKpurim viras NATHsamasadya )

yudbistbiram i acasta tad yatbavrttaru vrsnyandbakajanam

prati 11 iti srimababbarate satasabasrikayam sarnbitayam

mausale parvani navamoddbyayab ii mausalaparvam sama-

ptam 11 dbatau samayam kbahi daksinayane varsarttune titbav udau ^ravanike ca masi i pakse dasamyam asucau etad dbi candre kytantapriyavasare bi i mausalam parvam •^^ 62 i<-

likhitam Vyasasamkrtam i muda Vemkatapadayuk-Subrah- manyavipascita ii harih om etc.

The Mahaprasthanika Parvan begins (f. 146): — harih

om I Janamejayah i evam vrsnyandhakakule srutva maulasam krsne divarn- (sic) ahavam i pandavah kim akurvanta tatha

gate I etc. It ends (f. 149 b): — yatra sa brhati syama buddhisatva-

samanvita i draupadi yositam srestha yatra caiva suta mama ii srimahabharate satasahasrikayam samhitayam mahaprasthanike parvani trtiyoddhyayah ii srikrsnaya namah li

ii samvatsare harih om I mahaprasthanikain samaptam

dhatunamni prayate daksinayane i rtau pravrsi mase tu varepy atrilocana- sravane sarvatarake i ekadasyan tithau

sambhuvah i mahaprasthanikain parvaip samaptam Sesasu- nuna ii harih om ii

The Svargarohanika Parvan begins (f. 149 b): — Janame-

purvapitamahah i jayah I svargam trivistapam prapya mama

pandava dharttarastras ca kani sthanani bhejire i etc.

It ends (f. 155b): — sravayed yas tu varnams trin krtva sucis brahmanam agratah i sarvapapavisuddhatma tatgata-

manasah i iha kirttim mahat prapya bhogavan sukham

sa gacchati i etad asnute i Vyasaprasadena puna svargalokam ca viditva sarvan tu vedavedartthavit bhavet i pujaniyas satatam mananiyo bhavedvijah ii iti srimanmahabharate satasahasrikayam samhitayam svargarohanike parvani pahcamoddhyayah ii svargarohanikam samaptam ii srikrsnaya namah ii . . . om dhatau vatsenuttare tu srtau varsasv rtau kila tatah I sravane masi paksecche dvadasyain bhediteh i

dayadasyavaner vare likhitam pustakan tv adah i svargaro-

hanikain pai'vaiu Yyasena racitam ^ubham i idam Yemkada- padajoik-Subrahmanyavipascita ii harih om ii srikrsnaya namah ii ^rlgurubhyo namah ii om ii DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH )

51.

Whish No. 52.

Size: 12tX2-s in., (1) + 70 + (2) leaves, 12 or 13 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. -^ 63 H&-

Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Calicut 1826'. The MS. may have been written aljout 50 years before that. Character: Grantha.

The Tidakaverlmahdtmya, from the Agneya-Purdna, in 30 Adhyayas.

For other copies of this work, see Nos. 131 and 186. It begins: — dharmmavarmma ca rajarsir nniculapura-

vallabhah i bhuyah papraccha tan natva dalbhyara bhaga-

vatottamam i bhagavan praninas sarve kenopayena sainpa-

dah (read sarvada?) i bhavanti putran samprapya sukhinas

cirajlvinah i katham syat papanirharah ^rise bhaktih katham

bhavet i etc. See No. 186.

F. 2b: — iti srimad - agneyapurane tulakaverimahatmye

prathamoddhyayah ii

F. 31b: — iti srimad-agneyapurane suryyasavarnike man-

vantare devltulakaverimahatmye caturddasoddhyayah ii

It ends: — iti prasannanananlraja muda te Saunakadya

munayo mumuksavah i hares caritrasravanotsavotsuka gan-

dhaksatildyaih punar apy apujayan ii iti srlmad-agneyapurane tulakaverimahatmye dharmmasaravivecane trimso-

ddhyayah ii kaveryyai namali il harih om ii

52.

WmsH No. 53.

Size: 12|xl6 in., (1) + 168 leaves, 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated: 'Tellicherry 1826'. The MS. may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.

The Mahdhhdrata, Parvan lY: the Virdta^jarvan , in 76 Adhyayas. DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH )

i katham It begins: — srikrsnaya namah i Janamejayah ajhatavasam u[k]sita viratanagare mama purvapitamahah i duryyodhanabhayarditah mahabhaga satatam i pativrata

satyavadini i draupadi va katham brahmann ajnata duhkhi-

tavasat i etc. -^ 64 j^.

It ends: — tan niahots[y]avasamkasam hrstapustajanavr-

i su:^ubhe tam nagaram matsyarajasya bharatarsabliaih i

Janamejayah i vrtte vivalie hrstatma yad uvaca yudhisthi-

rah I tat sarvam katbayasveha krtavanto yad uttaram il

om iti srlmababbarate satasabasrikayam sambitayam vaiyasikyam srivirataparvani abbimanyuvivabo nama satsapta- titamoddbyayab ii om ii etat parvasu vistlrnam sarvasampat-

padan nrnam i srnvatam sarvapapagbnam anavrstivina-

sakam i asmin parvani yo marttya sraddbabbaktisaman-

vitah I srinoti (sic) slokam ekam va sa yati paramam gatim I tasya mitrani varddbante grbaksetradisampadah i Syuh

kirttir balan tejas sambbavanti dine dine i asmin parvani

rajendra patbite brabmavadina i tarn pujayet suvaktaram

vastrabbusadibbir ddbanaib i tasmin prasanne bbagavan

mukundab arttarttibanta purusottamas ca i sarve ca deva rsisiddbasamgbais tusta bbavisyanti narendrakale i bbarata- ddbyayanat punyad api padam adbiyatab i ^raddadbanasya puyante sarvapapany asesatah il barih om ii srikrsnaya namab ii subbam astu srigurubbyo namab ii

53.

Wkesh No. 54.

Size: 17|x2rV in., (1) + 498 + (1) leaves, from 11 to 14 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Telliclierry 1826'. The MS. may be about a hundred years older. Character: Grantha.

Tbe Rdmdyana, by Valmlki, Kandas i-vi.

Balakanda, ff. 1—47

Ayodbyakanda, ff. 47—148

DR.RUPNATHJI(Aranyakanda, DR.RUPAKff. 149—207 NATH )

Kiskindbakanda, ff. 208—277

Sundarakanda, ff. 278—341

Yuddbakaiida, ff. 342—498.

It begins: — abbipsitarttbasiddbyarttbam piijite yas surair api 1 sarvavigbnasmide (°bbide?) tasmai ganadbipataye -^H 65 •«-

namah i kujantani ramarameti raadliuram madhuraksaram I

aruhya kavitasakham vaude Valnilkikokilaiu i Yalmiker

mmunisirahasya kavitavanacririnah i si'uvan ramakatha-

. . . nadaiu ko na yati param gatim i yah karnafijali- sarapiitair aliar ahas sammyak pibaty adarad Valmiker

vadanaraviudagalitara ramayanakliyam madhu i janmavya- dbijaiTivii^attimaranair atyantasopadravam samsrirani sa vihiiya gaccliati piiman visnoli padam sasvatam i namostu

ramaya salaksmanaya devyai ca tasyai janakatmajayai i namostu nidrendrayamanilebhya(h) namas ca candiTirkama-

rutganebhyali i tadupagatasamasasandhiyogam samama-

dhuropanatarttliavakyabaddham i raghuvaracaritam muni-

pranitam dasasirasas ca vadhan nisamayaddhvam i on

tapasvaddhyayaniratam tapasvl vagvidam varam i naradam

paripapraccha Valmikir mmunipmpgavam I etc.

The Balakanda has 77 Sargas. It ends (f, 47): — taya

sa rajarsisuto hi kamaya sameyivan uttamarajakannyaya I ativa ramas susubhetikamaya hari sriya visnur ivamaresva-

rah II iti srlmatbalakande saptasaptati(tama)s sargah ii iti sri-

madramayane adikavye bahikandam samaptam il harih om ii

The Ayodhyakanda has 120 Sargas. It ends (f. 148 b): — itiva taih prahja[na]libhis tapasvibhir dvijaih krtah svastya-

yanah paran tapah i vanam sabharyyah pravivesa raghavas

salaksmimanis (read °laksmanas) suryya ivabhramandalah ii ity arse srimadramayane adikavye srl(ma)d-Yalmiklye ca- turviinsatisahasrikaya(m) samhitayam srimadayoddhy(rik)a-

nde ekavimsacchatatamas sargah ii sriramaya namah ii

gurubhyo namah ii subham astu ii ayoddhyakandam sama-

ptam II sriramacandrasvamine namah li daksinamiirttisvamine

namah ii sivaya namah ii

The Aranyakanda has 75 Sargas. It ends (f. 207): —

krame^a gatva DR.RUPNATHJI(sa vilokayan vanam DR.RUPAKi dadarsa NATHpampam )

subhadarsakananam anekananavidhapuspasamkulam ii ity arse Srimadramayane adikavye sri-Yalmikiye caturvimsa- tisahasrikayam samhitayam srimad-aranyakande pahcasa-

ii ptatitamas sargah ii aranyakandam samaptam ii harih om

The Kiskindha-kanda has 68 Sargas. It ends (f. 277b): — sa

vegavan vegasamahitatma haripravlrah paravirahanta i 5 -^ 66 t<-

punas samadliaya mahanubhavo jagama lamkam manasa

manasvi li iti . . . srlmatkiskiudhakande astasastitamas sar-

II ii gali sriramaya namah kiskindhakandas samaptah i

harili om ii ii

The Sundarakanda has 65 Sargas. It ends (f. 341b): — tato maya vakbhir adinabhaksini sivabhir istabhir abhipra-

sadita i jagama santin tava maithiL~itmaja tavapi sokena tathapi pidita ii iti srlmat-sundarakande pahcasastas sargah ii

sriramaya para(bra)hmane namah ii harih om etc. Ff. 316—322 are placed in the wrong order.

The Yuddhakanda has 131 Sargas. It ends (f. 498b): — ayusyam arogyakaram yasasyam saubhratrkam buddhikaram

subhah ca i srotavyam etan niyamena satbhir akhyanam

ayuskaram rddhikamaih i evam etat puravrttam akhyanam

bhadram astu vah i pravyaharata visrabdham balam visnoli

pravarddhatam i deva^ ca sarve tusyanti grahas tacchra- vanat tatha ramayanasya sravane tusyanti pitaras tatha

bhaktyaramasya ye cemam samhitam munina krtam i ye

likhanti ca nara(s) tesam ca vSsas trivistape ii arse srimad- ramayaiie adikavye Yrilmikiye srimadyuddhakande ekatri-

msaduttarasatatamas sargah ii sriramaya saparivaraya namah ii ramarn ramauujam sitarp. gatani bharatanujam sugrlvain vayusi'inuii ca pranamami pimahpunah ii balakande

dvisahasram i sasiti(r) dvisati tatha i slokanam atha sarga-

nam saptasaptatir irita i slokas catnssahasrani paksadhika-

caturddasi i ayoddhyakandagas sargSs satam ekonavimsatir

dvisahasram saptasatisloka dvatrimsata saha i aranyakande

sargas tii pahcasaptatir irita i dvisahasram satcchatani

sloka virasatir eva ca i kiskindhakand(ag)as sarga(s) saptasa-

stir itirita i trsahasran ca sat caiva slokas sundarakandagah i

sarganam astasastis tii samkhyata paramarsinS i yuddha- kande tuDR.RUPNATHJI(padyanara dasona DR.RUPAKsatsahasrika NATHi ekatrirasacchata- )

mitas sarga api ca kirttitah i trsahasram sate dve ca

catustriipsat tathaiva ca i sloka uttarakandasthas sarga(h)

pa(m)ktyuttaram satam i bindudurllipi° etc. The following table shows the number of Sargas in each

Kanda, (1) according to our MS., (2) according to the Bodleian MS. Sansk. b. 28 (which is also a Grantha MS.), -^ 67 H$- and (3) according to the recension called C in Prof. Jacobi's concordance (Das Rumayana. Gescbiclite und Inhalt nebst Concordanz der gedruckten B-ecensionen, Bonn 1893, pp. 220 seqq.):

Kauda Whish No. 54 Bodleian MS. Recension C.

Bala 77 77 77 Ayodhya 120 119 119 Aranva 75 76 75 Kiskindba 68 66 67 Sundara 65 68 68 Yuddha 131 132 128

It will be seen that our MS. belongs to the 'C Recension', though it differs somewhat from the editions representing this recension. It also differs, though not materially, from the Bodleian Grantha MS. The latter MS. contains the same concluding slokas as our MS. (from ayusyam to vasas trivistape), but with a few various readings.

54.

Whish No. 55.

Size: 9| X 1| in., 18 + (1) + 160 + 7 + (1) leaves, generally 11 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves, covered with very thick boards ornamented with coloured pictures, which are partly rubbed off.

Date: An entry by Mr. Whish is dated -Tellicherry 1826'. The MS. may be about 80 or 100 years older. Scribe: The son of Udayamurti. Character: Grantha. Injuries: The firstDR.RUPNATHJI(resp. last lines of DR.RUPAKfl'. 1—18 partly NATHinjured. )

(1)

The beginning of a Commentary on ValmlJd's Bdmdyam, reaching as far as I, 1, 83. It begins: — upadisati manum yas tarakan janmabhaje

nijam alabhata kamarn yatprasadena ramah i yam auusarati -5>^ 68 H$-

sarvo devatanam nikayas sa bhavatu lirdaye me devadevo

mahesali i pracinavyahrtinam ayanam anusaran devadevasya sambhor ajnamatravalambi nijavibudhajanair irito rama-

bhadram i santosan netum icchur visayam apanayaras

tatra tatra sphurantam i kurve sarvartthasaram vivaranam

ii ucitan caruramayanasya idam adau anusandheyam i visnoh

karmmani pasyateti srutya srotavyam puranam iti smrtya

cavagatasya sravanavidher addliyayaiiavidher iva i tatra- tyasabdagrahanatadartthavagatipurvakena tatiDratipadita- nityanaimittikasadharanadbarmmrinusthanenaistabhavanam

arttba iti i atomistbeyartthaprakasakatvat puranasya prati-

sargam anustbeyorttbali prakasanlyab i tatra prathamasar- gena acaryyavan puruso vedeti srutyanu^rena svavagatopy arttbab guruna gunavatopadista eva prayuktab adrstaii

janayati i pustenapi guruna yavadarttbam apunab pra-

snavisayam vaktavyam ity arttbadvayam prakasyate i tapa

iti I tapasi anasanadiriipe babirantabkaranaikagratape ca

svaddbyaye svavede ca niratara i etc.

It (I, 83): ends —karmmana ravanavadbantena i maba-

teti [ti] sarvalokepsitatamatvad iti bbavab i ata evaba sa-

caracaram iti.

(2)

The AdJiydtma-Bdmdyana, a portion of the Brahmdnda- Purdna, in 6 Kandas. Tlie printed editions generally add one Sarga (adbyatmaramayauamabatmya-sarga) at tbe beginning, and an Uttarakanda at tbe end. Tbese are not found in our MS. It begins: —yah prthvibbaracaranaya divijais sampra-

rttbitas cinniayah i sanjatab prtbivitale ragbukule maya-

manusyovyayab i niscakrara bataraksasab punar agat brah- matvani DR.RUPNATHJI(adyam param klrttim DR.RUPAKpapabaram NATHvidbaya ) jagatam

tan janakisam bbaje ii visvotbbavastbitilayadisu betum ekam

mayasrayam vigatamayani acintya^aktim i anandasandram amalan nijabodbariipani sitapatim viditatatvam abam

nnamami i patbanti ye nityam ananyacetasas srnvanti ca-

ddbyritmikasaTnjnita(m) subbara i ramayanain sarvapurSnasa-

mmatan nirddbutapapa barim eva yanti te i addbyatmara- —

-^^ GO H$- mayanam eva nityam patlied yad icliet bliavabandliamo- sahasrayutakotidanaplialam lablied ksam I gaviim ya ^rnuyat

sa nityam i kailasagre kadacid, etc. F. 4: —iti srlmad-addhyatmaramayane umamaliesvarasam- vade balakande sriramalii-dayan nama prathamas sargali II

The Brdakanda (in 7 Sargas) ends on f. 17 b, the Ayo- dhyakanda (in 9 Sargas, containing 700 slokas, as stated at the end) on f. 45 b, the Aranyakanda (in 10 Sargas, cont. 500 slokas) on f. 67 b, the Kiskindhakanda (in 9 Sargas, cont. 555 slokas) on f. 92, the Sundarakanda (in 5 Sargas, cont. 300 slokas) on f. 106, the Yuddhakfinda ends on f. 160b, as follows: alodyakhiladeva(read °veda)rasim asakrd yat tarakam brahma tat ramo visnur aham samurttim iti yo vijhaya bhute-

svarah I uddhrtyrdchilasarasam graham idam samksepatah

prasphutam i srirrimasya nigudhatatvam amalam praha

priyayai bhavali i iti srimad-addhyatmaramayane umamahe-

^varasamvade yiiddhakande soda^as sargah ii kande yuddhe-

ddhyatmake sargiX navasapta nllakarnoktah i sarddhaika-

dasasataslokanusamkhyaya yuktilh i jayati raghuvamsatila-

kah kausalyanandavarddhano ramah i dasavadananidha(na)-

ii harih astu kari dasarathih i pundarikaksah om subham srigurubhyo namali ii srisambasivaya namah ii

The scribe adds: — Udayamurttikumaran . . . (follow two or three words in Tamil, which I cannot make out.)

(3)

(The Manimanjarl) a Commentary on Keddras Vrttaratnd- kara, by the Parohita iS'drdyam, a son of Nrsimhayajvan. The text of the Vrttaratnakara is given in full, the commentary consists in brief remarks only. It is incomplete, breaking off in DR.RUPNATHJI(the middle of the DR.RUPAKthird Adhyaya. NATH ) See No. 170.

It begins: —namo namo ganesaya namas te sivasunave I nirvighnam kuru devesa namami tvam ganadhipa i svetani-

bhodhisthitan devam suddhasphatikavigraham i vagvibhiiti-

pradam saksad vande gandharvakandharam i Nrsimhayaj-

vanah putro Nfirayanapurohitah i vrttaratnakaravyakhyam ~5H 70 H$-

vyakaroti yathamati i sukhasantanasiddhyarttham naumi

brahmaccyutarccitam i gaurivinayakopetam sarakaram loka-

samkaram i vedartthasaivasastrajno Bhattako* bhudvijotta-

mah I tasya putrosti Kedaras sivapadarccane ratah i tene-

dam kriyate chando laksyalaksanasaipyutam i vrttaratna-

karan nama balanam sukhasiddhaye i Pimgaladibhir Sca-

ryyair yyad uktam laukikam dvidba i matravarnnavibbagena

cbandas tad iba katbyate i etc. After tbe text of slokas I,

1 (f. — 7 tbere follows lb): — vya i tamraksl mo gata sayo prakirttitali yati modaterab i sabate sastu sa to vrnoti

rkarakab i vabatiti bba sidati canas cokto gana smrtab I bbumyambvagnimarudvyomasuryyacandradyud eva tab ii

jneyas sarvadimaddbyanta guravotra catuskalah i etc. Tben follows text of I. 8 — 18, fben again a sbort commentary.

Tben text of I. 19—22. Tben (f. 2b): — vrttaratnakare pratbamoddbyayab ii F. 4: — dvitlyoddbyayah ii om uktayam

cbandasi i gu srili i etc.

It ends (f. 7): — sabny ukta mtau tagau gobdbilokaib P

caturbbis saptabbis ca varnair yyatih I nilam kese nirgunam maddbyabbage durgban netre nirmmalam gandabinibe I pinan tu gSm sronivaksojabbare krsne lilasalinin naumi

laksmlm i

oo.

Whish No. 56.

Size: ITa-xSj in., 65 leaves, from 13 to 15 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Tellicherry 1826.' The MS. may be about 80 or 100 years older. Character: Grantha. DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) Tbe Uttara-Rcimdyana , or Uttarakcinda of tbe Ecimd- yana, by ValmlM, in 110 Sargas.

1 The editions have Pavyeka or Pabbeka as the name of Kedara's father. 2 III, 34 in Borooah's edition. (A Comprehensive Grammar of the Sanskrit Language, by Anundoram Borooah, vol, X: Prosody.) -^^ 71 H$-

It begins:—praptarajyasya ramasya raksasanam vadhe tatra raghavam pratinanditura I krte I ajagiuur mmunayas

kausikotha yavakrito narebliyas ca vaua eva ca i kanvo

medhatitheh putrah purvasyan disi casritali i dattatreyotha

bliagavan namucih pramucis tatlia i atreyaputro dharmma-

tma rsis sarasvatah prabliuli i etc. It ends:—idam akhyanaiu ayusyam Ipatban ramayanan

svarge i narah i saputrapautro lokesmin pretya mablyate

ayoddbyapi piiri ramya siinya varsaganan babun i i-sabbam

prapya rajanam ni[va]vasam upayasyanti i etad akbyanam

ayusyam sabhavisyara sabottaram i krtavan pracetasah

(sabodarab p'. m.) putrab sa tat brahmapy anvamanyata il ity firse srimadramayane adikavye Yalmlkiye srimaduttaraiTi-

ii mayane dasadbikasatatamas sargah barih om i subbam

. astu I . . sltabxksmanabbaratasatrugbnabanumatsametasri-

ramacandrasvamine namab ii . . . minaksisundaresvarasva-

ii . ii mine namab . . sakalalokanatbakayai namab i barib om

56.

Whish No. 57.

Size: 12^x2 in., (1) -f 192 + (2) leaves, 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entries by Mr. Whish are dated 'Tellicherry 1826.' The MS. may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.

Tbe XJpadesagrantliavivarana, a Commentary on (tbe metrical part of) tankard's TJpadesasdliasrJ, by {Bodlianidhi ?) a pupil of Yidyddlidmnii. See Burnell, Tanjore, p. 90.

Ind. Off. IV, p. 731. Hall, p. 99. See above No. 24(b). It begins:—vismira paficatmakam vande bbaktyastada- DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) nnavabbir sabbedaya i samgavargonavimsatya bbaktair

ii asritam i on namab on nama srigurubbyab on naraas

sivaya li caitanyani sarvagara sarvam sarvabbutagubasayam I

yat sarvavisayatitan tasmai sarvavide namab i cetanam eva caitanyam jnaptisvarupam sarvaga(m) sva vidyil kalpita- dikkalakasadi sarvam vyapnotiti sarvagam sarvagam ity ukte paramartthatas sarvan tat gamyam astiti asamka ma

bhud ity aha i sarvam iti, etc. It ends: — . . . janmanusaprakaranasya padarttbavivara- nam krtan devatagurubhaktipreritena maya ii iti saptadasa- ^loka yatlndrasrimukbotgatab i vipratagurubbaktena maya brabmatmabodbakah i iipasya sraddbaya srlmad-Vidya- dbamammies ciram | srimatpadambujan tasya prasadan na svabuddbitah i yena me nikbilad vedad akrsya mana

atmani i stbapitan munimukbyena yavajjivan namami tarn ii yatbbasyasagarajayuktimanin prakirnan prfipyadbuna katipayan kavayo bbavanti i tasmai namo janamanobjadivakaraya krtsnagamarttbanidbanaya yatlsvaraya ii iti srlmad- Vidyadbamasisyena Bodlianidbina^ sraddbabbaktimatra- preritena krtam upadesagrantbivivaranam samaptam li yat- padakamalasamgan nirvanam praptavan abam i sarvantara-

tmapujyams ii tan pranamami . . . garlyasab ^ubbam astu 1

om II

Whish Xos. 58 (1) & 58 (2).

Size: in., two vols, 12|x2 of (2) + 200 + (2) and (2) + 196 (i. e. 201 to 396) + (1) leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entries by Mr. Wliish are dated 'Telliclierry 1827." The MS. is probably about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.

Tbe SurlralMmlindmsdhlmsya, or tbe Commentary on Badamyana's Veddnta- Sutras, by Sahl{ara, in 4 Adbyayas. Including tbe text of tbe Sutras.

It begins: — yusmadasmatpratyayagocarayor visayavi- sayinos tamabprakasavadviruddbasvabbavayorDR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATHitaretarabba- ) vanupapattau, etc.

Tbe first Adbyaya ends f. 127b: —iti sririrakamimamsa- bliasye Samkarabbagavatpndakrtau pratbamasyaddbyayasya

caturttbab ii padab samaptas caddbyayab li

I Proper name of the author? -5>^ 73 H$-

Vol. I ends (f. 200 b) at the end of II, 3, 5 (Bibl. Ind.

edition p. 612).

2"^"^ 3^'^ The Adhyaya ends on f. 242, tlie Adhyaya on 4*1^ f. 355 b, the A. on f. 396 b.

It ends:— anavrttis sabdad anavrttis sabdad iti sutrabhya-

sa^ sastrapansamapti(u) dyotayati ii iti ^rimatparamahani-

saparivrajakacriryya-Govindabhagavatpujyapadasisyasya srimac-Chamkarabhagavatah krtau srimacchririrakamlmamsa-

bhasye caturtthasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padah ii sama-

pta^ caddhyayali ii srigurubhyo namah ii brahmanandara paramasukhadam kevalam jhanamurttim visvatitam gagana-

sadrsam tatvam asyadilaksyam i ekan nityam vimalam acalam sarvadhisaksibhutam bhaviltitan trigunarahitam

satgurun tan namami ii vedantasutrabhasyam samaptam ii

harih om i

58.

Whish No. 59.

Size: 14x2 in., (2) + 215 + (1) leaves, 10 or 11 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entries by Mr. Whisli are dated 'Tellicherry 1827.' The MS. may be about 50 years older. Character: Gi-antha.

The Uimdesagranthaviraram,'' a Commentary on the Pahcadasl (ascribed to Sdijana), by Rdmalxrs]ia, a pupil of Bhdratlt'irtha, and Vidydranya.

These fifteen chapters on Ycdanta Philosophy are given in the following order:

1. Citradipa (Tatparyabodhini).

2. Trptidipa.

3. Kfitasthadlpa.DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) 4. Dhyanadipa.

5. JSTatakadipa.

G. Tattvaviveka (Padadlpika).

' Aufrecht CC. p. 314 gives the title Tatparyalodhim, which is only the title of the commentary on the Citradipa. ~$^ 74 f"^

7. Pancabhutaviveka (Tutparyadlpika).

8. Pancako^aviveka.

9. Dvaitaviveka (Padayojana). 10. Mahavakyaviveka. 11 — 15. Brahmananda in five Adhyayas. The two lithographed editions (Bombay 1863, Sake 1785, & Bombay 1878, Sake 1800) begin with the Tattvaviveka. See also Ind. Off. IV^ p. 745. It begins: — natva srl-Bhriratitirttha-Vidyaranyamunl-

citradlpasya tatparyyabodhim ii svarau l kriyate vyakhya cikirsitasya granthasya nispratyiihaparipiiranaya parama- tmaniti padena istadevatanusandhanalaksanamamgalam acarann asya granthasya vedantaprakaranatvat tadiyair eva visayadibhis tadvattasiddhim manasi nidhayaddhyaropa- pavadabhyan nisprapahcam prapaiicyata iti nyayam anu- srtya paramatmany aropitasya jagata sthitiprakriram sa- drstantam pratijamte etc.

F. 30b: — iti srlmatparamaharasaparivrajakacaryyasri- Bharatitlrttha-Yidyaranyamunisricaranasisyena Bamakrs- nakhyavidusa viracita tatparyyabodhimnamika citradipavya- khya samapta li on tat sat ii F. 69 b: — iti srimatparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasrl- Bharatitirttha - Vidyriranyamunivaryyakimkarena Rama- krsnakhyavidusa viracita trptidlpavyakhya samapta 11

j^, : 791) — iti . . . Eamakrsnakhyavidusa viracita kutasthadi- pavyakhya samapta ii

F. 98 b:— iti . . . ddhyanadlpasya vyakhya samapta ii

F. 102 b: — iti ... srinatakadipavyakhya samapta ii

F. 119:—iti . . . tatvavivekasya padadipika samapta II tatparyyadipika F. 133b:— iti . . . paucabhutavivekasya samapta li harih om ii

F. 143 b: — iti . . . paiicakosavivekavyakhya samapta ii DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH )

ii F. 151b:— iti . . . dvaitavivekasya padayojana samapta

i! F. 153:— iti . . . mahavfikyavivekavyakhya samapta

I harih orn ii natva srl-Bharatitirttha-Vidyaranyamunisvarau

brahmanandabhidham grantham vyakurve bodhasiddhaye I etc. F. 176b:—brahmanaude yoganando nama jn-athamoddhya- yah u -^ 75 f<-

F. 193 b: — iti brahmrmande atmanando nama dvitlyo- ddhyayah ii F. 208b:— iti brahmanande advaitanando nfima trtlyo-

ddhyayah ii

F. 212 b: — iti brahmanande vidyanando nama caturtthoddhyayah i)

It ends (f. 215): — iti brahmanande visayanando nama pahcamoddhyayah ii iti srlparamahamsaparivrajakacaryya- ^ri-Bharatitirttha-Vidyaranyamunivaryyakirakarena srl-Ra- makrsnrdvhyavidusa viracitam upadesagranthavivaranam

samaptam ii harih ora etc.

59.

Whish No. 60.

Size: 10^ x U in-, (2) + 40 + (1) + 43 + 2 + (2) leaves, 8 or 9 lines ou a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated -Tellicherry 1828.' The MS. may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.

Injuries: The MS. is slightly damaged by insects in a few places.

(1)

The Surijasiddhdnta, in 14 Adhyayas. (Ff. 40.)

It begins: — ^ubham astu i acintyapy uktarupaya nir-

gunaya gunatmane i samastajagadadharamurttaye brah-

mane namah i alpavasiste tu krte mayo nama mahasurali 1 jijnasujhanam rahasyam paramarn punyam uttamam i 2 i It ends:—sarvebhyah pradadaii pritah grahanafi caritam loke rahasya(m) mahat i atyadbhutatamara brahmasammi- nimmilam (read nirmakim) caksuh jnatva sa- tarn [ vedasya ksad vivasvatah DR.RUPNATHJI(i viditvaitad asesena DR.RUPAKparam brahmadhiga- NATH )

cchati I iti suryyasiddhante manadhikaro nama caturdaso-

ii ddhya(yah i) harih om i subham astu gurubhyo namah

(2)

The A^tddhydyi, or eight chapters of grammatical Sutras, by Panuii. (Ff. 43.) ^ 76 :^

* * It begins : — yeuaksarasamamnaya dhigainya maliesva-

i rat I krtsnam yyakaranam proktan tasmai Paninaye namah yena dhauta girali pumsam vimalais ^abdavarim** masvas

cajnanajam bhinnan tasmai Paninaye namali i vakyakaram Yararucim bhasyakaram Patanjalim Paninim siitrakarafi

ca pranatosmi munitrayam i vanlra Paninim acaryyam

Katyayanamunin tatha i krtanjalir nnamasyami bhagavan-

tam Patanjilim (sic) i yogena cittasya padena vacam malani

sarlrasya vaidyakena i yopakarot tam pravaram muninam

Patanjalim pranjalir anatosmi i ajuanatimirandhasya jiia-

naiijanasalakaya i caksur unmilitam yena tasmai ^rigurave

ii namah a i un i etc.

It ends:—nodattasvaritodayam agargyaka^yapagalavanara |

a a I hrasvasyaivatra grahanam isyate i astamasyaddhyayasya

caturtthali padah i addhyayas ca samaptah i astaddhyayl

sampurna i sundaresvarasyastaddhyayi i barili om i sivam astu

gurave namah i sivayai namah i govinda i

(3)

The Vi^mifjliujanga, a Stotra in 18 stanzas. In Burnell,

Tanjore, p. 201b, and Taylor I, p. 356 (see also p. 103) it is ascribed to Sankara.

It begins: — cidamsam vibhun nirmmalan nirvikalpan

nirahan nirakaram omkaragamyam i gunatitam avyaktam

ekan turiyam parabrahma yam veda tasmai namas te 1 1 i visuddham sivam santam adyantastinyam jagajjivanam triyl- jyotiranandariipam i adigdesakalam vipatcchedanlyarn vakta (read trayivaktram ?) yam veda tasmai namas

te I 2 I DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) It ends: — mukhe mandahasan nakhe candrahasam kare

carucakram suresabhivandyam i bhujarage sayanara bhaje

ramganatham barer anyadaivan na manye na manye 1 17 i bhujamgaprayatam pathod yas tu bhaktya samadhaya citte

bhavantam murare i sa moham vihayasu yusmatprasadat

sama^ritya yogam vrajaty acyutatvam i vi. ^i 77 K-

GO.

WmsH No. 61.

lines Size: lOfXlf in., (1) + 96 + (1) leaves, 8 or 9 on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Probably end of 18tii or beginning of 19tii century. Character: Grantha.

The Sivatattvasudhdnidhi from the Sanatkumdrasamlntd of the Skanda-Purdna, in 20 Adhyayas. It begins: —yam pranamya surendrudya bhavanti su- tam vande Sam- khasrilinah i sarvavighnopasautyarttham vidhatarani tatpatnis i hari(ra) karatmajam i srl-Siitah sivara maragalaya tatsutan gurun i natva samastapraytuhasantaye

sivatatvasudhanidhiin i etc. ca I vaksye ^rniiddhvam sarvajnah F. 4: — ity adipurane Sanatkumarasamhitayam sivatatvasudhanidhau prathamoddhyayah ii F. 6: — iti skande purane Sanatkumarasamhitayam ^iva- tatvasiidhanidhau dvitiyoddhyayah il

F. dlb: — iti sriskande sivatatvasudhanidhau samsaradu- sanan nSma ekadasoddhyayah II F. 73b: — iti srisivatatvasudhanidhau sivabhiksatanaka- thanan nama sodasoddhyayah ii It ends: — iti sriskande mahapurane Sanatkumarasamhi- tayam sivatatvasudhanidhau sakaladdhyayasaramahimanu-

ii varnnanan nama virasoddhyayah II srlgurave namo namah srimahatripurasundaryyai na(ma)h ii harili cm subham astu.

61. DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) WmsH No. 62.

Size: 14X2 in., two volumes (with one continuous foliation from leaves, 10 or 11 lines on a page. 1 to 306), 154 + (1) + (1) + 152 + (1) Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entries by Mr. Whish dated -Tellicherry 1827'. The MSS. may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha •^H 78 Hg-

The Mahal)]idrata, Parvan III: The Vanaparvan , or Aranyaparvan, in 300 Adhyayas. The beginning (III, 1 — 32, 45) is missing, and the Nalopfikhyuna (III, 53—78) is omitted (see below). The MS. is full of clerical mis- takes. '

Yol. I begins at the end of III, 45: 32, — mayor api i anyesum karmmani phalam asmfikam api va punah i vipra- karsena buddhyeta katham karmma yathaphalam i

F. 25 b: — ity aranyaparvani nalopakhyane ekonapaiicaso-

ddhyayah ii (End of III, 52 in the Bombay and Calcutta

editions.) ^rikrsnaya li namah brhadasvah i asid raja nalo

nama virasenasuto ball i upapanna(read °nno) gunair istai riipavan asvakovidah i vidvan danapatir daksah sada slla-

puraskrtah i atisthan manujendranam murddhni devaj^atir

yyatha i uparyyupari sarvesam aditya iva tejasa i brahmanyo vedavic churo nisadhesu mahipatih i upari anyapustake

asti I ii etat Janamejayah i bhagavan kamyakaprapte game

prapitamahah {sic) I kim akurvanta partthas te tarn rte

savyasacinam i etc., i. e. the beginning of the Tlrthayatra- Parvan, or III, 79 in our MS. = III, 80 in the editions.

The first volume ends (f. 154b) at the beginning of III, 183 (= III, 182 in the editions).

Vol. II, f. 216: End of the Markandeyasamasyaparvan, III, 222 (= III, 231 in the editions). F. 277: The Savitryupakhyrma begins. III, 281 (=111, 292 in the editions).

It ends: — na caj)y adharmmena suhrdviyojane para-

svahare paradaramarsane i akayabhave ca rame manas

sada nrnam sadakhyanaparah ca sriwatam ii (This is the end of III, 313 in the editions.) ity arse srimanmahabharate satasahasrikayamDR.RUPNATHJI(samhitayam DR.RUPAKVaiyyasikyam NATH ) srimada- ranyaparvani dharmmavarapradanan nama trimsacchatata-

ii moddhyayah iti aranyaparvas samaptah i

I See H. Luders, Zur Sage von Rsyasrnga, in the 'Nachrichten- der K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen. Phil.-hist. Kl.

1901. Heft 1', PI). 5 seqq., where an extract from this MS. is given. -^ 79 f^

62.

"Whish Ko. C3.

Size: 17x1-7 in., (l)4-9i + (l) leaves, from 7 to 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entries by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry 1827'. The MS. may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha, two difterent hands. Injuries: Ff. 38, 39, 79, 81 damaged by insects.

A Commentary on Vdhu'iJa's Rdmayana, by Rdmdnuja Acdrya, including the Arau>/a-Kdij(Ja, the Kiskindhd- Kdnda, and Sargas 1 — 3 of the Sundara-Kdijfja.

It begins: — atha pitrvakyapariprdanaya dandakan pra- vistasya vrttam vistarena vaktum i upakramate i pravisyeti

atmavan i dhrtiman i maharanyapravese nissaipka iti

yavat i etc.

The Aranyakanda ends (f. 40): — iti Erimanu(ja)caryya-

viracite aranyakandavyakhyane pahcasaptatitamas sargah ii

harih om firanyakandarn vyakhyasamaptam ii

The Kiskindha-Kanda begins (f. 41): — sa tarn iti kha-

radisamharena sa prasiddhapaurusah tarn iti ranianiyataya prasiddham saumitrisahito gatva patmadidarssanena slta- netrasmaranajasokatisayena ksubdhasarvendriyas san vikx-

lapa I etc.

It ends (f. 80): — iti Eamanujacaryyaviracite kiskindha-

kandavyakhyane saptasastitamas sargah ii Then tlie Sundara-Kanda begins: — atha sundarakande

vyrikhyeyuni vyakhyayante i purvasmin sarge manasa gamanam krtam ity uktam idrmim kayenapi gamanam karttum

aicchad ity aha i tata ity adina atra gantum iti padam

addhyaharyyam i etc. The MS. breaksDR.RUPNATHJI(off at the beginning DR.RUPAKof NATHthe fourth )

Sarga: — iti tritlyyas sargah ii advareneti gramam vil

nagaram vapi pattanam avarasya hi i visesat samaye

sa umyana carena visan nrpa i ity uktaprakarena adviirena

pravistavan i pravisyeti pravisya pravestum upakrammya

sa^^am padam cakre agrata iti sokaprayanakale ca grha- pravese vivaha. -^ 80 H$-

63.

Whish No. 64.

Size: lO^^xlg- in., (2) + 55 + 50 leaves, 7 or 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Probably beginning of 19tii cent. Character: Grantha.

(1) -

The VdkyasudJidtlkd, a Commentary on the Drgdrsya- viveka or Vdhjasudhd, (of Saukara Acdrya), by Bralimd-

nanda JBhdratl, a pupil of Ananda Bhdratl (ff. 55). Cf.

Ind. Off. IV, p. 739; Mitra, Notices, III, p. 226 seq.

f. Margin of li^drkdrsyavivekaip i harili om i It begins: — karanam kbadijagatam aranarttham anaga-

sam I varanananam atmanam advayam samupasmahe i abliisicya krpavarsair atmastham yah karoti mSm i tarn

sarvasaksinam vande Hamanandamunisvaram i yatkataksa-

sudhasindhaii majjata punyapapakatah(read °papatali?) i jhanamanir llabdhas tarn maya Auandagurum bhaje i natva

sri-Bharatitirttha-Vidyaranyamumsvarau i mayii vakyasu-

dhatlka yathamati viracyate i na khyatilabhaptijeccha tlka-

karanakaranam i na vidvattabalam vatra muktir eva hi

karanam i praripsitasya granthasyavighnena i^arisamUpta- pravicayagamanabhyam visistacaraparipalanaya, etc. It ends: — atali evara moksasastrasyapi saphalyam syad ity ayam evasya prakaranasya samastavedantasastrasya ca tasmat sarvam anavadyam ii iti srimatparamahamsaparivra- j akacaryya - srimad - Ananda - Bharatimunivaryyasisya - Brah-

- mananda Bharatlmuniviracitavakyasudhatika samapta il harih ii om ii

(2)

A fragment,DR.RUPNATHJI(described DR.RUPAKby Mr. AVhishNATH )as "the 30^^ chapter of the Atharvana rahasyam of the Yishnu-

Dharmmam" (ff. 1 — 14).

of f. 1: atharvanain Margin — harih om i It begins: — bhagavan praninas sarve visarogadyupadra-

vaih I dustagrahopaghatais ca sarvakalam uxjadravaih i -$H 81 f<-

rihicaraka(read ribhicarikajkrtyais ca sparsarogais ca

tlarunaih i sada sampiclyamaiias tu tisthanti munisattama i etc.

It ends (f. 14): — marddaya mardaya maraya maraya jôsaya sosaya dahaya dahaya mahogragrahan samhara samhara yaksagraluin pretagrahan pisacagrahan samhara sainliara l)lianjaya bhanjaya aveâya aveâya aksaya

aksaya hrani hnra brum krom sarvamamgalini svSha ii

(3)

The Anandasdgarastava by Nilakantha Dllsita, in

107 stanzas (ff. 15—26b). Printed in the Kavyamala, Part XI (1895), pp. 76-94.

Margin of f. 15: — sagarastavam.

It begins (f. 15): — vijnapanarhaviralavasaranavaptya

mandodyame mayi davlyasi visvamatuh i avyajabhtitakaruna- pavanapaviddhany anta smaramy aham apamgataramgi-

tani II 1 II

It ends (f, 26 b): — iti sri-Nilakantha-Diksitaviracitoyam

anandasagarastavas samaptah ii s^ubham astu ii gurubhyo

namah il (4)

The Advaitamakaranda , by Lalmmdhara Kavi, in

27 verses (ff. 27—28). See Ind. Off. IV, p. 751, Mitra, Notices, II, p. 105.

Margin of f. 27: — advaitara.

It begins (f. 27): — aham asmi sada bhami kadacin

naham apriyah i brahmaivaham atas siddhas sa(c)cidananda-

ii laksanah 1 1

It ends (f. 28 b): — Laksmidharakaves siiktih saradam-

bhojasambhrtah i advaitamakarandoyain vidvatbhvmgair nniplyatam ii advaitamakarandamDR.RUPNATHJI(samaptana DR.RUPAKii NATH )

(5)

The Lalitastavaratua, 209 Arya verses in praise of the goddess Parvatl. Mr. Whish says: "209 couplets in praise of Devi. This is a much admired Hymn in the Aryya metre." Printed in Ka^yamala, Part X, 1894, pp. 1 — 18. G 1

-5H 82 f<-

Margin of f. 29: — Aryyadvisati.

It begins (f. 29): — vande gajendravadanam vamarpkaru-

dhavallabhaslistam i kumkumaparaga^onam kuvalayinija-

rakorakapldam ii etc.

It ends (f. 48): — madhurasmitam madarunanayanam^ savi- mmatamgakumbhavaksojani I candravatamsinln tvam

dbe pasyanti sukrtinah kecit i 209 i lalitaya stavaratnam

lalitapadabbili pranitam arjyabhib i anudinam avanau

pathatam pbalani vaktum pragalbbate saiva li srimaharaja-

rajesvaryyai namab ii etc. (6)

Tbe Hastdmalakaiwakarana , in 14 verses (ff. 49—50).

See Aufrecbt, CC. p. 765, s. v. Hastdmalakastotra. In tbe Stotraratnakara (Bombay, Nirnayasagara Press, 1883), pp. 205—207, it is ascribed to ^aiikara.

Margin of f. 49: — hastamalakaprakaranam.

It begins (f. 49): — kas tvam siso kasya sutab kva jatab

kin nama te tvam kuta Sgatosi i etad vada tvarn tava car- bbakatvam matpritaye pritivivarddbanosi ii 1

It ends (f. 50): — upadbau yatba bbedata sanmanlnan jale tatba bbedata buddbibbedesu tepi i yatba caudrikanan

caiicalatvam tatba caucalatvan tavapiba visno ii 14 ii basta-

ii ii malakaprakaranam samaptam barib i om i subbam astu

64.

Whish No. 65.

Size: 12tx2 in., (2) + 74 + (2) leaves, from 10 to 12 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry 1827 November 7'. The MS.DR.RUPNATHJI(may be about 50 years DR.RUPAKolder. NATH )

Character : Grantha.

Tbe Maliablidrata: tbe Pauloma-Parvan (in 8 Adbyayas), and tbe Astlka-Farvan (in 40 Adbyayas), i. e. Adbyayas 1 —59 of tbe Adi-Farvan.

I No. 115 (12) reads adarunao --3^ 83 H$-

Tliis MS. has been fully described, and extracts have been given from it in my articles 'On the South- Indian Recension of the Mahabharata', Indian Antiquary, vol. XXVII, 1898, pp. 69-81, 92—104, 122—133.

Whish No. GG.

Size: 8h XI4 in., (1) + 66 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry 7tii Nov. 1827'. The MS. may be about 50 years older.

Character : Grantha.

The Vdkyiwrtti'praTxdsilm , a Commentary on ^aulara^s Vdhyavrttl, by Visvesrara Fauclita, pupil of Mddliava

Prdjna. See Ind. Off. IV, p. 738 (No. 2302); Mitra, Notices VIII, p. 287 (No. 2847). It begins: — srutismrtipurananam alayam karunalayam | namSmi bliagavatpadasamkaram lokasamkaraui i parama- kipruiidliisrimac-Chamkaracaryyabhagavatpadas tapatraya- santaptanam aparimitajananadisanasriraddhvasramaparipidi- tanam atmajiirinasisiramadhurajalrikarpksinam vidurasarira- kamlmamsajalasayagamanasamartthanam vakyavrttisarpjha- kopadesaprakaraiiaprapaparikalpanenantassitalatam vigata- klesatah capadayan tatradau prakaranasravane pravrttanam adhikarinam avighnena brahmatadatmyapratipattisiddhaye prakaranapratipadyadvitiyabodhasmaranapurvakam nama-

skarasyavasyakarttavj'atan dyotayan svayan namaskurute 11 sargasthitipralayahetum, etc. It ends: — brahmavitbhyah paran nasti na bhutan na bhavisyatiti 11 i(ti)DR.RUPNATHJI(srimanmahayogi-Madhava-Prajnagurupra- DR.RUPAK NATH ) sadasaditaparimitanandajhanasvarupa-Visvesvarapanditavi- racita vakyavrttiprakasika samapta 11 harih om 11 brahmaham etan mayi bhati visvam sri-Madhava-Prajnaguroh prasadat sa(so?)nvarttha-Visvesvarapanditakhyas tasyanighripatmam pranatosmi nityam 11 svasvadesakulacaradyagraho lokava-

sana 1 pathertthabodhenusthane vyasanam sastravasana I 6* ^^ 84 H$-

ayurarogyalavanyadyakamksa dehavasana i jivanmuktiviro- dhinyas sarva viksepakrtvatah ii harih om ii

66.

WmsH No. G7.

Size: Sf-xlf in., 73 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry, November 7th 1827.' The MS. may be about 50 years older.

Character : Grantlia. The Mahandtu'kasHldisudhdnldld by Immadi Devardya, i. e., probably, King Devarmja II. of Vijayanagara. See Hultzsch I, pp. X, 43, 83; II, p. 41. It begins:—jato vainse raghunam munivaravacanat ta- takan tadayitva krtva punyam ahalyam trutitaharadhanur pitur mmaithilivallabhobhut i piTipyayoddhyam niyogat atavim agad vltasitostavrdi baddbabdhir ddhvastalaiiiko dalitadasainukbas sitaya iTijyam apa ii 1 ii asty arabhodbara- cumbisaudhasikhara^reninisannamgana gitakarnanatatpara-

mbaracaraprastiiyamanapraja i siiryyasyanvayajanminam ksitibhujam sadharanam maudiram laksmya dhama param lalataracana bhumer ayoddhya purl ii 2 ii F. 15: — srlmadrajadhirajaparamesvarasrlmad - Amma- di(s/c)maharajaviracite mahanatakasuktisudbanidbau brda- kandas samaptab ii

F. 17 b: — srimad° . . . srimad-Ammadi(s?c)devainaharaja- viracite . . . dvitiyakandas samaptab ii

. F. 31b:—srimad° . . . srimad-Immadideyarayaviracite . . trtlyakandas samaptab ii

F. 36b: —srimad" . . . srimad-Immadidevamabaraja° . . . caturtthakandas samaptab ii DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) F. 44:—srimad" . . . srimmadidevamabaraya" . . . paiica- makandas samaptab ii

It ends (f. 73 b):— srutva ramacaritram atbbutataram ko vismayan nesyate jnatva caiva virincina tribhuvanatranaya yonirmmatab asrotrapranipastano ' ced ahisvamina nirddhute

I Five syllables (^^^ —) wanting. -^H 85 H$-

sirasi kva bliuli kva girayah kvaiteti santaya kah i 199 I srlman Imraadidevarayaiii'pati svarllokaka(l)lolinikallola-

pratimallasuktivi])liavo vidvajjanaslaghitah i sriman sastlia- varenyakandavisayanyastan malianatakaslokaii varnapada-

kramojvalataiTin vman (read sriman?) akarsit prabhuh i

200 I srimadrajadliirajaparamesvara-sri(ma)d-Immadideva- maharajaviracite mahanatakasidctisudlianidliau yuddliaka-

ii ndas samaptah ii srlgurubhyo namo namah harih om I

07.

Whish No. 68.

Size: 125- X 1-| in., (2) + 111 pages, 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19th cent.? Character: Grantha.

(Rdmdimja's) Commentary on VcdmikPs Rdmdijana, the Yuddha-Kdnda in 131 Sargas.

It begins: — atha srimadyuddbakandavyakhyanam pra-

krauiate 1 tatra prathame sarge uttaram priyasravanottaram kalarham sitavrttantasravanaki-tad dharsatisayat uttamadu- talaksanavaisistyakatbanena sugrivadlnam purato banu- mantam stanti krtam iti bbuvi durllabbam, etc. It ends: — vainayakas ca vigbnakarino grahavisesah ra- jasvalah rtupradurbhavavatyab saubhratrkara saubbratra- karara ojaskaram balakarain sainbitavedam vedatulyatvat

samhitety apadisyate 11 iti srlmadyuddbakandavyakbyane

ekatrimsaccbatatamas . sargah 11 sriramacandraya namah 11

yuddhakandavyakhya samapta !l

DR.RUPNATHJI(68. DR.RUPAK NATH )

Whish No. 69 A.

lines Size: 13fxlf in., (3) + 73 + 53 + (4) leaves, 8 or 9 on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date of MS.: 18 tu or 19 th cent.? Character: Grantha. » ->4 86 K-

(1)

The VakyakaranaiUpilca, a short Commentary (Layhuiiralia- sikd, laghudlpikd) on the Vakyakaram, in five Adhyayas, by Simdararaja, the son of Ananta Ndrciyana, dedicated to Somadeva, the son of BanyandtJia.

"The Vakya-Karana, a work of the Arya school, seems to have been accepted as the guide for the preparation of solar pauchdhgs in the Tamil and Malayfilam countries of Southern India from very ancient times, and even to the present day either that or some similar work of the Arya school is so used." R. Sewell and S. B. Dikshit, The

Indian Calendar (London 1896), p. 8. Mr. Whish has the following entry:— "The Vdkya-Kdranam. The astronomical work used in the Carnatick— with the astronomical Tables of the Sun and planets &c. annexed." It begins: — sriganesaya namah i srigurucaranaravindabhyan namah ii jyotiscakrapravrttaya jyotlrupaya bhasvate I jyotirddarssaya bhaktebhyo jyotissastrakrte namah i sri-

Nilakanthamghrinivistaceta sri - Somadevanujighrksayaiva I vicitravakyair vivrtam punas ca prakasayeham karanam

laghiyah i svabhipsitagranthasya nispratyfdiaparisamaptaye pracayagamanavisistacaraparipalanabhyah ca svestadevata- namaskarapuraskarena ciklrssitam arttham pratijanite |

pranamya karisailastham iti i dc.

F. 15 b—16: — iti vakyakaranalaghuprakasikayam Soma-

devadrtayam Sundararajaviracitayain prathamoddhyayah ii

F. 32 b: iti Somadevadrte vakyakaranasya prakasane — | sphutaddhyayo dvitiyopi samksepena samapitah i iti Sunda- rarajaviracitayain Somadevadrtayam vakyakaranadlpika- yam sphutadhikaro nama dvitiyoddhyayah ii

Adhyaya III ends f. 50b, A. IV f. 63b. DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) Adhyaya Vends (f. 72b):— iti srimatkeralasatgramanivasi- Nilakanthacaryyena triskandhavidyaparadrsvana satdarssa- niparam gatenasvalayanasutrena garbha (read Garga?) gotrena Rivakalyandajatena Golacudamanina asmadanugrahartthe Sundararajaprasnottarakhye granthe pratipaditam tena gati- yogenaiva vibhajya sthitidalani jfieyam sasthaddhyayah (f. 73) — —

-$H 87 f<-

pratharae dvitiyeddliyfiye praycnokta iti iia punar idaniiu vyakhyayate praksiptatvac casyaddhyayasya paficaddliya- yyara api baliava slokal.i praksiptah samjfiite sarvo nirastah srimanti puiTijakfde padavakyapramanajfio jyotissastravisfi- rado yatisvaral.i pratraa (read Padma?) garbha iti prasiddlio- paro brliaspatir ivasit tasmad evasmatpita prakscpavyati- riktam suddhaiii vrdcyakaranam auyany api kificit adhitavaii sri - Nrsimhasisyabliutajyotissastravic - chri - Vanchyajanma- Bharadvaja-Varadaraja-tad]"gvidhakanisthaputra-Somadeva- sarapradayasuddhavakyakarai.ian casmakam sampradayasi- ddhavakyakaranena samam tena etad vyakhyanaprakarasi-

ddliam yan miilan tad eva suddhamulam iti jfieyain i Sundare-

sakrte vakyakaranasya prakasane i Somadevadrteddhyayah

pancamo lagbur iritab i Ananta-Narayanasununa piinab

kaverakaiiyatatavasina maya i prakasita vakyaki'tir Ibigbiyasi

dvije^adevauujigbrksaya laghu i iti sri-Yancbyajanma-srl- Raraganathaputra-Somadevadrtena SundaraiTijena viracita-

yaiii vakyalcaranalagbudipikayaiii paficaraoddbyayab i oiii

bubbam astu srigurucaranaraviiidabbyam namah i suryya-

dinavagrabadevatabbyo namab i

(2)

Astronomical tables, called Kiijddipahcagrahavdkyam,

F. 1 margin: — kujasya mabavakyam i Beginning: maragalasrir bbusunub 40 atmajayisantanub 80 drsto bbupatir vo nab 120 Isamganasarapannab 150 bbiimir girisamlagna 180

F. 14: —kujasya vrdcyam samaptani ii atba budbasya vakyam ii F. 27 b:— budbavakyara samaptam ii F. 28:—atba DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) guror vakyam ii F. 33 b: — guruvakyarn samaptam ii F. 34: atba sukravakyam ii F. 38 b: — bbrguvrdvyam samaptam ii

F. 39: — atba saner vakyam ii It ends:—nirado raseccbuh 348 ravigonirddasah 378 va-

ii kyam 19 dbiras saneb ii munivakyam samaptam kujadi-

pancagrabavakyam parisamilptam i om subliam astu etc. -^^ 88 H$-

69.

Whish No. 69 B.

Size: ISi Xlf in., (1) + 144 + (2j leaves, 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19th cent.? Character: Grantha.

The Lalitopdkhydna, from the Uttarcikhanda (Ayatana- khanda?) of the Brahmdnda-Purdna, in 34 Adhyayas. It begins: — astu va sreyase nityam vastu vamamgam

aisvaram i yatas trtiyo vidusan turiyan tat param mahah | Agastyo nama devarsir vedavedamgaparagah i sarvasiddha- ntasarajno brahmanandadayatmakah i cacaratbhutahetuni tirtthany ayatanani ca i sailaranyapagamukhyan sarvah

janapadan api i tesu tesv akhilah jantiln ajnanatimiravrtan l sisnodaraparan drstva cintayam asa tan prati i etc.

P. 2b: — iti brahmandapurane Hayagrivagastyasamvade

lalitakhyane prathamoddhyayah ii

F. iti 9b: — sribrahmandottare Haya° . . . trtiyoddhyayah ii 35: F. — iti sribrahmandottare . . . vaivahikotsavo nama caturdasoddhyayah ii It ends: — akhyatam etad avadatagimah pathantas sam- patpradayakam apakrtasarvaduhkham i vijnanadlptikalikam lalitam raahesim ' asadya te catasa vahanti sadabhitrptim ii

II iti srimatbrahmandapuranottare Hayagrivagastyasamvade lalitakhyane mantrasadhanaprakarakathanan nama catu- strimsoddhyayah ii srimahadevyai namah ii ii samaptas ca-

yatanakhandah ii harih om ii subham astu ii

70.

Whish No. 70.

Size: ^Ixls in., (1) + 89 leaves, 8 lines on a page. Material:DR.RUPNATHJI(Palm leaves. DR.RUPAK NATH ) Date: 18 tb or 19tii cent.? Character: Grantha.

A manual of rites and prayei-s connected with the worship of Rudra. The title seems to be Rudravidhi. It

* The metre requires only two short syllables. Read te vata? -^ 89 r<-

includes the Fancdhgarudranydsa of BodhaijajM (li". 30b

— 33 b), and gives (ff. 45 —88) the Prayoga for each Mantra of the Rudranuvrikas of Taittiriya-sainhita IV, 5 (Naniahd-

nucdlids). It is incomplete, as it does not contain the

Prayoga for the Camahmuvdlms (Taitt.-samh, IV, 7), which we should expect after the Namalcdimvdkds. (See the (juotation below.) An entry by Mr. Whish says: "This volume contains the Atirudraprayogam; being an extract of the Bhashyam of the Yajurvedah." It begins:—atha sru-udravidhih i tatra tavad upayukte

tu i viniyogadikau cintyate viniyogo namabhisainbandhah i sarvanigamgl bhavarupah ekasyaiva mantrasya vidhibalad anekesu karmmasv amgatvam yasmin karmmani yadamga-

bhavam bhajate tada tasmin karmmani viniyogo jueyah I evah ca yady api caramayam istakayara juhotity adibhi(r) brahmanavakyair agnicayane caramestakayam ekadasabhi

rudranuvakair homo vihita iti homakhye karmmani am-

gatvam rudranuvakanam i etc, 15: 20: F. — atha maharudra-ahutisamkhya i F. — athati-

iti rudrahutisamkhya i F. 30 b: — sthandilakiindamanda-

panirmmanadividhih ii atha Bodhayanoktapancamgarudran-

: ii yasavidhih i F. 33 b —iti pahcamgarudranyasah atha rudra-

bhisekavidhih i F. 45: — atha taittiriya^akhanusarena namakanuvakah pradarsyante namasterunya namo hiranyabahave namas sahamanetyadayah' camakanuvfika agnavisnii^ jyaisthyara-5 ity adaya ekada^a atha namake cantaravakyanam aprayo-

gah Bhaskaradivinirdistakamyadrstyabhidhasyate i

F. 88: — iti namakesu namo rudrebhya^ ity asya prayo-

ii gah I iti namakaprayoga ekadasonuvakah (sic) atha purvo-

ktesu daksine yatna nirupyate i DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) F.88b:— iti daksine yatna i atra nyCmatiriktoktapratyavaya- jihirsayai staumi stamberamadhi^acarmmanirmmitavasasara ii

1 See Taitt. Samh. IV, 5, 1 seqq. Read namas te rudra . . . namas sahamanayetyadayah.

2 Taitt. Samh. IV, 7, 1.

3 Taitt. Samh. IV, 7, 2.

4 Taitt. Samh. IV, 5, 11, 2. ;

-^ 90 H$-

It ends: — anavaratadhiraddlivana gambhiragharghara

galabhavai3hutkarabbinnagahvara i gunarajivi (read guna- rajiva?) riijamana dharadharesa kanyakakantisamkranta

(read kanyakantisamkranta?) nijakalebaraikadesa i akbila- jagadadbisa ranta (read santa?) mabesa namas te namas

ii te I srigurucaranaravindabbyan namab om i subbam astu.

71.

Whish No. 71.

Size: 181x28 in., (2) + 201 +(5) leaves, from 12 to 15 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish signed 'Tellicherry December 1828'. The Praniathin year (see below) immediately preceding 1828 is A. D. 1819y20, but the MS. looks older, and may have been written A. D. 1759/60, possibly A. D. 1699/1700. Scribe: Kaghunatha, son of Ramakrsna. Character: Grantha, very small, sometimes difficult to read.

Tbe Maliahlidratasamgralia, by Mahesvara. Mr. Wbish describes it as 'tbe Sangraba-Bbaratam of Mabeswarah compleat in eighteen Parvvas'. Tbere are really only 17 Parvas, wbicb are made up in tbe following way: Parvans I—IX correspond to tbe usual P^rvans of tbe Mababbfirata, then follow: X Gada-Parvan, XI Sauptika-Parvan, XII Aisika-Parvan, XIII— XVII Asvamedbika to Svargarobanika Parvans. Tbe Strl, 8anti, and Anusasana Parvans are not repre- sented. See A. Holtzmann, Das Mababbarata, II, 1 seq.,

Ill, 46 seq. R. v. Rotb, Verzeiclmis Indiscber Handscbriften der Kgl.DR.RUPNATHJI(Univ. Bibl. Tubingen, DR.RUPAKp. 23. NATH ) It begins: — suklainbaradbaram visnum sasivarnan catur-

bbujam i prasannavadanan dbyayet sarvavigbnopasantaye i

srlnaan pauranikas sutah kadacid raumabarsinab i ugrasrava

nama punyam naimi^aranyam agamat i varttamane sauna- sarvan kasya satre dvadasavarsike i tatraslnan munln

pranamat samprabrstadbib i katbas citra srotukama munayas -^ 91 H6-

sutanandanain 1 paripaprucclia tan sa' fan [)apraccliu.s sa

ca kau^alaiii i abhinandya samasinas tarn alius samsrita-

sanain i kuta ayasi ko tvaya, desas cavita ity api i vipiTm sa piTilia supritan tatragacchan yadrcchaya i sarpasatrani yatra raja cakara janaraejanah (sic) i ya vaisanipayaiiat tatra

^ui^iTiva jaiianiejayah i katlias ta Vyasakathitas tv a[u]i^rausam

bharatasritah i pararddhyani parikramya tirttbany ayatantlni

1 ca s[y]amantapancakan nama tan desam gatavan ahain i kurui.iaiu panclavanan sarvesan ca ca mahibhrtam i bhavatam vividhaii (?) tasmad didrksur aham agatah i srotum kim icchathety sutaiii ukta luunayas abruvan i pariksitena

Vyasokta ya vaisarapayanac chrutah i tab katha srotum

icchamo mababliaratasamjnitab i etc.

F. 2: — iti srimahabharatasamgrahe Maliesvarakrte saiii-

bhavaparvani vaidodamkacaritan nama prathamoddhyayab ii

F. 10b:— iti srimababbaratasaragrahe dusyantacaritan nama astamoddhyriyah ii F. 21b: — iti snmababharatasamgrabe bakavadho nama

paficadasoddhyayab ii F. 26: — iti ^ribharatasamgrabe paficendropakbyanan nama astadasoddbyayab ii

F. 32 (end of the I"'^* Parvan): — iti snmababharata- samgrahe sambbavaparvaiii mandapalacaritan nama pafica-

vimsoddbyayah ii

F. 44 (end of the II"*'^ Parvan): — iti . . . sabbaparvani

Pandavadyutaparajayo nama astanioddbyayab ii srdvrsnOya

ii namab sabbfiparva samaptam ii barib om ii barib om ii

F. 54: — iti . . . riraiiyaparvani Nalacaritasamaptir nnama

astamoddbyayab ii

F. 81b (end of the III"' Parvan): — iti . . . aranyaparvani

aranibaranan nama dvattrirasoddbyayab ii

F. DR.RUPNATHJI( :^DR.RUPAK NATH ) 95 (end of the IV^^ Parvan) — iti . . . virataparvani

uttarabhimanyuvivaho nama dasamoddhyayab ll srikrsnaya

ii namab virataparvam samaptam ll F. (end 104 of the V"' Parvan): — iti . . . udyogaparvani rathasamkbyambopakhyanan nama da^amoddhyayab ii

' Doubtful reading. Read tarn papnicchus te? -5H 92 H$-

*^ F. 110b (end of the VI Parvan): — iti . . . bhlsmaparvani bhlsmasaratalpasayanan nama saptadasoddhyayah ii

F. 146 (end of the VII*^ Parvan): — iti . . . dronaparvani dronavadho nama astadasoddhyayah ii srikrsnaya namah ii dronaparvam samaptam ii

: F. 160 (end of the VIII*^ Parvan) — iti . . . karnaparvani karnavadho nama ekadasoddhyayah ii . . . karnaparva samaptam ii

F. 169b (end of the IX'^ Parvan):— iti . . . salyaparvani

saptamoddhyayah li . . . salyaparvam samaptam ii

F. 173b (end of the X*^ Parvan): — iti . . . gadaparvani

ii tritiyoddhyayah i gadaparvani samaptam

*'^ F. 176 (XI Parvan): — iti . . . sauptikaparvani prathamoddhyayah ii

^'^ F. 178 (end of the XII Parvan): — iti . . . aisikaparvam samaptam ii harih om siibham astu ii

ti' F. 190b (end of the XIII Parvan):— iti . . . asvame-

dhikaparvani dasamoddhyayah ii . . . asvamedhikam sama-

ptam II

F. 194b (XIY"' Parvan): —iti . . . asramavasike parvani

caturtthoddhyayah ii

F. 197 (XV*'' Parvan): — iti . . . mausalaparvani dvitlyo- ddhyayah ii

^'^ F. 198b (XVI Parvan): — iti . . . mahaprasthanike parvani prathamoddhyayah ii

It ends (f. 201): — iti srimahabharatasamgrahe svargaro-

hanike parvani dvitiyoddhyayah li srikrsnaya namah i sita- kiksmanabharatasatrughnahanumatsametasriramacandraya

- namah ii sri umapataye namah ii harih om i subham ksantum astu srigurubhyo namah i karakrtam aparadham

arhanti santah ii pramathinamasamjhayam saradi prapnu-

pakse site tatha i vaty apiDR.RUPNATHJI(i capam hamse daksinakhyayaneDR.RUPAK NATH )

astavim^akhyake hy anhi somavasarasamyute i svatitara-

samayukte dasamyain minalagnake i ^ravanat sarvapapa-

ghnah pathanan muktidam subham i lekhanat ^rlpradam putrena sammyak mahabharatasam graham i Ramakrsnasya

Raghunathena dhimata i raraabhaktena vidusa hkhitam

bhadram astu vah ii krsnSya vasudevaya devakinandanaya riikmiiiisatyiibliaiii:ibhyrii)i sevitSya naiiio iiainah i ^rl- ca I gurubhyo namah ii

Whish No. 72.

Size: 12HXlff in., (1)+10« leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated December 1828. The MS. may be about 50 years oldei*.

Character : Grantha. The leaves are numbered by letters : ka (= 1), kha, ga ... ha, la, ksa (=35), kya (=36), khya . . . ksya (=70), kra (=71), khra . . . Ira (== 104), ksra (= 105). This foliation begins from the second leaf. The BrhatsamliltCi of Vardhamiliira, or the VardJiasam- liitd, with a Commentary (SamJiUdvivrti) by Bhatfotpala. A fragment only, extending from III, 1 to XXVI, 8.

It begins: — athadityacaro vyakhyayate i aslesarddha(d) daksinam uttaram ayanam raver ddhanisthadyam nunarn kadacid asid yenoktam piirvasastresu raver adityasya a^lesarddha(d) daksinam ayanani tatha dhanisthadyam uttaram ayanam, etc. ** F. 8: — iti Bhattolpalaviracitayam sanihitavivr ditya-

caras trtiyoddhyayah i

F. 51: — iti Bhattolpahiviracitayain sarphitavivritau

^ukracaro navamoddhyayah ii It ends: — dantair nnaga gohayadyas ca lomna hemna bliiipas sikthakena dvijadyani tadvasa *** *** ** (Wank) sesadravyany atraarupasthita[na]ni naga hastinah dantair hanti dentaih romna gohayanyani go (sic) ii

73. DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) WmsH No. 73.

Size: 125- X it in., (1) + 155 + 39 + 30 + (1) leaves, 7 or 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry December 1828'. The MS. may be about 50 years older. Character' Grantha. ^ 94 f^

The Rgveda-Pratimkliya, by &aunal:a, the text (ff. 1—33), followed by the text together with a Commentary, called

Pdmidairttl (ff. 34—155). This MS. and its relation to the MSS. of Uvata's Commentary used by Professor Max Mtiller in his edition and translation of the Egveda- Pratisrikhya have been fully discussed by Prof. Eggeling. See Rig -Veda -Pratisakhya, das alteste Lehrbuch der vedischen Phonetik. Sanskrittext mit Ubersetzung und Anmerkungen herausg. von Max Miiller (Leipzig 1869), Einleitung, pp. 22—32. As Prof. Eggeling states, the name of Uvata is not mentioned in this Commentary, which differs considerably from Uvata's Commentary as known to us, and probably contains an older and more authentic interpretation of the Pratisakhya, than that of

Uvata {I. c, p. 23 seq.). A complete collation of the text given by this MS., and an edition of this Commentary would be very desirable, though the MS. is unfortunately incomplete. The text breaks oft' after XVI, 52 in Prof. Max Miiller's edition, wdiile the Commentary only reaches to the end of the tenth Patala. The text begins: — astau samanaksarany aditas tatas catvari pluto- sandhyaksarani i ete svara iparo dirghavat

nusvaro vyahjanam va svaro va i etc.

The text ends (f. 33b): — a yah paprau visvasan ca ta

ii rcotra nidarsanam 52 i gayatri purausnik catuspadam

manye dvadasa ii iti chandovicitau prathama aditostadasa-

ii patalah harih om i

The Commentary begins (f. 34): — astau samanaksarany uditah varnasamamnayasyaditostaksarani saraanaksarasam-

jhani veditavyani i etc. It endsDR.RUPNATHJI((f. 155): — iti pa(rsa)davrttau DR.RUPAK NATHkramapatalan ) nama

dvadasam samaptam ii sriguru" etc.

(2)

Short treatises, a kind of Appendices to the Pratisakhya,

on the Egveda-Samhita, viz.. ->4 95 H^

(Ij the Blsarvasamdndm by NCigadeva, son of Yajnand-

rCiyami (ff. 1 — 5); same author (ff. 5— 81j) (2) the B(jrilaii(ihijcdah-mu(i by the ; is not given; (3) The title of this tract (ff. 9—15)

(4) raddntadljiml (ff. 15—17);

(5) Tr/sandhdlaJ{sana (f. 17);

(6) Bksamlhyd (f1'. 17 b— 18);

(7) Avarnadlpa (f. 18);

(8) Ndntasamgralia, or NdntaJakmna, by Semndrdyana

(ff. 19— 21b);

(9) Tdntalalimnn, or Tapara, or Tdntasamgraha (f. 22); (10) Naparavydldidna, a Commentary on No. 8 (ff. 23—35); (11) Taparatlkd, a Commentary on No. 9 (ff". 35-39).'

The first treatise begins:—pranamya pranatabhlstaprada- subodhaya i5am[m]rinam taram patim sriyah i bahvrcanam

visarjaniya akrirapurvako ghosavatparah I kriyate laghu i vyahjanasprkcchasaparo hipyate samhitaksane i yesii varna-

kramat tani pravaksyami padany aham i nanapadatvam amgyanam (read iingyanam?) purvabhagah tv ava[t]grahah i

nimittana grhyate yat tat padam evatra laksa\ie i prathamas ca dvitlyas ca hitviX vargyas traya[h]s trayah I iti antasthas ca hakaras ca ghosavantah prakirttitah i

jiaribhasa ii etc.

It ends (f. 5):—YajhanErayanakhyasya yajvanah priyasti- nuna samanam sadhu savyakhyam Nagadevena nirmmitam ii iti rksarvasamanam samaptam ii snddlia- Then the Vilahghyahiksana begins:—harih om i sarva- sphatikasamkasam pundarikanivasinam i dataram siirer vidyanani hayagrivam upasmahe i Yajfianarfiyanat vadisyami vilimghyani utpannas somayajinah i Nagadevo

padany aham i etc. DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) ba- It ends (f. 8b): — proktani yatha tatha vapi prit3^a varnakramata eva lakaloktivat I mayoktany rgviUimghyani

udiritilh i vihxmghya- tu I vihimghyahiksanasloka astasastir

laksanam samaptam ii

t Compare the similar treatises on the Black Yajur Yeda, No. 25 (a). -^ 96 f«-

The next treatise begins (f. 9): —rtvig yajnesu kam vi^- yastlio rtvik- vam devya vrttapuroliitau i devam hotrsabdo samudrasyeva sabdo rkaravat i marutan tvararacchevas

varmmana I asyendrettha sato visnuli i purvesu maliima

bhavet i etc.

It (?) ends (f, 15): —atra tadvabetlie ye devaso ati vayo uti devanam itva vellam varjam ii

Then begins the Padantadlpini:—harih om i bhutesopi

prasadartthi yasyabhutipurantakah i karunyanidhaye ta-

smai gaiiadhipataye namah i 1 i manisitesu sarvesu bha-

satan nas sarasvati i visvaprakasinl sasvat kumudesv iva

I Sakalyadrste kaumudl i 2 rgvedapathe tadvartmana artthanubandhi- krtim i padantadipinin namna karomy

. . nlm I 3 1 . alocya Saunakaproktam prati^akhyam praya-

i I tnatah i Tivrnomy atimiidhopi mndhanugrahakamksaya 5

It ends (f. 17): — tesu kosthesu ganite padajate varata-

kaih pademgyosmantamanan nirnayo bhavati ddhruvam l sabdah pada bhadha bhfiyad iti sarvam snmamgalam ii

Then begins the Trisandhalaksana:—harih om i trisandha- tan ca sarve laksanam i vargam vadet kascana padam

dvitiyasya sa capi sarve i sarve punah ptirvavad eva var-

gam kramam dvitiyasya vadet sa te ca i etc.

It ends (f. 17b):—trisandhalaksanam samaptam ii This is followed by the two small treatises, the Rksam-

ii, khya, ending on f. 18: —rksamkhya samapta i harih om and the Avarnadipa, which begins: — gurum gunabdhin

nikhilaptavanmayarn pranamya samsarasamudratarakam i padadyavarnavagamaya vacm(y) ream avarnadipakhyam aham sulaksaiiam ii Then follow the Nantasanagraha, and the Tantasam- graha, (ff. 19—22 b), and Commentaries on these two treatises (ff.DR.RUPNATHJI(23—39). DR.RUPAK NATH ) F. 19 begins: — pranamya garudarudhara harin nila- Sesanarayanakliyena laksanam kriyate bhrasannibhara i

iti nantasaragrahas samaptah ii maya i etc. F. 21b:—

F. 22 b:— iisyam (?) evan natantakhyam laksanam samudl- 35: i naparavyakhyanam ritam i iti taparam samaptam F. —

II samaptam ii F. 39:— iti tapari(read tapara)tika samapta -^i 97 i<-

(3)

Some more treatises of the same kind, viz.

(1) FaribMsd (?) (f. 1);

(2) Avaruilal-.^am (ff. 1 —3);

(3) Avamilaki^ana (f. 3);

(4) Avarnivydkhydna, a Commentary on No. 2 (ff. 3b-24); and

(5) Avarnivydliliydna, a Commentary on No. 3 (ff. 24—3013).

Compare the Saptalaksana al)ove No. 25(a). F. 1 begins:—gurum gunabdhin nikhilaptavaumayani pranamya samsarasamudratarakam i padadyavarnavagamaya vacmy roam avarnadTpfikhyam aham sulaksanam i etc. (like the 'Avarnadlpa' above p. 90, 1. 23). But it ends (on the same page):—iti paribhasa samapta il 3: F. —avarnilaksanam samaptam ii sridaksinamiirttaye namah ii F. 3b:—avarnilaksanam samaptam ii F. 24: —avarnivyakhyanam samaptam il Then the Commentary on the Avarnilaksana begins: — akarasamgrahavyakhyam svayam eva karoti ca i asmin laksanepi pratipadikagrahanam sarvarttharn sarvatra i etc. It ends: — akaradipadanan tu spastaya pratipaditam | yathamati hrdi prityadhri(ra)m vidvajjanais sada ii harih om ii avarnivyakhyanam samaptam il srimahatripurasmidaryyai

ii namo namah . . . srimahadevyai namo namah ii

74.

Whish No. 74.

Size: I23 xlg- in.,DR.RUPNATHJI((2) + 256 + (1) leaves, DR.RUPAK8 or 9 lines NATHon a page.) Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19 th cent.? Character: Grantha.

The Smrtlmuktdpliala, by Vaidyandtha DlWita of the Vddhdla family; Pariccheda I: the Varndsramadharmanird- pana. See Burnell, Tanjore p. 134. 7 —

-3^ 98 H$-.

It begins:—suklambaradharara visnum sasivarnaii catur-

bliujam I prasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye ii amke viliarinam anuksanam adrijayas tarn kevalam kala-

bham atbhutam asrayamah i nityarn. ya esa baliubhir

nnijasevakanam pratyuhapunjakabalaih paritosam eti i pa-

ri! vatlvidhimukliavalisaiidhapankter mmayaviliinajanama-

nasarajahamsam i yogesvarair api vimrsya nijasvariipa vati(read vani?)svari disatu me vacasam samrddhim i sara- bham upaimi sadliu sevyam sadayam kaficaiia devatavi-

sesam i . . . dasakantliarupam vande dasasyandana nanda-

nami (read °syandanan iiamami?) i Yaidyanathaddhvarlna-

niadaso Yadhiilavamsajah i smrtimuktaj)halan nama kurute

sarasamgraliam ii uruvistaradliarmmasastravarddher upalab- dlier minabata parisramena i sravanesu nidblyatam kirn anyaih smrtimuktriphalam ekam eva satbbili I kva nu vi- sakalitan tu dbarmmasastram kva ca punar akalane mama

pravrttih i sa(ka)lamatijiisas tathapi santas satatam idam

mama sabasam sabantam i tatradau dbarmmapramanani

niriipyante i Manub i vedokbilo dbarmmamiilam i etc.

F. 10b: — atba smrtikarttrnirtipanam i F. lib: — atba

i srstib 36: iti dbarmmadesab F. 21b:—atba i F. — yaja-

ii 39: iiirupyate I nam atba yajanan i F. —ity addbyayauam 63: atbaddbyapanam i F. — iti dauam i atba patranirupa-

ii nam i F. 78 b: —atba ksatriyadbarmmab

86: iti i F. — brabmanasraistbyam atba jativivekab i

iti ii F. Ill:— yajiiopaYltanirmmanadi atba dandadbaranam i

iti i F. 149b: — snutakadbarmmab atba vivabab i F. 170:

atba brabmanadiyivababbedab i F. 195: — garbbinidbar-

mmab i F. 196 b: —atba vidbavadbarmmab i F. 201: — iti

II stridbarmmab grbastbadbarmman aba Daksab i F. 209 b:

atba i yatidbarmmab F. 224b: —atba gurvadinirupanam I

F. 245:— atba bbiksacaryya i DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) It ends: —Vyasab i moksasramam yas carate yatboktani

sncis sam (read san) samkalpitabuddbiyuktab i anindbanam jyotir iva jjrasantam ya (read sa) brabmabbavam sruyate

(read srayate) dvijatii- iti' i iti Yaidyanatba - Diksita-

I See Mahabharata XII, 192, 6. -^ 99 ^^

viracite smitimuktiipluilc varnasramadliarmmanirupanan

iiama prathamali pariccliedah ii harih om i srigurubhyo

namali i,

75.

Whish No. 75.

Size: lllxlg in., (1) + 79 leaves, 7 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. AVhish dated 'December 1828.' The MS. may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.

Tlie GrJnjavrtli, a Commentary on the Khadira-Grliyasu- tra or Drdhydyam- Orhyasutra of the Sdmaveda, by EudraslMndha. It is incomplete, ending at the end of

III, 4. For other MSS. of this work, see Burnell I, O. p. 56. See also Oldenberg, S. B. E. xxix, pp. 371 seqq. It begins: athato grhyakarmmani i — athanantaram i kas- mad anantaran deva savitar ityadimantravacchakhaddhya- yananantaram yattetta nadhitavedasya mantraparijhanat' vaksyamanesu vakyesu karmmanusthanayogyataya pratipa- ttiim asakyam atas tadanantaram iti gamyate i etc.

The first Patala ends (f. 36b):— pahcamah khandah h iti Rudraskandhakrtayam grhyavrttau prathamali patalah ii " Il'^'i The Patala (5 Khandas) ends f. 65. It breaks off at the end of the 4*^ Khanda of the jjjTd Patala: — sthalipakasya purnapatram yathotsahani- vrtyartthain i carutantraprakrtir ayam homah ii tritlyasya patalasya caturtthah khandah ii navamin dasamini vanva-

stakyam ii harih oin ii subham astii i etc,

76.

DR.RUPNATHJI(AVhish No. 76. DR.RUPAK NATH ) Size: 18?><2 in., (1) + 132 + (1) leaves, from 9 to 11 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated '5*1^ January 1830 Tellicherry.' The MS. may be about 50 or 80 years older. Character: Grantha.

I Read with Ind. Ofi'. MS. : yatonadhitavedasya mantraparijuauat. • ->i 100 H$-

Four Khandas of the Siitasamhitd of the Sl;amla - Bu- rma , viz., the ^ivamdlidtmydklmmla in 13 Adhyayas

(ff. 1—24), i\iQ Judnayogakhanda m 20 Adhyayas (ff. 24— 48 b),

the MiMiManda in 9 Adhyayas (ff. 48b—68b), and 43 Adhyayas and part of the 44*^ Adhyaya of the Yajha-

vaihliavalilianda (ff. 68b— 132b).

gurave sarvalokanam bhisaje It begins: — bhavaroginam i

nidhaye sarvavidyanam i sridaksinamiirttaye namah i ai^va-

ram paramatatvam ridimaddhyantavarjjitam i adharam

sarvabhutanam (a)nadharam avikriyam i anantanandabodham-

bunidhim atbhutavibhramanj i ambikapatim isanam anl^am

pranamamy aham ii satravasane munayo visuddhahrdaya

bhrsam i naimislya mahatmanam agatam Romaharsanam i

drstva yatharham sampujya prasannendriyamanasah i pa-

pracchus samhitam enam Siitam pauranikottamam i evam

prsto munisresthaih Siitas sarvartthadayinam i mahadevam

mahatmanan dhyatva Vyasaii ca bhaktitah i samahitamana

bhutva vilokya munisattaman i vaktum arabhate Suta(h) sam-

hitam vedasammitam i sii-Sutah i biTihmam puranam pratha-

mam dvitiyam patmam ucyate i trtlyam vaisnavam proktam

caturttham saivam ucyate i tato bhagavatam proktam

bhavisyakhyan tatah jDaram i saptaman naradiyaii ca

markkandeyan tatah param i agneyam navamam pascat i

brahmakaivarttam eva ca i tato laimgah ca varahan tata

skandam anuttamam i vamanakhyan tatah kaurmmam

raatsyan tatparam ucyate i garudakhyan tatah proktam

brahmandan tatparam viduh i granthatas tu caturllaksam

puranam munipumgavah i etc.

F. 24: — iti skande purane sutasamhitayam ^ivamahatmya-

khande trayodasoddhyayah ii

: F. 132 — iti yajhavaibhavakhande tricatvarimsoddhyayah ii

Siitah DR.RUPNATHJI(I athatas sampravaksyami DR.RUPAKdravyasuddhim NATH ) sama-

satah I etc.

It breaks off (f. 132b) in the middle of tlie 44*'' Adhyaya with the following words:—asuddhya[su a]suddhavat bhati

sarlrades tu cetanah i vyavahare yatlia candro niscalopi

calaty api i ->i lUl H$-

77.

Whish No. 77.

Size: 12tX1s in., (1)4- 190 -|- (1) leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Telliclierry 1829". The MS. may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha. The Batndpana, a Commentary, by Kumarasvdmin, son of Mallindtlia, and younger brother of Koldcala

Pedddcdrija (?), on Vidydndtha's Pratdparudra^ in 9 Pra-

karanas. Cf. Biirnell, Tanjore p. 56 sq., and Wilson-

Mackenzie (1882) p. 161. It begins: — kalyanani karotu kascana puman arddham- gadantavalo gandabhogavilolupan aliganan karnaficalais purve crdayan i yatpadamburuhavalambasaranah pumilmsas traya(s) trailokyasthitisargasarnhrtividhau nirvighnasiddho-

dyamah i vastiikalyanadan divyam astu nririnaratmajam | ** svopajham vaumayam yasya viharagrhavedika i nim (read vanim)^ kanabhujim ajlganad avasasic ca vaiyyasikim antas

ta(n)tram aramsta pannagagavikumbhesu cajagarat i vacam acakalad rahasyam akhilam yascaksapadasphuram lokebhiid

yadupajiiam eva vidusam saujanyajanyam yasah i [sjtriskan-

dhasastrajaladhim ciilukikurute sma yah i tasya sri-Mallina-

thasya tanayojani tadrsah i kolacalapeddayaryyah (read

Kolacala-Peddacaryah?) pramanapadavakyaparadrsva yah i

vyakhyatanikhila^astrah prasangakartta ca sakahividyasu i tasyanujanma tadanugrahaptavidyanavadyo vinatapana-

mmrah i svami vipascid vitanoti tikam prataparudriyara-

hasyabhettrim i punya^lokagunoktisanakasanad iittejanalam-

bhitam safijagraha rasadiratnanicayara vidyavinathah puril i sohan tad vyavaharahetum adhuna kihcit karomy apanan DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) tatranugrahamulyatobhilasitam grnhantu dhauya janah i

yady asti gudham akhilam saktya tat tat prakasyate i na-

mulam likhyate kihcit nanapeksitam ucyate i atha tatra- bhavan Vidyanathanama mahfikavir alamkarasastram ara- bhamanah, etc.

I See Mallinatha's Introd. to his Comm. on the Rag-huvamsa. •^H 102 H$-

F. 46: — iti prataparudiavynkhyane ratnapanakhyane

kavyasvarupan nirupanan nfima dvitiyam prakaranam ii F. 139: — pratapanidravyrikhyane ratnapanakhyane gunan nirupanan nama sastliaprakaranam i

It ends: — vistarabliirubhir iiparamyata iti sarvam ava- datam il iti prataparudrlyavyakliyane ratnapanakhyane

misralamkaran nirupanan nama navamam prakaranam ii

prataparudriyavyakhySnam samriptarn ii srlguru'', etc.

Whish No. 78.

Size: 12,|xl8 in., 94 -}- 57 -)- 86 leaves, 8 lines on a pags. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry 1829'. The MS. may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha. (1) The Bhdsfjaratnaprabhd, or gloss on Sahkara's Com- mentary to Bddardi/ana's Vecldnta-Stdras, by Govinddnanda, with Notes (ff. 1 —69). It is incomplete, containing only the portion corresponding to Yol. I, pp. 1 —90 in the edition of the Yedanta-Sutras, published in the Bibliotheca

Indica (Calcutta 1863). In the margin of f. 1 the title

'TdtparyyabodhinT is given, and Mr. Whish states (f. 69): "Here ends the Talparyyabodhini. This appears to be annotations on the Sutra Bhashyam of Sankara Acharyyah". See below No. 93. It begins: —yam iha kurunikam saranani gato hy arisahodara apa mahat padam i tam aham asu harim varam a^raye janakajamkam ana(n)tasukhakrtim i Vibhisanorisaho- daropity anvayah (i) srigauryya sakalartthadan nijapadam- bhojenaDR.RUPNATHJI(muktipradam praudhani DR.RUPAKrighnavanara NATH ) harantam anaghasridunditundasina vande carmmakaprilikopakaranai(r) vairagyasaukhyat paran nastiti pradisantam antavidhuram

srlkasikesam sivara i pradisantam upadisantani i yatkrpala-

vamatrena muko bhavati panditah i vedasastrasarirantam

vanim vinakaiam bhaje i kamfiksTdugdhapracurasurasu- -^> 103 f«-

tanu ' pi^MJyaljliojyritipujyasrigaurlnayakribhitprakatana - 8i- varainriryya-labilh[v]atmabodhaih srimat-Gopalaglrbhilipra- lcatitapai\imri(lvaitabhrisriR[t]mit5sya-srimat-Govindavrinica-

ranakaiiKilago nirvrtohaiu yatludili i moksapuryyam sri- kriucyfuii srikamaksya dattam payasaiii devair api shitaiu prajyani sampfirnain prakr^tr>jyayuktam va yat bhojyam aima(i]i) teiiatipiijyas SivaiTimayoginah kifica sivas casau ramas ceti svanamna srigaurinayakayor abhedam prakatayanti tebhyo gurubliyo kabdha atmabodho srimat-Goprdasai-asvati- bhili tail- ity artthali kSamkarani bhasyakrtain prunamya Vya- sam harira sutrakrtan ca kurve sribhasyatirtthe parahamsatu- styai vagjahibandhacchidam abhyupayam (') atra bhasye, etc.

F. 20: — prathamavarnakam ii

F, 32:—caturttbavarnakam ii prathamasutram samaptam ii It ends: — atmaniscayat an maryyadayam pramatvtvasya kalpitatvepi pratyaksadivisayavadhat pramrin(y)ain iti bhavah II om ramanamni pare dhamni krtsnamnayasamaii- vayali karyyatatparyyabadhena sadbitas suddbabuddha- ye II srigurubbyo namo namali, etc.

(2)

Tlie Balivrcahraliuicmopanisadvivarana, or Aitareyoimni-

sadllidmja, i. e. the Commentary on the Aitareya-Upanisad, by ^afikara (ff. 70—94b). Printed in the Bibliotheca Indica, vok yil, Calcutta 1850.

It begins (f. 70): — om parisamaptam karmma sahapara- brahmavisayavijfianenaisa karmmano jhanasabitasya para gatir ukthavijhrina[sa]d\Tireno[no]pasaiphrty etat (read "sam- hrtaitat?) satyam brahma pranakhyam etc.

It ends (f. 94b):—asmat k:)kad utkrammyamusmin loke sarvan kaman aptvamrtas samabhavas samabhavat ity iipa sri- stam (?) iti ii itiDR.RUPNATHJI(sri-Govindabhagavatpiijyapadasisyasya DR.RUPAK NATH ) matparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasya srimac - Chamkara- bhagavatah krtan bahvrcabrahmanopanisadvivaranara sam-

ii sa- pfirnam ii gurubhyo namali aitareyopanisatbhasyam

maptam II

I For dugdhapracura the metre reciuircs -^- -^^. The Edition reads o dattadugdhapracurasuranuta". .

-^ 104 f<^

(3)

Tlie Kaufdalm, or Sdnibavya Grhyasutm (ff. 1 —23). This is the MS. K. discussed by Prof. Oldenberg in his edition of the Sahkhayaua-Grhyasutra. See Indische Studien, vol XV, p. 4 seq.; Sacred Books of the East, vol XXIX, p. 6 seq.

It begins: — utthaya pratar acamyahar aha svaddhyayam adhiyitadya no deva savitar iti dve, etc. (see Sankhayana-

Grhyastitra I, 4).

F. 12 b, 13: — iti kausitakagrhye prathamoddhyayah il 19: F. — iti kausitakagrhye dvitiyoddhyayah ii srlguru" . . pindapitiyajhe aparanhe aniavasyayam, etc. 21: F. — iti kausitakagrhye pindapitryajnavidhil.i ii The last chapter contains Mantras with accents (the udatta only being marked by the sign '>- placed on the top of the letters), beginning: — ayusyam varccasyam rilyasposam autbhidam i idam hiranyam varccasvaj jaitraya

visatad ii mam 1 i (See Mantrapatha, II, 8; Asv. Grhy.

Ill, 8, 21.)

It ends (f. 23): — priyam ma kuru devesu priyam ma

brahmane kuru i priyam nsvesu bliiitesu mayi dhehi ruca- rucam ii harili om etc.

(4) A metrical Commentary on the KanfdalM or Sdmhavya- Orhyasutra (ff. 24—57). See the preceding number.

It begins (f. 24 = f. 1): — natva Kausitakacaryyam Sam- vya- bavyam siitrakrttamam i guhyan tadiyyam samksipya

khyasyai bahuvismrtain i yathakramam yathabodham pahca- vrttikaradyai ddhyayasamanvitam i vyakhyatam srauta- DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) smarttavicaksanaih i utthayosasy athaplutya sandhyam

karmma samapya ca i kurvita nityam svaddhyayam ara-

bhyadyan na {sic) ity a(r)thah i

F. 43b (= f. 20b): — grhye kausitakiyesmin etad uttari- pilrvaddhyayasasahcita yasammata i vyrdchyata karikarupa

11 {sic) harih om i etc. ->^ 105 H$-

It ends (f. 57 = f. 34) with the description of funeral rites (the Ekoddista ^ruddha begins f. 55 b): — daksinurtthaii ca giirave dadyat svistakrtady atha na (read "ki-dadya- rthena?) sistakarmma samapyagnim iipatisthec ca sanna- met II harih om etc.

(5)

The Asvaldyajia-Grht/asntra (ff. 1 —29).

It begins:—uktani vaitani(kani) grhyani vaksyamah, etc.

The first Adhyaya (21 Khandas) ends f. 12 b, the 3'

vijiiayate i (IV, 8, 18 Stenzler).

(6)

The Sarvdnulmunanl, by Kdtydyana, divided into eight Astakas (ff. 30—54). Incomplete.

It begins: — agnin nava Madhuscbanda Vaisvamitro, etc. It breaks off after Rv. X, 105: — tristub antyadya gayatrl va II 5 II ubhau bhutam ii srigurubhyo namali ii srlmahatri- purasundaryj^ai namali ii barib om subham astu ^rigana- dbipataye namali ii

(7)

Lists of words, occurring in the Bgveda-samliitd, and ottering certain difficulties with regard to Sandhi: apparently a kind of Parisista to the Pratisakhya (ft\ 55—86).

In the margin of f. 55 it is wrongly described as 'Sarvanu- kramani'. DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) It begins (f. 55): — ganadhipan namaskrtya gurun devih

sarasvatlh i sandigdhacchedanany ukta (read uktva) vili-

khyante padany atha i ejante ca visargante pade ci parato

yatah i vigrhya tulyariipa syat sarahita tatra samsayab i ya rjra mahyam mamalie ko no maliya aditaye yo vo mahya abhisanteh sakhyaya bra ba bhra iidhany urddhva ^ 106 f<-

•usuna iitaye ubha iirunanta dina blind ublia u arasave nakarante makarante parayo^ ca tavargayoh ntanade sat

tulyarupa sarahitatrapi samsayah i etc.

(f. It ends 86 b): —kaniyan i tvasta i avagra paficadasa |

uciili i satyam i rupakam ahali i avenat i ranan i akrnvan |

i atisthan i i sindhun sukarmmah dharttali i nali i avagra

i iti trini i rbliur vibhvali i caturdasa rbhub i agmata |

i vSjali i i iti i I uta I agriyah avagra dasa dve anavatah

srir i i i naye gnas patnibbih daivena sindhubbih ye i ra-

jabhih n

79.

WmsH No. 79.

Size: ll-sXl^ in-. (1) + 31 + 131 + (1) leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 1829. The MS. may be about 50 years older.

Character: Grantha, except fi'. 1— 67b (Parilsara-Smrti I—IV) wbich are in Malayalam.

(1)

The SaiilMrdcCiryacarlta, a Life of Sankara, in 9 Adbya- yas.'^ This seems to be another recension of the work described under the same title by Burnell, Tanjore p. 96 seq.

It begins : ganesaya namas tasmai yatprasadavivasvata — |

pratyiihaddhvantaviddhvamsali kriyate bhaktakarmmanam I

madlyarasanaramge natanesu samutsukah i esa sarasvati

bhiiyat satam anandadayini i samasritapadambhojajanata-

surapadapah i etc. It ends:—srimac-Chamkaradesikasya caritam stotram pra- bodhapradan nirddagdhakhilapapa(ca)ndanavipinam sani-

ksiptamDR.RUPNATHJI(etan narah i ye DR.RUPAKsrunvanti pathanti NATH ) cadarayutas sahcintayanty anvaham te labdhva bhuvi sampadah ca

sakalam ante labhantemrtara ii iti Samkarilcaryyacarite

desikacaryyasayujyapraptir nnama navamoddhyayah ii harih

II acaryyavilasas ii cm samaptah cm i

I The author is Govindanatha, accordino^ to Prof. Aufrecht. -^, 107 r^

(2)

The Pardiarasmrti with the Commentary of Mddhavd- cCirya, in 12 Adhyayas. pasyanti smaranti It begins: — Maniih i srutim munayah pramitani ca tatha smrtiru i tasmat pramanara ubhayam sa bhuvi I yovamanyeta te tubhe heyasastrasrayo narah i

saJhubhir bahiskaryyo nastiko vedanindaka iti i Parasara-

smrtav asya (read asyaiu?) granthaklp.tir vivicyate i dve kande of dvadasaddhyaye sloka astonasatsatam i etc. (See edition the Parasarasmrti in the Bibliotheca Indica, I, p. 12 seq.)

F. 40:—vedrdvsaravicrirena sCidras caiKlalatam vrajet I

iti 1 madyani bahuvidhani . . . agamya bhaginyadayah I mahrirajadhirajaparamesvaravaidikama- spastam anyat i iti rgapravarttakasrivira - Bukkanabhupalasammrajyadhuran- dharasya Madhavamatyasya krte Parasarasmrtivyakhyaya

Madhavlyavyakhyayas sanigrahe prathamoddhyayah ii sivaya namah li

Adhyaya II ends I 49, A. Ill f. 58b, A. IV f. 67b,

A. V f. 70, A. VI f. 78b, A. VII f. 84b, A. VIII f. 93b,

A. IX f. 99 b, A. X f. 108, A. XI f. 119b. Adhyaya XII ends (f. 131):—yathaddhyayanakarmmani prayatnena niya- dharmmasastram idan tatha i adhyetavyain

tam svargagamina ii iti srimaharajadhirajaparamesvara- vaidikamargapravarttakasrlvira-Bukkana-Madhavamatyasya krtau Parasarasmrtivyakhyayam Madhaviyakhyayam dva- arhantu dasoddhyayah i karaki-tam aparadham ksantum

li il santah i; srimahatripurasundaryyai namo namah harih orn

80.

Wiiisii No. 80. page. Size: 12lxlsDR.RUPNATHJI(in., (1) + 196 + (1) leaves,DR.RUPAK10 lines NATHon a ) Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Telliclierry 1829.' The MS. may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.

The HarihhaJdisudlwilai/a from the Ndradlya-Piirdna, with a Commentary, in 20 Adhyayas. •^ 108 H$-

It begins:—suklambaradharam visniim ^asivarnan catur-

bhujam i prasannavadanan dhyayet sarvavighnopasantaye ii

gurave sarvalokanam bhisaje bliavaroginam i nidhaye sar-

vavidyanam sridaksinamurttaye namali i yasya bhavanaya

daityas tatara bhavasagaram i dustaran tad aham vande

narasimham mahat param i sakalasancitan duritasamtati- samanadvarakaprriripsitaparisamaptiphalakaparadevatanu -

ddhyanalaksanam mamgalam anutisthati i ekam yaj jana-

II yatiti ekam yaj janayatiti i ekam yaj janayaty anekatanu- blirtsasyanny ajasram mitho bliinnakaragunani kaiscid api

va noptan na siktan jalaili i kalenapi na jlryyate huta- bhuja no dahyate klidyate natbhis tat sakalasya bijam

anisam bralimabbiyan dhimabi ii F. 10 b: — iti sriharibhaktisudhodaye savyakbyane pratha-

moddbyayab ii

F. 105b:— iti sribaribbaktisudhodaye mabapurane savya-

kbyane ekadasoddhyayab ii

It ends: — Saimakadin naimisiyan brahmasunus tirodadbe ii brabmasunur Nnaradab ii etan Naradlyapuranasravanaka-

tbanayoli pbalam aba ya idam iti i ya idam srunuyan

nityam baribbaktisudhodayam i katbayed va sa papaugbair

mmukto moksaii ca gaccbati ii saktyaddbyatmake tat asakrt- sravanadinoktasadbanadvara moksas siddbyatiti sarva(m)

samafijasam ii iti sriharibbaktisudbodaye mabapurane savya-

kbyane vimsoddbyayali li srikrsnaya namab ii etc.

81.

Whish No. 81.

Size: 12.7X15- in., (1) + 110 + 86 + (1) leaves, 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: DR.RUPNATHJI(Entry by Mr. Whish DR.RUPAKdated '5tii January NATH1830 ) Tellicherry.' The MS. may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.

(1)

Tbe Vedantasdra , or Veddntasdraxn'alMrana , by Sadd- nmida (ff. 1—17). ^^ 109 •<-

It begins: — on namo nrsimhaya i akhandam saccidrman- asraye- dam avanmanasagocaram i atmanam akhiladharam ati[m]tadvaita- bliTstasiddliaye i artthatopy advayanandfin Yedrintasrira(m) vaksye yathfi- bhanatali i guriin araddhya namopanisat pramanan tadupakarini sari- mati I vedrmto

rakasutrudini ca i etc.

It ends (f. 17b):—vimuktas ca vimucyate ity evam adi sruteh ii iti paramahamsaparivrajakacaryya-Sadanandakrtau vedantasaraprakaranam samaptam ii ^rlgurucaranaravinda- bhyan namo namah ii

(2)

The Paiicadasl, or Pancadasapra'karana {CitracUpa etc.), by Vidydranija Ttrtha (ff. 18—110). See No. 58.

It begins (f. 18): —yathfi citrapate drstam avasthanafi

tathavasthacatustayam | catustayam i paramatmani vijneyan yatlia dliauto ghattitas ca lancliito rafijitah patah (i) cidan-

taryyamisutratma virat catmil tathocyate i etc.

F. 34:— iti ^riparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasri-Yidya- ranyamunivaryyaviracitam citradipakhyam prakaranam

il sampiirnam ii srilaksmlnrsirphaya namah

- F. 56 : — iti srimatparamahamsaparivrajakacaryya sri- Yidyaranyatirtthamunivaryyena viracitam kutasthadipa- khyam prakaranam sampurnam ii

The Dhyanadlpa ends f. 65, the Natakadlpa f. 66 b, the

Tattvaviveka f. 70, the Pancabhutaviveka or Mahabhuta- viveka f. 76 b, the Pancakosaviveka f. 79 b, the Jivadvaita (in f. 85, the Mahavakyaviveka f. 85b, the Brahmananda

five Adhyayas) f. 110. It ends:— tatvamos sarngatau satvaram dvaitaparoksya-

piirvabodho parisyate(?) ii varjitarn i viruddhamDR.RUPNATHJI(i dasatyagat DR.RUPAK NATH )

ii harih om i srigurubhyo namah

(3)

The Pratyalhijndnasaliuntala, or AhhijmnasakiintaJa, by Kdliddsa, in 7 Acts.

It begins: —yil srstis srastiir adya vahati i etc. -^i 110 ^

The Prakrit passages differ somewhat from our editions, and are followed by a Sanskrit version. The following are the two first speeches of the Natl: — ama iam hmi i aryya

iyam asmi i and:— suvihidampaoadae araamsa na kim vi

parihavairasidi i suvihitaprayogataya aryyasya na kimapi

parihapayisyati i

F. 13 b:— iti pratyabhijiiana^akuntale prathamomkah ii The Vidusaka's speech at the beginning of the 2^^"^ Act begins:— ha hadohmi i eamsa miaasilamsa ramno vayamsa-

bhavena i ha hatosmi i etasya mrgayasilasya raj ho vayasya-

bhavena i aam miao aam varaho i etc. 2'^d 3^^ The ^ct ends f. 23b, the Act f. 33b, the 4*^^ Act 5^^ f. 47, the Act f. 57, the 6*^ Act f. 75. It ends:—iti pratyabhijhanasaku(nta)le saptamomkah i

ii harih oiu sriguru" . . . ii Srdiuntalam samaptam i

82.

Whish No. 82.

Size: 111 It in., 89 [really as X (1) + 90, 31 is double] + (1) leaves, 11 or 12 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Wliisli dated '5th January 1830 Tellicherry.' The MS. was either written for Mr. Whish in the Virodhin year (see below) corresponding to A. D. 1829,30, or perhaps in A. D. 1769/70. Scribe: Raghunatha, son of Ramakrsua. Character: Grantha.

The Sdhityasarvasva , a Commentary on Kalidasa's Ahhijhdnasakuntala, by ^rlnivasacdrya, sou of Tlmmaya Arya, of the VaikJidnasa family. It begins:— laksmim vas sutaran tanotu madhukrlla- ksmimukhambhoruho bhaktabhistavarapradanauipunas Se- DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) sadricudamanih i . . . Vaikhanasanvayapayodhimrga(ii)kamu- rtti srlkausiko vijayate khalu Timmayakhyah i tasya putrosti vidyanam svayamvarapatir mmahau i anvartthauama vikh-

yata-Srinivasagunakarah i (yam) Srluivasam akhilagamasara- siudhukumbhotbhavam budhajauah pariklrttayanti i soham vicaryya bharatadimunipranitam sastrain kavindraracitani -^ 111 f^

ca natakrini i uyayam Plianindrapluinitin ca kapinjalan atha Jaiminina krtaii ca tikanta ca' Kanadatautram i (read tikam karoiui?) vidusam paritosanaya ^akuntalasya

Phanisailapateh prasadat i vyfikliyane kalpite kificit nutauaii

natra kutracit i purvasuribhir uktesu saiTin uddhrtyacamate

(read °badliyate?) i etam sajjanaranjanaksamagunopeta- magliam tikrim yatnavata maya viracitam, etc. F.30:—itisrlramana-Vemkatesacaranambujasamaradhaka- Timmayixryyaputrena sakalakalapakusalenayaikliana(sa)ku- lavatamsena iSrinivasacar}'}'ena viracite praudhavedye sahityasarvasvasamakhyane Sakuntalavyakhyane prathamomkali ii

It ends : — iti sriramana- Verakatesacaraiiambujasamara- dliaka-Timmayriryyaputrena sakakikalakalapakusaleua Vai- khanasakulavatamsena Srinivasacaryyena viracite praudhavedye sahityasarvasvasamakhyane Sakuntalavyakhyane saptamomkah ii srigurubhyo uamah n . . . anandavallisameta- srlcandramaulesvarasvamisahaya ii . . . sakuntalavyakhyanam

samriptam ii

virodhisamjnam samprapte hayane margasirsake l masi pah- hy aslesasamjnayan tarakayam krter(?)dine i tithau camasamjfmyain Eamakrsnasya sununa Eaghunatbena vidusa likbitani bhadram astu vah il harih om etc.

83.

WmsH No. 83.

Size: 19^x11- in., (5) + 174 + 2 + (4) leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: An entry by Mr. Wbisli is dated 'August 1830 Telliclierry'. The MS. seems to be fairly old, ITtii or 18tii century. Character: Grantba.

Injiirics: The MS.DR.RUPNATHJI(lias been damaged DR.RUPAKby insects NATHon ff. 17) — 32

(f. 24 seriously), 34-37 (seriously), 43-45, 79-80, 102-106 (f. 103 seriously), 112—115, 150— 154 (seriously), and 168—169.

The Satacldmju, by Yemkatamltha, in 6G chapters.

Mr. Whish describes it as the 'Xata-Duzini; or refutation

I For ca kapinjalan ca read Kapilasya tantram? -^ 112 f^

of the Uttara Mimamsa'. According to Aufrecht CC. p. 630 (see Mitra-Bikaner p. 519; Hall p. 112) it is 'directed against the Samkhya doctrine'. See also Hultzsch II, p. 145 sqq. (No. 1532). It begins: — sriman Verakatanatharyyali kavitarkkika-

kesari i vedantacaryyavaryyo me sannidhattam sada hrdi i samaharas samnam pratipadam rcan dhama yajusa(in) layah

pratyuhanam laharivitatir bodhajaladlieh i kathadarppaksu- bhyatkalikathakakolahalabhavam hara tvan tad dhvantam

hayavadanahelahalahalah i idam prathamasambhavatkuma-

tijalakularakasa mrsamatavisanalajvalitajivajivatavah i ksa- ranty amrtam aksayam yatipurandarasyoktayas cirantana-

sarasvaticikurabandhasairandhrikah i pracTm iipetya padavim

yatirajadrstam yat kificid anyad api va matam asrayantah I prajfia yathoditam idam sukavat pathantah pracchanna-

bauddhavijaye parito yataddhvam i padahavesu nirbhettum

vedamargavidusakan i prayujyatam sarasreni nisita ^atadti-

sani I tatra tavac chastrarambhe i etc.

F. 3: — iti kavitarkikasimhasya sarvatantrasvatantrasya srimad-Yemkatanathasya vedantacaryyasya krtisu ^atadu- sanyam brahmasabdavrttyanui)apatti?adah prathamah ii

F. 38 b: — iti satadusanyam nirvisesavisayanirvikalpaka- bhamgavada ekadasah ii

F. 64b: — iti satadusanyam samvidanutpattidusanavada ekavimsali ii

F. 95: — iti . . . atmadvaitabhavas sattrimsah li

F. 128: — iti . . . vikalpapramanyabhamgostacatvarira-

sah II

It ends: — na casti samvada iti darsitam iti ii iti kavi- tarkkikasimhasya sarvatantrasvatantrasya srimad-Vemkata- nathasya vedantacfiryyasya krtisu satadusanyam advaitimate sutrasvarasyaDR.RUPNATHJI(bhamgas satsastitamah DR.RUPAK NATHii harih ) cm srimate vedantagurave namali ^rikavitarkkikasimhamahagurave nam ah ii Then follow three pages, containing some fragment of a Vedantic treatise, beginning: —jhananandagunopetam

jnananandamayam mahah i etc. ^ ii;] ^

U. Whish No. 84 a.

Size: 14xli in., (2) + 134 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Cadroor 1827'. The MS. may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.

The MaMhM7-at(( , Parvaii v: The Utlyoga Farvan, Adhyayas 1 —94. It begins:—Vyasam Vasisthanaptaram Sakteh pautraiu akalmasam iParasaratmajam vande Sukatatan taponidhiiii i

Janamejayah i vrtte vivahe hrstatma uvacaYudhisthirah yad i tat sarvaiii kathayasveha krtavanto yad uttaram i Vai- ***** ^ampayanah i ki- (bhmk) kurupraviras tathabhiraanyor

mmuditas sapaksrih i visramya catvar}7 usasi pratltas sabhain viratasya tatobhijagmuh i etc.

F. 133b: — ity udyogaparvani trinavatitamodhyayah ii

Vaisam i tam bhuktavautam, etc. (v, 92 in Bombay edition). It breaks off with the words: — sarvadha hi mahabaho daivair api durutsahah i prabha (v, 92, 28 Bombay).

85.

Whish No. 84 B.

Size: 18s x Is in-, (2) + 208 + (2) leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry August 1830'. The

MS. is of the same date as No. 8-1. Character: Grantha.

The Mahabhdrata, Parvan v: The Udyoga-Parvan, DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) Adhyayas 41 —198 (the end of the Parvan). It begins:—Dhrtarastrah i anuktam yadi te kihcit vfica

vidura vidyate i dharmmam ^usrusate bridii vicitrani

vibhasase i etc.

F. 77: — iti sri-udyogaparvani caturimavatitamoddhyayah ii

Vaisam i vidurasya vaca srutva prasritam purusottamah i iti -^ 114 H$-

hovaca bbagavan vacanam madhusudanah i siikrsnali i yatha bruyan mabaprajiio, etc. (v, 93 Bombay).

It ends: — vadayanti sma sambrstas sabasrasataso narah ii ity udyoge mababbarate satasabasrikayara sambitayam udyogaparvani paiidavayuddbasannabo namastanavatisata- tamoddbyayab ii matrkadosato vatba likbitur ddosatotba-

satbbir anjasa ii va I nyimatiriktako grantbas samsoddbyas barih om, etc.

86.

Whish Xo. 85.

Size: 12|xl-s- in., (1) + 81 + 16 + (2) leaves, 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr, Whish dated 'Tellicherry 1830", The MS, may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha. (1) Tbe ChandogamantrahrdhniancibMsya, a Commentary on tbe Mantra-Brdhmana or Mantra-Parvan of tbe Sdmaveda, by Sdyana, in 2 cbapters, Tbis is MS. 'C, used by Dr. Heinricb Stouner for bis edition of tbe I^.Iantrabrabmana (Inaugural-Dissertation znr Erlangung der Doctorwiirde),

Halle a. S. 1901. It begins:— pranipatya gurim adyan vedavedarttbako-

jananti pravaktum madrsa api i sada vidan i yatprasadena

samatvavaisamyanirabadbatvabetubbib i ccba(read ccba)-

ndogyamantrabbasyam vai Gunavisnor vidbasyate i abam

l^adyavisalarttbapramavakyoptiYisvatab^ I tatbapy asraya-

saundaryya(j) janomusmin prapasyatu i aditenumanyasvety adityadidevatakam adi 1 yajustrayam parisecane viniyuktam

aditir devatS sapi sarvatra karmmany anujnrman dasyati i etc.

F. -lib : —vedarttbasya prakasena tamo haddi vakarab su- DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) stbiram anugrnbatu {sic) vidyatirttbamabesvarab i srlmadrS,- jarajaparamesvaravaidikamargapravarttaka - srivira-Bukka- bbupalasa(mra)jyadhurandbarena Sayanaryyaviracite Mfi- dbaviye vedarttbfyjaprakase samabrabmanabb5sye mantra-

parvani pratbamoddbyayab ii yasya nisvasita veda, etc.

I Stonner reads: yady api sastrarthapramavakyoktiviplavah. ~> 115 f^

It ends : — vedartthasya prakasena tamo bfirdan nivara-

yan i piijyamas caturo vedan vidyatlrtthamunLsvaram ii iti srimatrajadbirajaparamesvaravaidikamrirgapravarttakasrivi- ra-Bukkabliupalasammrajyadliurandharena S5,yanacriryyena viracite Madliavlye vedartthaprakase ccliandogamantra- braliraanabliasye mantraparvani dvitiyapatbake saptamah

kbandab II srigurucarana° etc.

(2)

Tbe Mantraparran, or MantrapdtJia , or Mantra -Brd- hmana of tbe Sdmaveda, in 2 Patalas, containing the Mantras prescribed by tbe Gohhila-Orliyasidra. See Dr. Stonner's Dissertation, p. xi. It begins:—deva savitah jira suva yajnam pra suva yajnapatim bhagaya divyo gandharvab ketapub ketan nab punatu vacaspatir vacan na svadatu, etc. It ends:—pra nu vocan cikituse janaya {sic) ma gam ana- gam adbitani (read aditim?) vadbista om utsrjata ii man-

dvitiyab ii tra[m]parvani patba(b) samiXptam barib i man- trapatba samaptam ii

87.

Whish No. 86.

Size: 13f Xl? in.. (2) + 69 [really 68, as f. 68 is missing] leaves, 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Probably end of 18 ti^ century. Character: Grantha.

Tbe 2Iahdhhdrata. Fragment of the Drona-Parvan (VII), Adhyayas 1 — 34.

It begins:—om Sanjayah i tam apratimasatvaujobalavir- DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) yyaparakramam i batan devavratam srutva pahcalena

^ikhandina i etc.

67: iti F. — dronaparvani dvatrirnsoddbyayah ii dvitlyopa- haras samaptah ii It breaks off in the middle of Adhyaya 34 with tbe sisunaikena words:— samare dvisatsainyani vai maya i adya -^ 116 f^

draksyanti rajanah kalyamanani sampa^ah i Yudhisthirah i evan te bhasamanasya balam saubhadra varddhatam i yas tvam utsahase bhettum dronanikam su. See YII, 35, 26—29.

88.

WmsH No. 87.

Size: ISxSj in., (1) + 129 +(2) leaves, on an average 14 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entries by Mr. Whisli dated '1829' and 'June S^d i831 Tellicherry.' The MS. was i^robably written A. D. 1792. See Xo. 103. Character: Grantha, very small. The ^ivarahasya-Khcmda, from the Sankarasamhita of the Skamla -Parana. Vol. I, containing _the Samhhava-

Kanda in 50 Adhyayas (ff. 1 — 53), the Asura-Kanda in

15 Adhyayas (£f. 53 — 74), the Viramahendra - Kanda in

7 Adhyayas (ff. 74—84b), and the Yuddha-Kdnda in

35 Adhyayas (ft'. 85— 129 b). For Vol. II, see No. 103 (Whish No. 102).

It begins:— omkaranilayan devam gajavaktrah catur-

. bhujam picandilam aham vaude sarvavighnopasantaye i . .

pura kancyaii catu(r)vaktrah tatapa paraman tapah I srastu-

kamah prajas sarvah krpaya paramesituh i tasmin mahe- sthitva sacaranaparicaryyaparayane i munayah katicit punye

garhasthya uttame i etc. F. lb:— om ity adimahapurane snskande samkarasamhitayam sivarahasyakhande sambhavakande sutamunisam- vado nama prathamoddhyayah il F. 53:— om ity adimahapurane sriskande samkarasamhitayam sivarahasyakhande sambhavakande pahcasoddhya-

ii yah II sivaya namah ii harih om sambhavakandas samaptah DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) F. 74: — om ity . . . sivarahasyakhande asurakande pahca-

ii da^oddhyayah ii asurakandas samaptah

F. 84b:— om ity . . . sivarahasyakhande viramahendraka-

ii nde saptamoddhyayah ii srlsambaya parabrahmane namah

on tat brahmarpanam i om subham astu viramahendraka-

pdas samaptah ii -^- 117 f^

It ends (f. 129 b): —om ity udiinaluipuiTuie srDikande igamkarasaiphitayrini sivarahasyakbande yuddbakande sura- patmasambaro nama paucati-insoddbyriyab li . . . yuddbakfi-

iidas samaptab ii yadrsam pustakau drstva i etc.

89.

Whish Ko. 88.

Size: IItXU in., (2) + 84 + (lo) + 108 + (H) leaves, 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Telliclierry 1830.' The MS. may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.

(1)

Tbe Pratdparudrayasobliumna (or Pratdparudra, or Pratd- parudrli/a), by Vidi/dndtha. It is incomplete, ending at tbe beginning of tbe cbapter on Artbrdamkaras. It begins:—vidyakairavakaumudlm srutisirassimantacu- damanin daran patmabbuvas trilokajananlm vande giran yatpadabjanamaskriyas sukrtinam srirasvata- devatam i

prakriyabijanyasabbuvo bbavanti kavitanatyaikajivatavah i Y. 8:— iti sri-Vidyanfitbakrtau prataparudrayasobbiisane iilamkarasastre nayakaprakaranam samaptam ii j^. 84:—iti Yidyanatbakrtau virarudrayasobbusane sa- bdalamkaraprakaranam i! atbarttbalamkarab i

It breaks off (f. 84b) witb tbe words: —upamanopame- yasadbriranadbarmmasadr^yapratipratipadakanam prayoge

f. in tbe litbograpbed edition of tbe Prata- purna I See 74b parudriya (publisbedDR.RUPNATHJI(at Poona 1849, DR.RUPAKSake 1771). NATH )

(2)

Tbe ^ivdrcanasiromaui, a manual of Saiva worsbip, by Bralimdnandandtlia, a pupil of Lolidnandandtlia, composed by order of Amrtdnandandtlia (complete?) in seven UUasas. ~^i 118 H^

It begins:— santi sreyamsy anekani jananam yatprasa- vande devim tripurasundarimj datah i matamgavadanam yasya svatmavabodliodayavigatamahamoliagadliandliakaiTis sanmargan darsayantah khalu caranajusara santi cante akhilam id asad vasantah i satyam brahmeti dehady am veti santavadanta sri-Lokanandanatbam guriivaram anisam bhavaye sambamiirttim ii . . . Amrtanandanathasya niyogat

tasya dbimatab i sri-Brahmanandanatboham bitayalpa-

i dbiyam api i sri-Lokanandanatbasya sisyavargapurogamab

tantrany alokya sarvani kulariiavamukhani ca i arabbe vi- saml- staram karttum sivarccanasiromanim i santas santas

ksyaitat santu santustamanasah i sadbako rajanituryyayame vibuddbva cavasyakam krtva bastau padau ca praksalya-

camya i svasane samupavisya pujamurtter nnirmmalyara

visarjjya praksalya i etc.

F. 15: — iti sri-Lokanandanatbasisyena Brabmananda-

nathena viracite sivarccanasiromanau pratbamollasab ii 2°d Tbe Ullasa ends f. 30b, tbe 3'^ Ullasa f. 45, tbe

4*^ U. f. 60, tbe 5*^ U. f. 82, tbe 0'^ U. f. 98b. It ends (or breaks off witb?):— eby ebi varuni devi mama siddbim siddbim kuru priye i apavitram parityajya sadbake

te i arpaya i sarvapatramaye devi sudbarilpe namostu

90.

Whish No. 89.

Size: 13f Xl"5^ in., 97 leaves, from 8 to 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry 1830.' The MS. may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.

Tbe Adhikaranaratnamdld, by Bhdratillrtlia, incomplete. Printed DR.RUPNATHJI(under the title Yydsddhikaranamdld DR.RUPAK NATH )at tbe end of vol. II of P. Eama Narayana Vidyaratna's edition of tbe Yedanta-Sutras (Bibliotbeca Indica, 1863). It begins: —pranamya paramatmanam vidyatlrttbasvaru-

pinara | Vayyasiki (read Vaiyasiki) nyayamala slokais saiii- grbyate praripsitasya grantbasyavigbne(na) pa- spbutam | ->* 110 H^

risamaptaye i pracayagamanaya ^istacaraparipalanaya ca[ra] visii?testadevatatatvain gurumurttyupadhipiktamanaskrtya (read °am iiamaskrtya) grantham pratijanite pranamyeti

Vyiisena prokta Vaiyyasiki i etc.

F. 3b: — tatra sastrasya prathamara siitram ii athato brahmajijnasa ii pratliamadhikaranara riracaya(ti), etc. 12: F. — prathamasyaddliyayasya pratliamah padah i vasudevaya namah ii sarvatra siddhopade^at ii

Ff. 28b, 29: — iti srimatparamaliamsapanvrajakacri(r)yya- Bharatitirtthapranitayaiu adhikaranaratnamalayam pratha- maddhyayasya caturttbapadali ii It breaks off after tbe 7"' Adhikarana in Adbyaya lY,

Pada 2 witb tbe following words:—saptama + ti i jfiasya ity vagadaya svasvabetau linab i paretbava agnim vag

adi^astrat svasvalietusii tallaya(li) i nadyabdbilayasamyokter

vidvaddrstya layali pare i anyadrstiparam sastram gnim vag ity udabi'tam tatvajnani no vagadayah prana viliyamanab pratisvikesu karanesu viliyante na tu mabatmani yatrasya purusasya mrtasyiXsti vag apy eti vatain pranas caksur

adityam ity adi sruter iti prapte brumab i tatvavido drstya paramatmany eva paya. (See edition p. 72.)

91.

WmsH No. 90.

Size: llTXlrr in., (2) + 70 + 58 + (2) leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'Tellicherry 1830'. The MS. may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.

(1) DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) Tbe Gylii/rqmrisista, a compendium of domestic rites. It is incomplete, and tbe name of tbe aiitbor is not mentioned.

Amongst tbe autborities quoted are Satyayani (ff. 6, 65),

Ranayana Muni (f. 24b), Salibotra Muni (f. 51b), Rauruki

(f. 66b), and «aunaka (ff. 66 b, 70). -^ 120 :«-

The following are some of the ceremonies described in this work:

saucavidhi (f. 1), mrttikasnanavidhi (f. 2), sandhyopa- sanavi'' (f. 3 b), brahmayajhavi° (f. 4b), jiratisarabandhavi"

(f. 6 b), ankurarpanavi° (f. 7 b), punyahavi° (f. 8 b), udaka- santivi° (f. 9), rudrasamhitayah kalpa (f 13), mahabhise- kavi° (f. 13), satabhisekavi° (f. 14), parjanyasuktavi° (f. 15), arkavivahavi° (f. 15 b), agnivivaha (f. 17 b), grhasantivi"

(f. 18), ankurasya vidhi (f. 22 b), apamrtyuhjaya (f. 25b), ayurhomasya laksana (f. 27b), grharcanavi° (f. 32), agha- marsanasukta (f. 36 b), garbhinivi° (f. 40), vrsotsarjanavi°

(f. 41), ekoddistavi° (f. 42), nandimukhasraddha (f. 44), pindapitryajhavi" (f. 45b), krcchravi" (f. 56b), candrayana

(f. 58 b), sarpasanti (f. 68). It begins:^— athatas saucavidhim vyakhyasyamo gramad diirataram gatva yajhopavitam sirasi daksinakarne va ki'tva mrttika grnhati kastham antarddiiaya iipaviiied, etc.

F. 6: — athatas Satyayaniproktani grhyagniprayascittani vyakhyasyamo, etc.

The l"t Prapathaka (in 25 Khandas) ends f. 17 b.

F. 51b: — iti grhyapari(siste) dvitlyaprapathake ekona- vimsah khandah ii athatas sampravaksyami karmma prsta-

(read vrsti?)pradayakam i Salihotrena nmnina prokta(m)

lokahitaya ca i

F. 61 (II, 40 begins): — athatas sampravaksyami vivaham

pipalasya tu i margasirse maghamase vaisakhe krttikepi

i vrksa- va I vivaha(m) karayed evam pipilasya mahaphalam

civayam praticyan tu mandapam krirayec chubham i etc.

F. 65b: — iti grhyaparisiste karikayam Satyayaniprokta- sarvaristasanti ii

F. 66 b:DR.RUPNATHJI(— iti grhyaparisiste DR.RUPAKkarikayam NATHRaurukina ) viracita- vidhuragnisandhanam ii

F. 70:-— iti Saunakoktasarppasantis samapta ii sarpasanti-

homamantrah i etc.

It breaks ofi" (f. 70b) with the w^ords: — kayantararjjitan

ii ii do§am kalarupi vyapohatu svaha i suryyayedam om ~>- 121 i^r-

(2)

The Sdraraliasijacciturvarnakramavihhdga, a treatise on

civil law, extracted from Vaidyandtha D'lksita's work {Smrtlmulddphala?).

It begins: — gurubhyo namah i abliisekadigunayuktasya

Di'pasya prajapalanan dbarmmah i tac ca dustanigrabam

antarena na sambbavati i dustaparijfianafi ca na vyavaba- rena vineti vyavabaradarsanam abarabab karttavyafni) ity

uktam (i) vyavabaran nrpab [,] pasyet sabbyaib j)arivrto-

iivabam iti i sa ca vyavabarab kidr.sab i etc.

F. 10 b: — iti vyavabaramiXtraprakaranara I ity arttbah It ends: — atmasamipaiu netavyab mocaniya |

evafi caturvarnakrama vicaryyab ii iti Vaidyanatbadiksiti- yoddbrtasararabasyacaturvarnakramavibbagas samaptah ii

sngurubbyo uamab i: :subbam astu ii

92.

Whish Xo. 91.

Size: ISixls in., (2) + 172 + 50 + (3) + 2 + (1) leaves, 12 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: An entry by Mr. "Whish is dated 1831. In the colophon, containing the date, 'Svabhanu' seems to be meant for 'Subhanu'. The Subhanu year immediately preceding 1831 is A. D. 1823/24, but tlie MS. was probably written in A. D. 1763/64.

Scribe: Yeinkus.l, a lady of Sekharijiattaua (?j Character: Grantha.

(1)

Tbe Blidffacllpikd, a Commentary on Jaimini's 2Ii))tdmsd-

iJarsana, by KhandadevamiiraDR.RUPNATHJI(, DR.RUPAKa pupil of NATHVisvesvara, ) Adbyayas I—VI, and XI—XII. Our MS. begins witb tbe first Sutra of Jaimini, wbile tbe MSS. described by

Hall p. 179; Aufrecbt- Oxford p. 353; Burnell, Tanjore

p. 83 b; Ind. Off. IV, pp. 704 seq.q.; and Mitra, Notices, vob VII, p. 271 (Xo. 2521) begin witb tbe second Pada of tbe first Adhyaya. -^ 122 f<-

It begins: — om Yisvesvaram gurun natva Khandadevas

satam mude i tanute tatprasadena saniksiptarn bhatta-

dipikam ii ilia khalii nikliilapumartthan artthasadhanaii dharmmadharmmau saragopamgavedaddliyayanaikasama-

dhigamyau tac ca vicaram antarena na bhavyayalam iti tatpradarssanaya paramakaruniko bhagavan Jaiminir aca- ryyas sakalavidyopakaridharmmamimri(m)srim athato dhar- mmajijnasety arabhya vidyate vanyakalatvad yatha yajya satnpraisa ityantais sfltrair baiica(read "h paucri?)dliika- ranagarbhitam sodasalaksanim abhyarhitam vidyara prakati-

cakara l adhikaranaii tu vedavat sadamgam i yad ahuli vi- sayo visayas caiva piirvapaksas tathottarara i saragatis ceti

pancamgam prancodhikaranam viduli iti prayojanaii ceti **** (blank) samgatiprasamgadibliedat bahuvidha itatredam adyam adhikaranam athato dliarmmajijnasa i (I, 1, 1.)

F. 18b:—iti sri-Khandadevaviracitayam bhattadlpikayam

pratliamasyaddhyayasya caturtthah padali ii addhyayas ca

sarapurnali ii

2""^ The Adhyiiya ends f. 38, the 3^^ Adhyaya f. 98, 4*1^ 5*^^ the A. f. 120, the A. f. 138 b, the 6"' A. f. 172.

Then begins the ll'^^ Adhyiiya (with a new foliation).

The 12*'^ Adhyaya begins f. 27 b.

It ends (f. 50) with the explanation of the Sutras XII,

4, 41 sqq.: — prabhutvat ii prasamgat brahmanasyaiva-

rtvijyam uta trayanam api varnanam iti cintayam . . .

iti brahmanasyaivartvijyam siddham i tad evan nirupitau

dvadasabhir addhyayair ddharmmadharmmau il iti ^rl- Khandadevamisraviracitayam bhattadlpikayam dvadasa-

syaddhyayasya caturtthah padah ii addhyayas ca samaptah ii

harih om ii DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) The scribe's colophon: — ambhomuksamaye svabhanu- saradi vi'kse kumTiryyahvaye (dutthe masi kanya, written underneath the last three w^ords) citrabhe prathama tithav

anasite pakse dine dyomaneh i bhattaprakpadadlpikam samalikhac chri-Vemkusa stri sudhi srlmacchekharipatta-

nottamasiroratnriyamano cirat ii om ii -^: 123 r^

(2)

F, 50b contains the following eight stanzas, called BrahmdmibJiavdstaka: — ritmavadhujanakaraksasunyo hy at-

matanubhavakamksasunyah i atmaniketanakamksasunyas

tusyati tusyati tusyaty eva i parani eva paran naparam

evam prabalanubhavadyotitabuddhih i upasamsriram sain-

prati hitva hrsyati hrsyati lirsyaty eva i prakrtipumaikye

drsyam sarvara sphiirati caracaravupara vis vara i iti medhavi

jivannmktim gacchati gaccliati gacchaty eva i tatvani asi

srutilaksyam vastu jhatva soham soham itiva i vagvrtter

yyo laksyam kurvan divyati divyati divyaty eva i satyam jfianam suddham anantara brahmaivaham tad ahan tv

eva I iti samskrtabuddhi's sarvara pasyati pasyati pasyaty

eva 1 atmanatmavicare saddhye sadhanahlno mudho jantuh i

iha sarasare paiTivare muhyati muhyati muhyaty eva i kiiii

va jfianam kim ivajnanam bhedo yasya na yato jantoh i

prajnanasrutivisayatvam syat iti vai manye manye manye i

sarasaravivekl dehi dehajfianain bhitvan(u)haya i bralima- jhane yatate yady api duhkhan nastan nastan nastam ii iti

brahmanubhavastakam samaptara ii om ii

(3)

Two leaves at the end of the volume contain Paradigms

of Conjugation, beginning: — sapi i bhii sattayam i edha

vrddhau i dupacas pake i pacati pacata ity adi i liti I

jDecitha i papaktha i etc., and ending: — luiii aciicurat acu-

i pujgyara curata luti corayitety adi i pala raksane arcca

ii purvavat luiii arccicat arccicata i

n. DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) Whish No. 92. on Size: 134 X2f in., (2) -f 248 -j- (2) leaves, from 12 to 14 lines a page. Material: Palm leaves.

I (rlloko divyati divyati) inserted, but crossed out. ^ 124 H$-

Date: Entry Ly Mr. Whish dated 1831. The MS. may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantba.

The Bhdsyarainaiorahhd , a Commentary on ^ankara's Bhasya on BadardyamCs Veddnta-Sdtras, by Govinddnanda, a pupil of Gopdla Sarasvatl. The name of Govindananda is given in the colophons at the end of I, 1; II, 2; 3; 4; IV, 4, while in the colophon at the end of the first

Adhyaya Rdmdnanda, the pupil of Govindananda, is mentioned as the author of the work. In the Berlin MS. (described by Weber-Berlin I, p. 177) Padas 3 & 4 are marked by 'Ramanandi' in the margin. According to Hall p. 89 (see also p. 202) the real author of the work is Ramananda Sarasvati, who dedicated his work to his Guru Govindananda. But it seems, we have to distinguish between the original Bhusyaratnaprabha by Govindananda (as printed in the edition of the Yedanta- Sutras, Bibl.

Ind.), and a Tippana or brief notes on it, by Ramananda.

(See Ind. Off* lY, p. 724.) Our MS. might be described as containing 'Ramananda's adnotated edition of Govinda- nanda's Bhasyaratnaprabha'. See also Aufrecht CO. p. 386, and above No. 78 (1).

It begins: — om sivaya parabrahmane namali i avighnam

astu I srigurucaranaravindabhyan namah i yam iha karu-

nikam saranam gatopy arisahodara apa mahat padam i tarn aham asu liarim varam asraye janakajamkam anantasukha-

krtim i Vibhlsanorisahodaropity anvayah i srigauryya nikhila- rtthadan(read °dan) nijapadambhojena muktipradam prau- vighnavanam harantam anagham sridumdhitundasina dham i vande, etc. . . . srimat-Gopalagirbhih prakatitaparamadvaita- bhasasmitasya-srimat-Govindavanlcaranakamalago nirvrto-

ham yathalih i moksaijuryyam srikaucyam srikamaksi- DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) dattam payasam devair api stutam prajyam sampurnam prakrstajyayuktani va yat bhojyam annam tenatipiijya i sri-Sivaramayoginah kihca sivas casau rfimas ceti svanamna srigaurinayakayoh abhedam prakatayanti tebhyo gurubhyo labdhatmabodho yaih srimat-Gopalasarasvatibhih fair ity

artthah i sri-Saijikaram bhasyakrtam in-anamya Yyasam ^- 1 25 -^

harim siitrakrtaii ca kurve i sribhasj'atlrtthe parahara?a-

tustyai vakjalri(read "jala)bandhaccliidam abliyupfiyam i atra

bhasye, etc. . . . aham brahma nirbliayam ii om il ilia khalu

svaddliyayocldliyeta(vya) iti, etc. Sec edition of the Veda-

ntasutras, Bibl. Ind., p. 1 sq. F. 54:— sriraatparamahamsapariviTijakacriryyasri-Govindri- nandabhagavatkrtau sririiakaraimamsakavyakhyayam bba-

syaratnaprabhayara pratbamaddhyayasya piathamah padah ii

I, 2 ends f. 64b, I, 3 f. 85b.

F. 100: — iti srlparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasii - Go-

vindanandabhagavacchisya - Hamanandakrtau sarirakaml- mamsavyakhyayain bhasyaratnaprabhribhidbayara pratba-

masyaddbyayasya caturtthapadab :i addhyayas ca samaptab ii "^3 II, 1 ends f. 118b, II, 2 f. 146b, II, f. 166b, II, 4

f. 173b, III, 1 f. 179, Iir, 2 f. 189b, III, 3 f. 220, III, 4

f. 231, lY, 1 f. 237, IV, 2 f. 241, IV, 3 f. 245 b.

It ends (f. 248 b):—atoktadososakyasya ^ esa by eveti sa-

- sanat ii iti srlparamabarasapavivrajakacriryya.sii Govinda- nandabbagavatkrtau bbasyaratnaprabbayam caturttbasya-

ii ddbyayasya caturttbab padah i addhyayas ca samaptab

era sivSya parabrabmane namah i

94.

Whish No. 93.

Size: Ul X Ig- in., (2) + 62 + 54 + 67 + (2) leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18*1^ or 19th cent.? Character: Grantlia. (1) The Dvaklhasutra, a portion oi Bodln'ti/ancCs Srautasfiti-a, in 4 Prasnas. MS. No. 1571 in Mitra, Notices IV, p. 146 DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) contains Prasnas 3, 4 and 5. But Eurnell, Tanjore p. 20a only gives 4 Prasnas, like our MS. Cf. Mitra, Notices X, p. 266 (No. 4159). It begins:—katbani u kbalupavasatba iti vijanlyat san- dbya svid evopapadyatho *** *** *** (blank) lusandher

I Ed.: ato'tra doso'saiikhyah syad. ^i 12G H^

upapadanan nanu klialu sandliyasupapadaya iva sarvesan tv eva sandbyasu ha smaba Bodhayano yatraitad u pava-

tostam ita aditye purastat candram alohiti, etc. F. 22:—dhenum vanadvaham va dadyad itiBo + nonyad

vai kathana iti Sallkih n 33 ii iti dvaidhe prathamah pra-

6nah II srImad-Yajfiesvaraya namali ii liarih om ii caturmma-

syani vyakliyasyamas, etc.

F. 37 b:— pratijulmyad iti Bo + no na pratijubiiyad iti

Sabkib II 27 II iti dvaidbe dvitiyab prasnah ii . . . atbatogni-

kalpam vyakbyasyamab, etc.

F. 49 b: —kuryj^ad iti Bo + no na kuryyad iti Sabkib ii 21 n

dvaidbe trtiyab prasnas samaptab ii . . . atbata istikalpam

vyakbyasyama sva basma + neb, etc. It ends (f. 62b): — nityani ca dadyad iti Bodbayana

etany eveti Salikir ety ceti ii anye Sallkih 18 i dvaidbe

caturttbab prasnah ii samapto dvaidhab ii sri-Kanvaya Bo-

dbayanaca(rya)ya namah ii siibbam astu ii

2—3.

Two fragments of the Mahdgnisarvasva, a Commentary on the Agnikalpasatra, Dvaidliasutra, and Karmdntasutra of BodhdyancCs 6raidas€dra, (by Vdsudeva Dik.^ita). I could not find the author's name in the MS., but see Burnell I.O. p. 27 sq., Hultzscb II, p. 74 (No 695). The Oxford MS. Sansk. d. 13 contains a comjilete cojjy of the work in 19 Adhyayas. It begins: — Bodbayanam pranamyagneb kalpasutram

yatbamati i dvaidhakarmmantasiitrabbyam saba vyakbya-

syatetaram i agner anarabhyadbltatvad adhltanan ca pra- krtagamitvadiksadisu sambandban darsapurnamasayos ca diksadyabbavat jyotistomamgataddhyavadbiyate diksadi- bbir jyotistomamgamDR.RUPNATHJI(prasiddhan DR.RUPAKtatsambandbognau NATH ) bhavati, etc.

iti F. 19 b: — mabagnisarvasve pratbamoddbyayah ii

28: li F. —^iti mabagnisarvasve dvitlyoddbyayab ii om

F. 35b:—^atbestakanain karanani vaksyamab, etc.

F. 40:—atha gSrbapatyaciter i§takah ii -S>< 127 i^

It breaks off (f. 54) with the following words:—ildyentye ca diksadivasesu visnukramavfitsaprasamuccayah maddhya-

divasesu vyatyasena iti Salikiraatam i sagnicitye kratau samvatsaran tisrah sat dvadasa va diksa iti diksakalpa- vyavasthitah ekacara didiksakalpas tatra na bhavanti tasmat. Then the second fragment (with a new foliation) begins

(f. 1): — cita srayaddhvan taya deva tayamgi + sidateti i

agniksetrasya bahih parita ucchritas sarkarah . . . anuvyii-

ii liati II vyrikhyatam grirhapatyacitau mahagnisarvasve sa-

ptamoddhyayah li

F. 12:—iti mahagnisarvasve navamoddhyayah il

F. 42:— iti mahagnisarvasve caturdas[y]oddhyayah ii

F. 58 b: — iti mahagnisarvasve sodasoddhyayah ii

It breaks otf (f. 67b) with the words:—sruvahutyo karana

iti kuryyad iti Bodhayano na kuryyad iti Salikih atha sruci caturgrhitam grhitvajyasya piirnam sruvau juhoti

sapta te agna iti ajyasya piirnam iti punarvacanam caturtthe sruve yatha sruk piirna bhavati tatha prabhiitam anayatity eva.

95.

Whish No. 94.

lines on Size: U\xli in., (2) + 187 4- (2) leaves, from 10 to 13 a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entries by Mr. Wbisli dated 1831. The MS. may be 100 or even 150 years older. Character: Grantba.

(1) The Faribhdsdrthasamgraha, a Commentary on the Pari- DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) Ihasas to Panini's Grammatical Sutras, by Vaidyamltha gastrin, the son of B((t)iagiri D'lMta (ff. 1—55). See

Hultzsch IL p. 122 (No. 1254, see also No. 1058). The arrangement of the Paribhasas is somewhat similar to that in Siradeva's Paribhasavrtti. See The Paribha- sendusekhara ed. by F. Kielhorn, Part II, pp. 529—537 ^i 128 K~

In Hultzscb I, p. 26 (No. 311) Siradeva is given as the author of a Paribhasarthasamgralia. It begins: —vijeyyanas sada sambhiir jjaragaccbat girijam

tantantad vaggatim i muda I sancancuranab pasima mama mtirttir yyasya hi Paninih padamahabhasyapraban(d)dba tatha vakyanara krd api svadharma'' vitanute vag yasya

dasyam sada i sisya yasya virodhivadimakutikuttakavag- dbatikas tasmai matula-Hamabhadramakhine bhtiyo namo me bbavet il pranamya paraman devam bbavanlpatim avya-

paribbasarttbasamgrabab ii yam i kriyate Vaidyanatbeua vyakbyanato visesapratipattir nna hi sandehad alaksanam^ II vyakbyanatab vyakbyanad dbetupancamyantad adyaditvat tasih, etc.

Ff. 6b, 7: — iti srlmad-Ratnagiridlksitaputrasya Vaidyana- tbasastrinah krtisu paribbasarttbasamgrabe pratbamasyaddbyayasya pratbamab pildah ii ekayoganirddistanam saba va pravrttis saba va nivrttib^ ii

Adbyaya I (in 4 Padas) ends f. 14; A. II (in 4 Padas) f. 17b; A. Ill (in 4 Padas) f. 22; A. IV (4) f. 25b; A. V f. 26b; A. VI f. 34b; A. A^II (4) f. 47b; A. VIII f. 49b. Last Sutra (f. 55): —purvan dbatus sadbanena jmjyate pascad upasargena^ ii

It ends (f. 55 b): —iti ubbayatha bhasye vyavabaro drsyate

iti II 125 II iti srimad-Ratnagiridiksitaputra-Vaidyanatbasa- strinab krtisu paribbasarttbasaingrabe nyayamulaparibbasa

ii samapta ii barih om Ii srimatgurubhyo namah

(2) The Candrikd, a Commentary on the Parihhdsdrthasam- gralia, by Svcujamp'akdsdnanda, a pupil of Advaitdnaiida Sarasvatl. See Ind. Oil. II, p. 180 sq. (Nos. 674, 675);

Mitia-Bikaner, p. 269 (No. 573). It beginsDR.RUPNATHJI((f. 56):—natva DR.RUPAKgurupadadvandvam NATH ) samsara- jaladbiplavam i vyakaromi yathabuddbi paiibbasai'ttbasam-

grabaip i grantbadau sista mamgalam acaranti, etc.

1 For svadharma, the metre retjuires only two syllalsles (yj-). 2 See Paribhasendusekliara, P. 1. 3 See raribhasendusekliara, P. 17.

4 See Paribhasendusekliara, ed. Kielhorn, II, p. 537. ->^ 129 f^

F. 94b:— iti paribhasarttliasamgralie vyakhyane pratlia- masyaddliyayasya tritiyah paclah ii saki-t gatau vipratisedhe yat badhitam tat badhitara eva ii F. 95, Sutra:—kalut tu mum khalavtthesu vasarupa- vidhir nnasti ii

F. 9Gb, Sutra:—sampratikabbaVe bbutapurvagatih ii

F. 99 : — paribhasarttbasamgrahavyakbyane tritlyasya- ddbyayasya pratbamab padali ii laksaiiapratipadoktayob etc. F. 113: — iti sriparamahamsaparivrajakacaryyasarvata- ntrasvatantrasrimad-Advaitananda-Sarasvati-caranaravindabbrmgayamanasya srimat-Svayampraka.saiiandasya krtau paribbrisarttbasamgrabavyakbya(ya.)fi candrikayam catu- rttbasyaddbyayasya caturtthab padab il samaptas caddhyri- yab II grabanavata priitipadikena tadantavidbis tasti ii

Adbyaya VI ends f. 136; A. VIII ends f. 172. Last Sutra (f. 186):—purvan dbatus sadbane yujyate pascad upasargena ii

It ends (f. 187):—ubbayatbeti tatba ca bbasyakaravaca- napramanyat sarvestasiddbir iti bbavah ii iti srlparamabani- saparivrajakacaryyasarvatantrasvatantrasrimad-Advaitana- nda-Sarasvatl-caranaravindabbrmgayamanasya Svayampra- kasanandasya krtih paribbasarttbasamgrabavyakbya candrika sampiirna ii barib om ii

A later band has written on f. 187b:—iti mimamsa- sastre piirvamimamsa sarnpurna ii

96.

"Whish No. 95.

in., leaves, from to lines Size: 12tX1|- (2) + 83 + 15 + (2) 8 10 on a page. Material: Palm leaves.DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) Date: Entries by Mr. Whish dated 1831. The MS. may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.

(1) Tbe Candrajmndgamasamgralia (Tantra) in 15 Pa- talas. 9 ;

.^ 130 Hg-

It begins:—srisivah i athatas sampravaksyami tripura-

ndasya laksanara i yad uktam purvam astiti saktam andam

liiranmayam i asti balarkakotyabhan tripurandam hiran-

mayam i rathakaram mahad divyam samanante tu sam-

sthitam i etc.

: F. 1 marg. —prathamapatalam i sadamnayalaksanam i Ff. 10b, 11:—iti candrajnanagamasamgrahe purandala- ksane sadamnayalaksanan nama prathamah patalah ii

Patala II (tripurandalaksane pithalaksanam) ends f. 20 b;

P. Ill (sripurandalaksane srlcakralaksanam) f. 41b; P. IV (tripurandalaksane sr icakrantaraladevatapratipadanam) f.45

P. V f. 49 b; P. VI (srlvidyasandhyanusthanam) f. 50b;

P. VII (srividya[n]nyasa) f. 52 b; P. VIII (srividyajapa- kalpab) f. 55b; P. IX (pujadesakalanirupanam) f. 57; P. X

(cakraradhanaphalam) f. 63; P. XI f. 67; P. XII f. 69;

P. XIII (saktasamayadiksavidhanam) f. 75; P. XIV (dl- ksavidhih) f. 79.

It ends (f. 83 b): —vidyamantrarabasyajfiasambbogan mu- ktim apnuyat ii iti candrajnanagamasaragralie rahasye

ii mantrartthapratipadanan nama pancadasab patalali barib i om II sriparambayai namah ii sripurnanandanatbante ii barib om II yadrsam pustakan drstva, etc.

(2) Tbe Kaidddarsatantra, by Visvdnaudandtha. See Auf- recbt CO. s. vv. kauladar^ana, kaulacara, and kauladarsa. It begins:—natva srigurupadukan ca vatukam vaniii ca vigbnesvarani kame^an tripuram param bbagavatim devlin

sukasyamalam i vaksye kaulikadburttadambhikasatbadinam kulajnani namacarasya ca laksanani vilasat satkaulikanam kramat ii kaulagamatantrarttban samgrbya srikularnava- rttbamsDR.RUPNATHJI(ca i kauladarsam DR.RUPAKkurute Visvanando NATH ) bitSya kaula- vidani ii It ends: — srimad-Visvanandanatbapranitam kaulacara-

sesadbarmaprakasam i kauladarsain kaulasastranusaram

kaulacaryyas samyag alokayantam ii iti sri-Visvanandana-

tbaviracitakauladarsatantrara sanipurnara ii srimabatripura-

sundaryyai ii namab subbam astu i -$H 131 »<-

97.

"Whish No. 96.

Size: lOfxlT in., (2) + 71 + (2) leaves, 7 or 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19 th cent.? Character: Grantlia.

The PrapaHcasamsdrasamgraha, an abstract oi tankard's PraiKiHcasdra. Incomplete. The author of the abstract is Oirvdnendra Sarasvatl, pupil of Visvcsvara Sarasvati, who was a pupil of Amarendra Sarasvati, see Burn ell,

Tanjore, p. 207b; Stein-Jammu, p. 232. It begins:—om agajananapatmarkam gajananam ahar-

nnisam i anekadantam bhaktanam ekadantam upasmahe i

on natva sri-Samkaracaryyam Amarendrayatisvaram i kurve

prapahcasarasya sarasamgraham uttamam i tatra prapanca- sare yad yac Chamkaracaiyyair uktam mantrayantrapra- yogadi tat sarvam api sarataram eva tathapidanim manda- prajfirivata vistaraso jhatum anusthanaii (read °atuh) ca- sakyatvad atyantopakarakatvena yat sarabhiitan tad alpa- granthenaiva yatha [i] sarvamantrayantratantrasaragraha- nam syat tatha [i] sarvatas saram grhitva maya satsamprada- yasarvasvabhidhavyakhyanoktamargena vaksyate (i) tatra punah prasaragat tatra tati'a mantrakalpantare mantrasa- rakramadipikaSanatkumari[r]yyasaradatilakamantradevata-

prakasikadau yad yan mantrayantrady uktam i tad api kificit

kiucid vaksyate i tatra prapahcasare [i] prathaman tavat ksirabdhau, etc. It breaks off with the following words: —evan dhyatva parajyotisi nyaset i om hrim am narayanah jyotir aham juhomi liamssoham svaha namah hrim a 3 m.

DR.RUPNATHJI(98. DR.RUPAK NATH )

WmsH No. 97.

Size: lOlxlj in-, (1) + 133 + (1) leaves, from 7 to 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18tt or 19tii cent.? Character: Grantha. -^- 132 Hg-

(1)

1 The Dciksinamurtisamliitd , in 43 Patalas (ff. — 111), described as a 'Kaulasastra' by Mr. Whish.

It begins:— dvitiyena caturttliena sasthenarkena sundari i indrena candrakalayavidyam sambhedya ca svaraih i sadam- gani nuyajen mantrl hrc chiras ca sikha(m) tatha i kavacan netram astran ca namah svaha kramena ca i vasat vausad astraii ca phad ebhis saha vinyaset i etc. F. 2:—iti sridaksinamiirttisamliitayani ekaksaralaksml- pujavidhili patalah prathamah ii

It ends (f. 111b): —tasya samvatsarl puja srividyadhisthita da- bhavet ll iti sridaksinamurttisamhitayain niadana(read mana?)ropananaimittikavidhanan nama tricatvarimsatpata-

ll lah 11 iti daksinamurttisamhita samptirna ll subham astu

(2)

The Kumdrasamhitd , in 10 Adhyayas (£f. 112— 133), described as a 'Kaulasastra' by Mr. Whish.

It begins (f. 112): — srigurubhyo namah i gurumiirttir ambikam srikrsnam srlsambadaksinamurttim vande vina- yakam kam vanini sundaramurttim dharanim ^rlsamasta-

yudhasampiirnarn satbhujah cadayanvitam i adhastad vanita-

karam adyam vande gajananam i rahjitadrivare ramye

munivrndanisevite i kalpadrumaih parivrte sikhare hema-

i bliusite I ratnastambhasahasrais tu sobhite ratnamandape

ratnasimhasanariidhan devya saha mahesvaram i drastum

samagato brahnia pranipatya krpanidhim i baddh[v]anjali-

puto bhutva tustava paramesvaram i brahma i namas

sivaya devaya, etc. F. 113b:—iti srikumarasamhitayam sadasivabrahmasam- DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) vade vidyaganesamantroddharan nama prathamoddhyayah i F. 129: —iti srividyaganapatikalpe rahasyagame samgra-

mavijayo nama astamoddhyayah ii

It ends (f. 133):—kim atra bahunoktena sarvan kaman

avapnuyat ll iti srikumarasamhitayam rahasyatirahasyan

nama dasamoddhyayah ll srigurubhyo namah ll etc. ^H 133 H$-

99.

WmsH No. 98.

Size: 12f xl-j- in., 100 + 68 + 65 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 tb or 19 tb cent.? Character: Grantba.

(1)

A Commentary on a Manual of ^rauta Bites, viz. New and Full Moon Sacrifices (darsapuriiamasau), Laying of the Fire (adhana), and Animal Sacrifice (pasubandha),

according to the school of Apastamha (ff. 1 — 100). It begins: athato darsapfirnaraasau — vyakhyasyamah i pratar agnihotram hutva darbhesv asino darbhau dha- saha praiian rayamanah patnya ayamya sanikalpam karoti i

darssena yaksye i animirvapyaindravaimrdhena saha pii-

i rnamasena yaksye tena paramesvaram prinayani i dar-

nirasyapa upasprsya i i bhan vidyud asi + paimi dvih i

apa upasprsya i yaksyamanopa upasprsati tad idani sarva-

yajuesupasparsanam bhavati i etc.

F. 17b: — prathamah prasnas samaptah ii ^rikrsnaya

ii namah dev[y]asya tva + madade i sphyam adaya i indrasya

bahur asi daksinas, etc.

F. 35b:—dvitiyaprasnas samaptah ii idiim eke piirvam

samananti prasitram eke prasitrapatra upastiryya, etc.

F. 49b:—trtiyah prasnas samaptah il . . . atha yajamano daksine vedyante daksinena pada caturo visnukraman

pracah kramaty uttaram uttarah jyayamsam i etc.

F. 56 b: —atha naksatrani i etc.

F. 71:—harih oni ii subham astu li (71b:) adhanam trivi-

dhara somapurvamDR.RUPNATHJI(homapiirvam istipilrvah DR.RUPAKceti NATHi etc. )

ii F. 76b:—harih om pasubandhaprayoga ucyate i pra- vrtpaurnamasyam amavasyayam va pratar agnihotram hutva, etc.

(f. : It ends 100) —sarasvati i idam havih i sarasvan idam

havih 1 agnabhagi (read agnir?) idam havih i deva ajyapa ity adi sarvam samanarn ii harih om etc. -^ 134 H$-

(2)

Text of the Manual of Srauta rites, on which the preceding work is the commentary (ff. 1 —28). It begins: athato dars^apurnamasau — vyakhyasyamah i

pratar agnihotrara hutva i darbhesv a + patnya saha pra-

nan ayamya i darsena yaksye i anunirvap(y)aindravaimr-

dhena saha paurnamasena yaksye i vapanara i vidyud asi

+ paimi i dvih apa upasprsya i asyam istySm addhvaryyun

tvam vrnimahe i etc.

F. 17 b: — caturtthah prasnas samaptah il adhanaprayoga

ucyate i uktanaksatresu brahmanadayognin adadhiran i etc,

F. 23b:—pasubandhaprayoga ucyate I pravrtpaurnama- syam amavasyayam va, (pra)tar agnihotram hutva, etc. F. 28: —ayan te yonir iti punar agnim samaropyagnyaga-

ram prapya mathitvayatane nidhaya i upavarohya I dhrstya- danadi samanain ii harih om il subham astu ii

(3)

A Manual of Srauta rites, viz. the Agnistoma, according to the school of Apastamba. F. 28b begins:—pratar agnihotrara hutva pranan ayamya

samkalpam karoti i tripiirsasomapithavicchedajirayascitta- rttham aindragnam pasun daurbrahmanyanirharanarttham. a^vinara pasuh cagnistomiyasyopalabhyau kurvan somena

yaksye i jyotistomenagnistomena rathantarasamnaikavimsati-

daksinena tena paramesvaram prinayani i vid}aid asi + mi

dvih 1 etc.

F. 48 b: —patnisamyajantognlsomiyas santisthate 11 harih

II om ye deva manojata iti vratayati i agniddhre havirddhane va yajamanan jagarayanti, etc.

It ends (f. 68): — vacaspataye brahmana idam i tarn

agnim DR.RUPNATHJI(parityajya i sayam DR.RUPAKagnihotrara NATHfju)homi ) i dhrstya danadi marjjani (?) nantani krde pratarhomas santisthate- gnistomah ii harih om ii etc.

(4) A Commentary on the preceding work. It begins: i —om kratusanikalpukale hotil i ko yajuah I -^- 135 r<-

rtvijah i ka daksineti prativacanaiu bruyat ) mahan me voco bhargo roc voco yaso me voca stomam me vocah klptim

me voco bhaktim me vocas sarvam me voca iti' japitva i sa

vrto japet i agnis te hota, etc.

ii F. 28b:—ity agneyakratu(h) samaptab athosasyab i etc.

(f. i santistbate It ends 65 b): — vacaspatinetyadi ilanta | ayas cetyadi sarastbajapas santistbategnistomoguistomab^ il

ll ii barib i om srlgunibbyo namab

100.

Whish No. 99.

Size: 184- Xl-^- in., 37 + 12 + 13 + 29 leaves, from 6 to 9 (in the last part from 10 to 13) lines on a i^age. Material: Palm leaves. Date: The Siddhfirthin year in which the MS. was written (see below) may correspond to A. D. 1679—80 or A. D. 1739/40. Scribe: Sesfidri Siiri. See No. 34. Character: Grantha.

(1)

Tbe TayJcajmrihham, by Kesavamisra (ff. 1 — 30). See Ind. Oft". IV, p. 605 sq. It begins: — balopi yo nyayanaye pravesam alpena

vancbaty alasasrutena i samksipya yuktyanvitatarkkabbasa

prakasyate tasya krte mayaisa i pramrinai)rameyasam.saya- prayojanadrstantasiddbantfivayavatarkkanirnayavadajalpa- vitandahetvabliasaccbabxjatinigrabastbananan tatvajnanau

i nisreyasadbigaraa iti nyayasyadimam sutram i asyarttbah pramanadisodasapadarttbanan tatvajnanau moksapraptir

bbavatiti i etc.

(f. It ends 30): — etavataiva balavyutpattisiddbeh i iti

Kesavamisrena viracitaDR.RUPNATHJI(tarkkaparibbasa DR.RUPAKsamfipta NATHll yadrsam ) grantbani alokya, etc. . . . siddbarttbyakbye tu varsesmin bbaskare sirribasaiiistbite gran- i bkbitam paribbasakbyam tbam Sesadrisiirina n

1 Cf. Ap. Sraut. X, 1, 4. 2 Cf. Ap. Sraut. XIII, 25, 10. -^ 136 K-

(2)

Fragment of tlie Tarkdblidsdpra'kdsika, a Commentary on

Kesavamisra's Ta7-JaqxirMdsd,hjCi7inaml)hafta. (fit". 30b—37). See Aufrecht-Oxford, nr. 606. Burnell, Tanjore p. 112b.

It begins (f. 30 b): — om sakrn natvapi yam loko labhate

santisampadah i sa nab payad apayebhyah yogananda-

nrkesarl i cikirsitasya granthasya nispratyubaparipuranaya sistacaraparipraptam visistestadevata[na]pranamam manasi

nidhaya cikirsitam pratijanite balopiti i etc.

It breaks off (f. 37) with the words: — laksye tv apy

avarttanam asambhavali i yatha gor ekasapbatvam i kratv-

antarvarttadhi (?).

(3) The Kdrakavdda, by Jayardma Bhatta Acdrya

(ff. 1—12). It begins: — natva visnoh padambhojah Jayaramas

samasatah i karoti karakavyfikhyiim iha samkhyavatam

muda I atra karanakani karttrkarmmakaranasampradana- padanadhikaranani sat tatvah ca na tat kriyanimittatvam

caitrasya tandulam pacatityadau, etc.

It ends (f. 12): — tatra saptamiti tat sutrarttha ity

adosah il iti sri-Jayaramabhattacaryyaviracita-karakavadas

ii te samaptah namas sarade devi kasmirapuravasini i tvam

aham prartthayisyami vidyadanan tu dehi me ii harih om ll

(4)

The Vddaratndvall (by JRdma &dstrin), a fragment only

(ff. 1—13). See Aufrecht CC. p. 562.

It begins: — kavitarkkikasimhaya kalyanagunasaline sri-

mate Vemkate^aya vedantagurave namah avighnam astu i bhasyamDR.RUPNATHJI(yadabharanabhasitam DR.RUPAKeva jatamNATH )yatsutanisva-

sitam eva bhavanti vedah i yadvajivahavaca eva 2)urana-

jalam tarn srigirisam anisam saranam bhajami ii vagdevatan

namaskrtya vadibalavinodinim i vadaratnavalim kurmmas

tarkkabhrisanusO-rinlm i nanu grauthadau mamgalam ava-

syam acaraniyyam i etc. •^4 137 -^

It breaks off (f. 13) with the words:—atas tatkahlvrtti- bhavatvam piTigabhavatvam iti purvoktadoi?abhavad iti

sarvam sustham iti kriranatavadah ii naiiu yumi mi^srana- mi^ranayo.

(5)

A fragment of a work on Xyaya, possibly belonging to the YddaratncwaU (S. 1 — 29). It begins: — pratyaksaniriipananantaram upajivyopajlva- kabhavasamgatya anumanam nirupayitum pratijanite atheti athasabda anantaryyavacanali pratyaksanirupanasyfirttliad avadhitvam avagamyata iti ata eva siddhatvam api niru- pyata iti varttamanrirtthakalasaprayogena canumananirupa- nasya saddhyatvalabhah evan ca siddhasiiddhyasamabhi- vyahare siddham saddhyayopayujyata iti nyayena malinan te vapu snaya ity atrevatrapi pratyaksanumananirupanayoh upajlvyopajivakabhrivalilbhah, etc.

It breaks off (f. 29) with the words:—niscitasaddhyavad- vrttatvat asadharanyapattih istatvat asadharanasatprati- paksayor anityatadosatvavadinani pracam uiatenaital la- ksanad iti.

101.

WmsH No. 100.

Size: IGjXH in-, (1) + 70 (numbered as leaves 45—114) + 1 (odd leaf between ft'. 81 and 82) + (1) leaves, from 6 to 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 17 th or 18th cent.?

Character: Grantha (one leaf between ff. 81 and 82 in Malayalan). Injuries: The first two leaves are slightly damaged.

Fragment of a work (probably some Commentary) DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) on Nyaya philosophy. It begins (f. 45): — yat kimcit saddhyanisthadheyatvani rupakadhikaranatvam va adye kevalanvayiti kevaliinvayisa- ddhyaka ity artthah avyape **** (broken) yatisaddhyanistheti dvitiyenane(ne)ti vahniman dhiimad ity adau adye dosan- taram aha kvacid iti visistasattavan jater ity adau satta- .

-^ 138 Hg- nisthadheyatvauirupakatvasya samanyadau satvena tatra jatyadbikaranatvabhavasya iti satvad bliavah i etc. 51: F. — iti pancalaksanarahasyam ii paribhasikam evety evakarena yoganadaras siicitali, etc. F. 72: — pragalbbiyalaksanam aba saddbyeti gunanya- tvavisistasattavan j Titer ity atra, etc. F, 76:—misralaksanam eva pariskrtya darsayati keci(t) tv iti sajatyam sadrsyam, etc. F. 85: — sarvabbaumalaksane samudayapadadane taddo- sanam alagnakatety asayena, etc.

F. 102: — tipu^ I sattavan dravyatviid vabniman dbumad ity adau tadrsakiitadbikaraTiajagadvrttitYasya, etc. 106: F. — tipii^ I atra jaladiriipadravyam na svasabdar-

ttba I etc.

tipu- r. 111b: — I tatra samavayena gunasamanyabbava- syotpattikalavaccbedena, etc. F. 112: — kecit tu vyapya vrttitvam kincid avaccbinna- vrttikabbinnatvam etc.

It ends (f. 114): —nanu pratiyogitavaccbedakavisistajna- nam nabbavapratyakjsamatre betub idan tv adina abbava- pratyakse vyabbicarat na tilvad abbavapratyaksavisese manabbavad ata aba visesanatavaccbedakavisisteti visesye visesanam iti nyayena nabbavapratyaksam ananubbavat

vivecitau cedani alokamanjaryyam asmabbib ii srigurubbyo namab ii

102.

Whish No. 101.

Size: Ufxll in., (2)4-19 + 147 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: IStii or 19th cent.? Ch ara cterDR.RUPNATHJI(: Grantha DR.RUPAK NATH ) (1)

Tbe Qcmtanwja Dharmasdslra in 3 Adbyayas or 29 smaller subdivisions (called 'Adbyayas' in tbe Commentary, and in Stenzler's edition).

I May be tipu. -^ 139 K-

It begins: — vedo dharmmamula(m) tadvidafi ca snij-ti-

^ile, etc. In I, 44 this MS. supports the reading srehu adopted by Stenzler from his Telugii MS. See 'The Institutes of

Gautama', ed. by A. F. Stenzler, p. iv.

The ^i^rsi Adhyaya ends after the 9**^ chapter ('Adhyaya'

9 in Stenzler's ed.), f. 7: — acaram prathamoddhyayah ii The second Adhyaya ends after the 19*^ chapter

('Adhyaya' 19 in Stenzler's ed.), f. 13:—vyavaharan dvi[ti]- tiyoddhyayah ii

Then follows the 20*^ chapter which is not found in Stenzler's edition. It begins: — atha catussastisu yatanasthanesu duhkhany anubhuya tatremani laksanani bhavanti, etc. The chapter ends: — visuddhail laksanair jjayante dharmmasya dharanad iti dharmmasya dharanad iti ii 20 ii Chapters 21 —29 correspond to Adhyayas 20—28 in Stenzler's edition.

It ends: — iti dharramo dharmmah il 29 ii prayascittam trtlyoddhyayah ii karakrtam aparadham ksantum arhanti santah (read sadhavah?) ii kotikannyapradanaii ca kotigoda-

nam eva ca i apuryyrima(read °yyamana?)sahasranan tatsa- mali pratarahutih ii kotigodavarisnanam makararke sita-

site I tat phalam samavapnoti sayamhomavalokanat i dSntam jitendriyam ksantam jitakrodham akalmasam i tam agrya-

brahmanam anye sesat (read manye sesah) sudra iti smrtah ii yac caitanyam anasyiita (read anusyutam?) jagratsvapnasu-

suptisu 1 tad eva tvam idana [njtatvam ito nasty adhikam param ii sriguru^ . . . namo namah il

(2) The Mitalisara,DR.RUPNATHJI(a Commentary DR.RUPAKon the NATHGautamiya ) Dharmasdstra, by Haradattamisra. It is incomplete. The first Adhyaya (of the smaller subdivisions) is wanting, and at the end one leaf seems to be lost, containing the end of the Commentary. It begins: — pragupancanayanat^ kamacaravadapaksah I Head prag upanayanat. ->4 140 H$-

Spatkalasyopanayanasya grahanam i a sodasat brahmana- syetyadi brahmacariti limgat na hi nityakalat prak striga-

manasya prasamgosti, etc.

The second chapter ends (f. 9): — Haradattamisravira- cita(yam)mitaksarakhyayamGautamadharmmasastratlkayan

dvitiyoddhyayah ii

The I"' Adhyaya (acaram) ends f. 39. End of the II^<^ and beginning of the III'<^ Adhyaya (f. 1021)): — iti Haradattamisraviracitayam mitaksarakhya-

yam Gautamiyatikayam ekonavimsoddhyayah ii atha catussastisu yatanasthanesu du(h)khany anubhuya tatremani Laksanani bhavantiti karmmavipakaddhyayasya vyakhyanan

durllabham i etc.

It breaks off with the last but one Sutra (28, 51 Stenzler): — yatoyam aprabhavo bhiitanam himsanugraha-

yogesu 1 prabhavaty iti asmad prabhavah karanam I (tathaha).

103.

Whish No. 102.

Size: 15x2-g- in., (1) + 160 (numbered 130 to 289 in continuation of No. 88 = Whish No. 87) + (2) leaves, about 13 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: The MS. was written in theParidhavin year, corresj^onding to 967 of the KoUam era, or A. D. 1792. Scribe: Subrahmanya. Character: Grantha.

The Sivarahasydkhanda from the SahkarasaniJiitd of the

Bkanda-Piirdna, continued from MS. Whish Xo. 87 (No. 88), and containing the Devakdnda (ff. 130— 141), Daksakdnda

(ff. 142—181), and the Upcidesakdnda (ff. 182—289). DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) It begins: — matamahamahasailam mahas tad apitama-

ham I karanah jagatam vande kanthad uparivaranam i

srigurubhyo i namah srisarasvatyai namah i sivaya on namah ii atha viksya guho devah jayantapramukhan iha i bandhitan anayety aha virabahum tadasuraih i sa tatheti vinirgatya guhajham sirasa yahan i etc. -^ 141 H$-

The Devakanda (in 7 Adhyayas) ends f. 141b:—om ity adimahapurane snskande samkarasamhitayam sivarahasyakhande devakiinde saptamoddhyayali ii om sivaya namah ii devakandas samaptah ii yadrsam pustakan drstva, etc. . . srlsomaskandaparamesvaiTiya namah ii . . . Subrahmanyasya svahastalikhitam ii

The Daksakanda begins (f. 142): — harividhimukhyavan- dyam sarvakarttaiam isam padanatadiuitaghnara sasvatain

vaktratundam i abhayavaradahastam sambhuputrara gane-

sani hrdayakamalamaddhye santatah cintayami ii rsayali ii daksaddhvaras tvaya proktah (read °ah) pura suta tapo-

dhana i jayantayendraputraya samasena brhaspatih i etc.

This Kanda ends (f. 181b): — om ity adimahapurane sriskande samkarasamhitayam sivarahasyakhande daksa-

kande catvririmsoddhyfiyah ii sriminaksisundaresvarribhyan

ii namah harih om | daksakandas samaptah ii . . . Siibrah- manyasvahastalikhitam ii sridaksinlimurttaye namah ii

The Upadesakanda begins (f. 182): — om visvesvaram

visvavandyam vimakijhanabodhakam i upadesakandam mii-

ktyarttham umaputran namamy aham | subrahmanyam

suresanam dhuryyakotisamaprabharn I sukumaram aham

vande sada sarvamgasuudarara | etc.

It ends (f. 289 b): — om iti srimatskande mahapuranc sarpkarasanihitayam sivarahasyakhande upadesakande pah- casititamoddhyayah ii om sivaya namah ii samaptam idam

ii . . . upadesakandam i harih om Subrahmanyan svahastena likhitam . . . sarakarasamhitasaptakandam parisamaptam

9 100 60 7 srlmesamasam i parltapmamasamvatsaram caitramasam parisamaptam ii om . . . subham astu ii

On the same leaf written by Mr. Whish: DR.RUPNATHJI("100 DR.RUPAK NATH ) 967 825 This copy written in 1792 AD April/May

Here ends tlie 7"' & Last Kandam of the Sankara Samhita." -^ 142 .^

104.

WmsH No. 103.

Size: 12|x2 in., (1) -f 10 + 80 + (2) leaves, 10 or 11 lines on a Malayalam page, 8 or 9 lines on a Grantha page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 1831. The MS. may be about 50 years older. Character: The first two works (10 leaves) in Malayalam, the rest in Grantha. (1)

The SanJcliyasai^tati, or SdukhyaMriJ^d, by I^varah'sna

(ff. 1—3).

It begins: — harih sriganapataye namali avighnam astu i duhkhatrayabliighataj jijnasa tadajjagliatake hetau drste

saparttha cen naikantatyantatobhavat i drstavad asravikas

sa hy avisuddhiksayatisayayuktah, etc.

It ends (f. 3 b): — saptatyam khalu yertthas tertthah krtsnasya sastitantrasya akliyayikavirahitah paravadavivar-

jjitas capi ii tatha ca rajavarttikam ii iDradhanastitvam

ekatvam arttliamatvam athanyata i parartthyan catmano naikyam viyogo yogavivacasesavrttir akarttrtvam laukikar- tthas tatha dasa viparyayah pahcavidhas tathokta nava

tustayah karananam asaniartthyad astavimsatidha vadhah i iti sastih padartthanam astabhis saha siddhibhih ii ' namah

ll . . . ii Kapilaya sub ham astu ii

(2) The Bhdsydrthasamgraha, by Bralimdnanda Yati, the

pupil of Visvesvardnanda (ff. 4 — 10).

It begins (f. 4): — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam

astu I ghatarupena yo bhati patarupena ca prabhuh sarva- [bhajvasakam vande tarn ahan devakisutam srlmatbhasyamr-

tambhodher arttharatnam samuddhare hnum (?) Lamkurv DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) ahcane (?) naryah kantham kaustubhavaddharih srutismrtiti- liasapuranani hi brahmani pramanam tesah ca trividha pravrttih kesaiicit parinamadrstyanusarini anyesam vivar-

ttadrstyanusarini paresam apavadadrstyanusarini, etc.

I "All this (tatha ca . . . siddhibhih) from the TattvakaunmudI of Vacaspatmisra, and faulty", Prof. Aufrecht. -5H 14:5 Hg-

• It ends (f. 10):— atrantahkaranopadher badhitatvan na gamanadisaraka iyam evaitat sutrasamdarljliapratipadya bhasyakaradyabhimata ca iti sri-Visvesvaranandagurupra-

sadasriditasarvajnatvena Brahmanandayadina (sic) krtasrl- matbhasyrirttliasamgraha(h) samaptah ii srimatbhasyalivayo visnuli prasldatu sada mama yadiyarasam asvadya na ma-

nonyapumartthadrk ii ii srigurubhyo namah ^rlsfivj'--^^--- vagrahebbyo namah sriramava nn^-^V etc.

(3) A Commentary on the SdnJ:]ii/asaptati, by Vdcaspatimis7~a

(ff. 1—45). It begins: —ajam etam lohitasuklakrsnain bahvih prajas srjamanan namaraah aja etafi jusamanam bhajante jaliaty

enam bhiiktabhoga I asamastan I Kapilaya mahamunaye sisyaya tasya tasya casmaraye Pancasikhaya tathe^vara- krsnayaite namasySmah iha khaki pratipitsitam arttham l pratipadayan pratipHdayitavadheyavacano [bhavacano] bha-

vati ipreksavatam apratipitsitan tii pratijiadayat nayam lau- uniuuutavau upc^v.^jcra kiko na parlksaKa ixi preKsa(vajT:unu- purusartthaya kalpate sa caisam pratipitsitortthah yo jatah paramapurusartthasadha- ity adipsitasastravisayajnanasya natvahetukan tadvisayajijnasam avatarayati dulikhatraya- hi sastravi- bhigbriLaj jijnasa tadapaghatake hetau evam syat, etc. sayo na jijhasyeta yadi dubkban ntimn, j^aati na soyam aryyamaUK ofnc 'f. 45:— ity aryyamatir yyasya sarakhyasaptativya- ca sastram sa sri-Vacaspatimisraviracita

ii khya sampurna ii harih om

(4) Supercommentary The Sauliliycmvaranatativalmumndi, a by Bodhahhdndl, a pupil on Vacaspfdimisra^s work (No. 3), 45—80). of Badlifiranya' (ff.DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) nityam atmanam asami- It begins:— yatprasadad ajan

karuiirikaran I vi>.juau tan gurim bhaktya namami nam l ^rimatsaipkl^^ pupil of given as Blidrat'iyati, X The author's name is generally Bodlmranija. (Prof. Aufreclit.) -$H 14:-i H$-

parisamaptiprabala- prarlpsitasya granthasyapratibandhena sistacaraparipalanaya pratyartthino vyuda(read vyulia)rttham bliogapavargarttha(m) pravrttila- ca pradhanasya purn(so) purusams ksanasastratatparyyakathanapurvakam pradhrmam adislokena na jayata ity aja ca namasyaty ajam ekam ity ity uttarenanvayali nanu syan mukprakrtili ta namama visayatvan nomaskaras- iLjc. --.i.i>n,Ye pramanabhapanir yeti cet tatraha oaiiviv ^-.-aias sriainanad iti, etc. viparyy(ay)Jida- It ends:—saktitustisiddhakhya ity arabhya kathita ibety arttbab yah padarttha iti sa>^tih padartthab

matih i kva sri-Vacaspate(h) suktib kva ca mandasya me

ii iti kayitam etac ca yat tat (?)' ccboddbyam subuddbibbib sri-Badbaranyasripadasisyaparamabainsaparivrajakacaryya- sri-Bodbabbaratisripadakrta samkbyaYivaranatatvakaumudi

astu i samapta ii . . . subbam

105. WmsH No. 104

^. .-4 •-., y^-j oo ^-i; icttvca, T ur lines on a page. .~i I -T Material: Palm leaves. Date: Probably early 18tii century. Character: Grantha.

Tbe VedmitasdstrasiddMntalesasamgraha^ in 4 Pariccbe- das, by Appayi/a Dlksita, son of Rangardja Diksita. On the oxitoiae cover tbe following titles are given: ^'Siddhdn- talesasamjraha, or Siddhdntahhedasanjgraha, or Siddhdn- tasdrasamgraha.^'' An edition of tbis work bas been published in vol. I, Part I of tbe Yizianagram Sanskrit Series

(Benares 1890). See also Ind. Off. IV, p. 790 sq. It begins: —yadviksanam sakalabhuta(m) ca yasya srstir

yyasya smitam sakalabbautikasrstir esa i yanmayaya vila- sitaiiDR.RUPNATHJI(jagad indrajalam DR.RUPAKtasmai namo NATHbbagavate ) paramesva-

raya ii adbigatabbida purvacaryyan upetya sabasradba sarid iva mabidesan samprapya sauripadotgata i jayati bbagavatpadasrimanmukbambujanirgata jananabarini siiktir

brabmadvayaikapariXyana i etc.

I Mitra, Notices No, 2820 reads: kva capi sanmatam tattvam iti. ->• 145 f<-

It ends: — iti vedantasastrasiddhantale^asamgrahe caturtthah paricchedah il vidvatguror vihi'tavisvajidaddhvarasya ^rlsarvatomukharaahavratayajisunoh sri-Ramgarajamakhina sritacandraraaulir asray Appadiksita iti prathitas tanujah i tantrany adhltya sakalani sa tatapada^vyakhyanakau^ala-

kalavisadikrtani i atraaya vakyam^ anuruddhya ca sarppra-

dayasiddhantabhedalavasaragraliam ity akai-sit i siddha- ntaritisu maya bhramadiisitena syad yad yathapi likhitara

yadi kificid asya i samsodhane sasrayas (?) sadaya bhavantu satsarapiadayaparisilananirvisamkah ii liaiih om ii sabda- ntarabhyasagunasamkbya praka(ra?)nanamadheyani bheda- sadhakapramanani ii . . . karotu mama kalyanam karunanidhir

isvarah i jananasthitisamhara(n) jagatSni vidadbati yah ii ^rimanmahadevaya ^ambaya (read sambaya) parasmai brahmane namali ii om brabmaiva satyafi jagan mithya on tat sat II siva tsiva n ^ri il subbam astu.

106.

WmsH No. 105.

Size: 14TX2g in., (l) + 23 [14—23 marked by letters from Jca io jha] + 30 + 1 [single leaf inserted between 21 and 22] + 41 leaves, from 9 to 12 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves.

Date: The MS. consists of old and modern parts. The first leaf, and ff. 22—41 at the end of the MS. are written by a different hand and have a more modern appearance. The older parts may have been written in the beginning of the IS^i century, the modern parts at the end of the 18 1^^ or beginning of the 19 th century. Character: Grantha.

(1)

A philosophical treatise, or fragment of a larger work

(Gddcidhau?) called YogijatdvMartha (ff. 1 DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK— NATH13). )See Aufrecht CC. p. 482.

The first leaf (marked f. 13) begins:—ekapadartthasam- sarge aparapadartthanisthatyantabhavapratiyogitvapraka-

* Doubtful aksara. 2 sadavadata Ed. 3 asthaya mulam Ed. 10 -^ 146 r<~ rakapramavisesyatvTibhavo yogyata[m] idr.si ca yogyata

ghatam anayety atra varttate, etc.

F. 8: —yogyatavadas samaptah ii F. 13 b:—yogyatavadarttliah samaptah harih om.

(2) A philosophical treatise (part of the Gadddhari? See Aufrecht CC. p. 147, s. v. visayatavada and visayatavada-

rtha), called Lauhikavisayatdvdddrtlm (ff. 14—19). It begins: — ghatam saksatkaromity anuvyavasayavisaya-

taya laukikavisayataya atiriktayas siddhir iti navlnah i etc. See the beginning of the Laukikavisayavicara in MS.

Walker 201 i, Aufrecht-Oxford, p. 245. Cf. Mitra, Notices,

Kr. 143. Ind. Off. IV, p. 648. Hall, p. 41 sq.

It ends (f. 19): — samapto laukikavisayatavadartthah ii

srivemkatesaya namali ii etc.

(3)

The Fardmarkivdddrtlm , another treatise or fragment

from the Gadddhari (ff. 19 b— 23 b). See Aufrecht-Oxford, Nr. 611: Navlnamatavlcdra. It begins: —anumitim pratiparvatiyadhiimaA'yapako vahnir ity akarakali paramarsa eva hetuh, etc. It breaks off with the words:—dhumiya ity akarakaba- dhadipratibaddhyatvaprasamgah tadrsadhumaprakarataya.

(4) TheVeddntaparihlidm, by Dharmardjddlivanndra, a pupil of y eiikatanatha, and the author of the Tarkactidamani, and

of several Commentaries (ff. 1-12). See Aufrecht CC, p. 269. The first leaf contains the beginning of the first Pariccheda

(as far DR.RUPNATHJI(as p. 3, 1. 6 in theDR.RUPAKedition of NATHthe text) published at Calcutta, Sake 1769), while ff. 2-12 contain the two last Paricchedas.

F. 1 begins: — yadavidyavilasena bhiitabhautikasrstayah i

tan naumi paramatmanam saccidanandavigraham i yadan- tevasipahcasyair nnirasta bhedivaranah tan naumi narasini-

hakhyam yatlndram paramam gurum i srimat-Vemkatana- -$^ 147 f<-

thakhyan vilarakutinivasinah i jagatgui'un aliam vande

sarvatantrapravarttakan i yena cintamanau tika dasatika-

vibhanjani i tarkkacudamanir nnaraa krtiX vidvanmanorama i tika sasadliarasyapi balavyutpattidayini i padayojanaya

pancapadika vyfdvrta tatlia i teiui bodhaya mandanam veda-

ntartthavalambini i Dharmraarajaddhvarmdrena paribhasa

vitanyate i iha khalu dharmmartthakamamoksakliyesu ca-

turvidhapurusrirtthesu moksa eva paramapiirusartthal.i, etc.

F. 8b: — iti Dharmmarajaddhvarindraviracitayam veda-

ntaparibliasayaiu visayaparicchedah ii

It ends (f. 12):— iti siddtiam prayojanam il iti Dharmmara- jaddhvai'indraviracitayam vedantaparibhasayam astama-

paricchedah ii harih om om brahmadibhyo brahmavidya-

sarapradayakarttrbhyo namah ii vedantaparibhaseyam sarasa

likhita maya l etena vaudito devali kesabhyam priyatam harih.

(5)

The Veddntasikhdniani, a Commentary on the Veddnta-

paribhdsd, by Rdmakrmddhvarin , the son of the author

Dharmardjddhvarlndra (ff. 13 — 30, 1 — 41). The two first Paricchedas only. A lithographed edition of this work, with a commentary, was published at Benares (202 folk, oblong).

It begins (f. 13): —vagisad yas sumanasas sarvarttha-

nam upakrame i yan natva krtakrtya[su] syus tan namami

gajananam i naidaghabhanukiranesv iva varipilras sarvo

vibhati yadabodhavasat prapahcah i malaphaniva ca ni- mllati yatpi'abodhat tat brahma naumi sukliam adva-

yam atmarupam i a setor a sumeror api bhuvi viditan Dharmmarajaddhvarindran vandehan tarkaciidamanima-

nijanauaksiradhimsDR.RUPNATHJI(tatapadan i yat[sa]karunyan DR.RUPAK NATHmayabhiid ) adhigatam adhikan durgraham siiksmadhikair apyantam

sastrajatana jagati makhakrta Ramakrsnahvayena i veda-

ntaparibhasakhyara sohan tatavinirmmitam i vyakaromi

krtim sarvara srutyantartthapraka^ikam i etc.

After f. 30, a new numbering of leaves begins, but nothing seems to be missing. 10* -^ 148 H$-

End of the MS.: —va mithyatvam bodhyam anumanaru- pena prayojanam upasamharati tasmad iti ii iti Dharmmara- jaddhvarindratmaja-sri-Kamakrsnaddhvariviracite vedanta-

sikhamanau anumanaparicchedah ii sri-Ramakrsnaya namah ii barill oin ii

107.

Whish No. 106.

Size: 121x1-8 in., (2) + 95 + (1) leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 1831. The MS. cannot be many years older. Character: Grantha.

Injuries: One of the three leaves £f. 82 to 84, and parts of the two others are lost, so also part of f. 89.

The Prapahcdlirdaya, in 8 Patalas, described by Mr. Whish as *an admirable cyclopaedia of modern works of Science.'

It begins:—lokadehadikaryyanarn karanasyadikaranam i

prapancahrdayadharam tan namami sada harim i atheda- nlm asesapurusartthasesataya sakalaprapaiicoyam iha pra- darsyate sa tu trividho vedyavidyavettrprapaiicabhedena tatra vedyaprapaiico dvi"\idhah tanubhuvanabhedena tatra tanur dvividha[h] sthavarajamgamadehena tatra pancavidha sthavarah, etc.

Patala I (tanubhuvanaprakaranan nama) ends f. 18,

P. II (vedaprakaranan nama) f. 23 b, P. Ill (sadamga- prakaranan nama) f. 34b, P. IV (caturttham upamgapra- karanam) f. 48 b, P. Y (upavedakaranan nama) f. 59 b, P. VI (beginning:—athedanim asesapurusartthagryas sa- kalasamsaraduhkhapravahanivarttakoDR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAKmoksopi NATH ) [vi]pradar- syate i) ends f. 66, P. VII (jhanaprakarana) f. 74b.

It ends : —vai^vanara svayarn vahnir brahmarandhravinir-

vahnir i gatah I yathaiva mathito aranim sandahet tatha

santapayati svan deham apadatalamastakam i brahmaiva-

sau bhaved atma na punar janmabhag bhavet i nanavijiia-

najananam vidvajjanamanoharam i prapancahrdayrikhyam -^ 149 f<-

hi prapancottamabhusanam i samyakjnanapradarasaii ca

da (?) jnanam saivavastusu i aprakusyam idan tantram

samharavanadahakam ii iti prapancahrdaye astamah pa-

II talah prapaficahrdayam samfiptam om i . . . srlgurubhyo

namah li

108.

Whish No. 107.

Size: 15tX2 in., (1) + 266 + (1) leaves, from 8 to 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. "Whish dated 1831. The MS. may be about 100 years older.

Character: Malayalam. Two different hands, a larger one (ff. 1 to

112 b), and a smaller one (ff. 112 b to the end). The leaves are numbered by letters, according to the system mentioned above to No. 19.

After f. 247, a new foliation begins, by the letters ka, kha, ga, etc.

The Mlmrlmsn -Tantravdrttika , by Kumdrila Svdmin,

beginning with I, 4, 3 and ending with the end of the second Pada of the third Adhyaya.

It begins:—harih i idanim ayaugikesu vrihyadival lokaru- dhesu jatigunavacanasabdesu cinta na hy anumanikakarana- tvanurodhena pratyaksaprasiddhibadhas sambhava[n]titi pu- rvadhikaranenasiddhih nanv Sjyai stuvate prsthai stuvate bahispavamanena stuvata ity upapattivakyatvad etany uda- harttavyani tatha hi utpattau namadheyam va guno vapy

avadharitam (sic) vyavaharamgatain yati saivodaharanaksama

sa tu nodahrta siitrakarena yasmin gunopadesa iti gunava-

kyasyasritatvat, etc.

The 1"* Adhyaya ends (f. 30b):— iti mimarasatantrava- rttike prathamasyaddhyayasyaDR.RUPNATHJI(caturtthah DR.RUPAKpadah NATHii sama-)

ptas caddhyayah ii

The first Pada of the 2'^'^ Adhyaya ends on f. 114 b,

the second Pada ends on f. 175, the third Pada ends on

f. 196 b. The second Adhyaya ends on f. 205 b. The MS. ends with the 2'^'^ Pada of the 3"^ Adhyaya:— tasmat sarvavitanam indrasomasavanasarabandhitvan man- -^- 150 H^

travat bliaksanam iti siddham ii ity acaryya-Kumarilasva- miviracite guruvakyalesasaingrahe mlmamsatantravarttike trtlyasyaddhyayasya dvitlyah padah ii

109.

Whish No. 108.

Size: 7| X It in., 84 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 tt or 19th cent.? Character: Grantha.

The Kuvalayanandiya, by Appayya Diksita. See Auf- recht CC. p. 113. Other copy below No. 127.

It begins: — sngurubhyo namah i parasparatapassarppat-

phalatita(read phalayita?)parasparau i prapancamatapitarau hrdayabja- praiicau jayapati stumah i utghatya yogakalaya

kosam dhanyais cirad api yatharuci grhyamanah i yah prasphuraty aviratam paripurnarupas sreyas sa me disatu

sasvatika(m) mukundah i alamkaresu balanam avagahanasi-

ddhaye i lalitali kriyate tesam laksyalaksanasamgrahah i

yesaii candraloke drsyante laksyalaksanaslokah i prayas

ta eva tesam itaresan tv abhinava viracyante i etc.

It ends;—gunena tadiyasnanato gamgayah i pavanatva-

guno varnitah i gunopayadvarnyate sa ullasah ditivarddha-

madyasyodaharanam (sic) I tatra pativratamahima gunena

tadiyasnanato gamgayah iti kuvalayanandlyam sampurnam ii

haiih om i

110.

Whish No. 109.

Size: 6|-XlsDR.RUPNATHJI(in., (2)-|-41 + DR.RUPAK(3) leaves, 7 lines NATHon a) page. Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Entry by Mr. Whish dated 'December 1831.' The MS. is probably not much older. Character: Grantha.

A fragment or fragments of a work belonging to the

Samr/itasdstra , and treating of the art of dancing and ->• 151 re-

acting, but chieHy of the various motions of the hands used by female dancers (ahhinaya).' The title Ndtijalakmna given by Mr. Whisli is doubtful. A work called Ahhina-

l/adarpaHa (see below) is mentioned by Burnell, Tanjore, p. 60. The jNLS. begins: — hastabhavasirodrstirekhapuspanjalis

tatha 1 mukhacriliyacrdlya dvadasamgam atah param ii pata-

kalaksanara i prasaranam amgullnam amgusthasya ca kun-

canat patakakhyakaraproktah karatikavicaksanaih i natya-

rambhe parivahe vare vastunisedhake i kucasthale nisayan

ca nadyam amaramandale i etc.

F. 30b ends: ity il — abhinayadarpanam harih om i sri-

gurave namah i F. 31 begins: — hamsasyahastalaksanara i maddhyamfi- dyas trayomgulyo virala prasrta yadi i tarjanyaipgustha- sainslesat karo hamsasyako bhavet i etc. F. 35 ends:—vame tu mrgasirsam syat daksine ca ka-

pitthakam i radhaya darsane caiva ratnavah niyujyate il

srigurubhyo namah ii

F. 35b begins:— ramgalaksanam i purodese narapater

ddasahastaparakramat i devalaye sabhayan ca bhaveyuli

puratas tatha i etc.

F. 36b breaks off with the words:— anyatha nrtyate

caiva brahmahatyadipatakani i etau tau viparitau tu ba-

ddhne strlpumsayos tatha ii F. 37 begins:—makaras tu mahadevo dakaro danuja-

ntakah i etc. ends: F. 38 —purato Bharatacaryyo narttakivakalavati i

tatpascat gayakas tisthet pascat ganikii dasa i astau sad

va catasro va bhaveyu pa (read bhaveyuh) i vibhramanvitah

iti natyalaksanam ucyate ii harih ora ii F. 39 begins:—tantriraja namas tubhyam tantri layasam-

anvita i gandharvakulasambhiitaDR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAKsesakfira namostu NATH te) i etc. The MS. breaks off" (f. 41) with the words: — staraba-

pralayaromahcasvedo vaivarnyam eva ca i asruvaispuryyam ity astau satvikah parikirttitah i

I As Prof. Aufrecht informs me, the work is the Ahhinayadar- pana, attributed to Xandikesvara. -^ 152 f^

111.

WmsH No. no A.

Size: 14|x1t in., (1) + 233 + 4 + 37 + 37 + 43 + (1) leaves, generally 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Probably end of 18tii century. Character: Grantha (the first three works), and Malayalam (the two last works).

(1)

The Horasdstra, i. e. Vardhamihira's BrhajjdtdJm, with a Commentary {SuhodUm), Adhyayas II—XXV. (Ff. 233.)

See Inch Off. V, p. 1093 sq. It begins: — atha grahayonibhedaddhyayo vyakhyayate tatra prathamena slokena piirvoktasya horakhyasya kala-

irarusasyatmadisvarupam rajadiriipatvah caha i kalatma dinakrn manas tuhinagus satvam, etc. F. 24: — iti Yarahamihiracaryyaviracite horasastre dvitiyoddhyayah ii

Adhyaya 4 ends f. 48, A. 5 f. 67b, A. 7 f. 113, A. 11 f. 151b, A. 16 f. 177, A. 20 f. 192, A. 24 f. 230b, A. 25 f. 233 b.

It ends: —minantyadrekkanarupam aha i svabhrantike

sarppanivestitamgo[r] vastrair vihinah purusa[h]s tv atavyam i

coranalavyakulitantaratma vikrosatentyopagato jhasasya i

ayam sarppadrekkanah purusa[h]s tatharanyas ca ii 36 li iti horasastre pancavim^oddhyayah ii om ii ii

(2)

Fragment of an astronomical treatise (ff". 4). DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) It begins: —vargesa ucyante ii bhaumacchavic candrara-

vijna^ukravakredyamandakah kusutamaredyah i It ends: — mukhyamsas tv avisesarajapadavlparavatam gopuram brahmasthanam uranivirapadavi rudrasana dva-

dasa II ralios tu mitrani kavldyamandfih ketos tathaivatra

vadanti ta(j)jhah ii -$» 153 •<-

(3)

Fragment of the Trilokasdravrtti, with numerous dia-

grams in the text. (Ff. 37.) Mr. Whish describes it as

the '-first part of the Triloka-saram, a Jaina work." In the margin of the first page we read:—siddhan namah

ii trilokasaravyakhyanani ahan namah i See Professor Leu- mann's list in the Vienna Oriental Journal, vol. XI (1897), p. 303. Other MSS. of the Trilokasara, see in Poona Cat.

p. 108 (VIII, 599); ib. p. 411 (XVIII, 268); Peterson, IV, No. 1431; Bhandarkar, Sixth Rep. (1897) Xo. 1002. (Prof. Leumann by letter).

It begins: —srivitaragaya namah i: tribhuvanacandrajinen- drani bhaktyana(r)ttya trilokasarasya vrttini yam kincijfia (read vrttir yatkimcijjha)prabodhanaya praka^yate vidhina

II 1 Ii jiyad akalanikadyah siirir ggunabhiiriramalavrsadhari

anavaratavinatajinamatavirodhivadiprajo jagati ii 2 ii

F. 20b:—samkhyapramanam samaptam ii atha samkhya- pramfinavisesas caturddasa dharah saprapaficam pradar-

syedanlm prakrtam upamapramana^takam nirupayati ii ''°°°° It ends (f. 35b):—etavat khandanam 9 8 vanitanu- vatabahalyasya dandikrtatvad ayam jaghanyavagahopi sa- rd dhahastatrayarupah I pra ha 4 phala 1 icche | = lab-

dhadanda I anena trairasikena dandikrtah. Then follow two leaves Avith diagrams.

(4)

The Sahasrandmasamgrahabhdsya, a Commentary on the Visnusahasrandma, by âiikara. (Ff. 37.) It begins:—harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu îtam *** (blank)DR.RUPNATHJI(nnamamy adya divyamDR.RUPAKvacam NATHsarasva- ) *** tim I sahasranamavyakliyeyam brahmajnana (blank) na nirmmita adis tvara sarvabhutanam maddhyam antas tatha bhavan, etc. It ends: — samadisampatsamyuktair ddhyeyo yah purusottamah tasmai namostu krsnaya samsaraklesaharine ii iti srImat-Govindabhagavatpujyapadasifyasya srimatparivra- -î 154 r^ jakacaiyyasya srimac - Chamkarabhagavatah krtih îisa-

hasranamasaragraliabhasyakhya samapta ii sahasranama-

i . . . prathamasatake ksetrajnoksara ity ekan nama i

vrsakapir iti i iti dvitlyasatakasyadih sandhata trtiyasya i

yugavartta iti caturtthasya i vira iti pancamasya i kavln-

dra iti sasthasya i srivatsavaksa iti saptamasya i saktety

astamasya i aksobliya iti navamasya dasamasya svastida iti II srjgurubhyo namah srikrsnaya namah ii

(5)

A Commentary on BaitlxarcCs Vimiipddddil^esdntastidif incomplete. (Ff. 43.) The text with a Tij)pana has been printed in the Kavya- mala, Part II (1886), pp. 1—20. It begins: — harili sriganapataye namah avighuam astu srigurubhyo namah jatyakhyagunakarmmavarjjitataya nir- nnitam apy agamair jjatyayam pasupalam Tiptavacasah krsnam grnanty akhyaya srisani jhaninam isvaram suyasa- sam viram viraktam gunais trata rajju (?) gataii ca karmmabhir aho devaya tasmai namah srimac-Chankara- piijyapadaracitam padadikesavadhistotran datram aghasya netram amalam tratram hareh preksitum vyacikhyasati mayyam hasati satam esapi ya hasati vyaktam bhaktir

athapi visnupadayoh pusnati me dhrsnutam i tatra tavad atma va are drastavya iti, etc It ends: — harim manisyamarucini tatra svairancaran- tistha trnrmi gosthasauri (?) svayam bhukta ivapatrptin trp- yanty udarah paratarppanena ii 42 il II

DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) 112.

Whish No. hob.

Size: llf X 2 in., (2) -|- 38 -)- 1 1) + 35 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19th cent.? Character: Grantha. ->^ 1 5") H$-

(1)

The Diiyamangal.adhijdna, a chapter from tlie EdjarCi- jesvaritantra (ff. 1 — C).

It begins: — sridevy uvaca i devadeva mahadeva saccidananda vigraha paucakrtyaparesana paramananda da- |

yaka i srirajarajarajesi ya §ris tripurasundarl i tasya

ddhyanara mamacaksva yadi te karuna mayi i etc. It ends: — ity umamahesvarasanivade rajarajesvaritantre

moksaprade divyamaragaladdhyanan nama trimsatpatalah u

(2)

The Lalitddevistotra from tlie LidJtopdJiJiydna of the

Brahmdnda-Purdna (Uttarakhanda) (ff. 7— 15).

It begins: — srimahadevyai namah ii Agastya uvaca l

asvanana mahabuddhe sarvasastravi.sarada i kathitara lali-

tadevyas caritam paramatbhiitam i piirvam pradurbhavo

devyas tatah pattabhisecanam i etc.

It ends: — iti sri - Markandevaviracite brahmandottare lalitopakhyane stotrakhande hayagrivagastyasamvade laH-

tadevistotram sampurnam ii srimahatripurasundaryyai

namah ii

(3)

The Trisatl Stotra (from the Lalitopdklujdna in the Uttarakhanda of the Brahmdnda-Piirdna, see Aufrecht CO.

p. 239) (ff. 16—21).

It begins:—cm parasaktyai namah i sri-Agastya uvaca i

hayagriva dayasindho bhagavah chisya vatsala i tvattas

srutam asesena srotavyam yad yad asti tat i rahasyanama

sahasrani api tvattas srutam maya i etc. It ends: — iti sritrisati nama mahastotram sampurnam DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) harih om ii srigurubhyo namah il

(^)

The Ambdstava (ff. 22—24). It begins:—yam amana[ya]nti munayah prakrti(m) pura-

nlm vidyeti yam srutirahasyagiro grnanti i tam arddhapaHa- —

-^ 156 f<- vitasamkararupamudran devlm ananyasaranas saranam

prapadye ii 1 ii

It ends: — ambastavam sampurnam i harili i ora i srlgurubhyo namah ii

(5)

The Mantraksaramdla, or Mdnasajmjd (ff. 25—27). The latter title is given in the margin of f. 25, and in the table of contents at the beginning of the MS. See above

No. 43 (2), and Aufrecht CC. s. v., p. 452. It begins: — kalloloUasitamrtabdhilaharimaddhye virajan-

manidvlpe kalpakavatikaparivrte kadambavat[t]yujvale i ratnastambhasahasranirmmitasabhamaddhye vimanottame

cintaratnavinirmmitam janani te simhasanarn bhavaye il 1 ii

It ends: — phalasruti i srimantraksaramalaya girisutam piijarcaye cetasani' sandhyasu prativasaram suniyatara

tasyamalasyacirat i cittambhoruhamanclape girisuta nrttam vidhatte sada vanlvaktrasaroruhe jaladhijagehe jaganmam-

II II . . . gala 16 harih om srir astu i

(6)

The Anandasdgarastava (by Nllakantlia Diksita) (ff. 27b

33 b). Incomplete. See above No. 63 (3). It begins: — vijnapanarhaviralavasaranavaptya mando-

dyame mayi daviyasi visvamatuh i avyajabhutakarunapavana-

paviddhany anta smaramy aham apamgataramgitani ii 1 ii It ends: — kaiiclgunagrathitakancanaveladr^yan canda- takaipsukavibhaparabhagasobhi paryyamkamandalapariska- ranam purane ddhyayami te vipulam aqaba nitambabim-

bam II 69 ii

(7)

The Carccdstava, by Kdliddsa, in 25 stanzas (ff. 34—36). DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) It begins: — saundaryyavibhramabhuvo bhuvanadhipatya-

sarnpattikalpataravas tripure jayanti i ete kavitvakumuda-

prakaravabodhajDiirnendavastvayi jagajjananipranamah ii 1 ii It ends: — iti Kalidasaviracitam carccastavam sampurnam harih om ii subham astu.

I Read with MS. No. 43 (2): yah pujayec cetasa. -3H 157 H5-

(8)

The Kalyamstava, by Kdliddsa (ff". 37— 38). It begins: — kalyanavrstibhir ivamrtapuritabhir llak^ml-

svayamvaranamamgaladipikabhih i sevabhir amba tava pa- dasarojamulenakari kim manasi bhaktimatafi jananam ii 1 il

It ends: — Kalidasaviracitam kalyanastavam samaptam il

^rimaliadevyai namah ii srimahatripurasundaryyai namo

ii namali om i

(9)

The Faramarthasdra, by ^esandga, with a Commentary. See Aufrecht- Oxford p. 353 (MS. Wilson 535), Mitra,

Notices, voh II, p. Ill, No. 698, Hall p. 105, Ind. Ot^'.

Part IV, p. 841.

It begins: — vandeham vasudhadharam vacasam adika-

asesasukhadaqa param i ranam i vasudevapriyani Sesam prapadye caranadvandvam advandvam sukhaduhkhadam i srimatkrsnasarasvatya guros tatvartthadarsinah i praripsitasya granthasyavighnena parisamaptaye pracayagamanaya sistacaraparipalanaya paramatmasmaranalaksanam marn-

i ekan galam acarati ii paramparasyah prakrter anadikam nivistam bahudha guhasu sarvalayam sarvacaracarasthi-

visnum saranara prapadye ii 1 ii asyayam tam I tam eva artthah, etc. It ends: — ity evam sisyena prstain prativiviktam sacci-

ii danandam brahmasvariipan tasmad upadisya gamayati 85 i

vedantasastram akhilam Sesas tu jagadadharah i aryya- pancasitya baddhah (read babandha) paramrirtthasaram

ii dantini daru- idam ii iti paramartthasaram samaptam iti tatha vikare darii tirobhavati sopi tatraiva i jagad

paramatma paramatmanyDR.RUPNATHJI(eva jagat DR.RUPAKtirodhatte NATHii iti )^esa-

viracitaryyas samapta ii ^rigurubhyo namah ii

(10)

The Kdrtavirydrjimaliavaca, the 12*^ Adhyaya of the

Udddmaresvaratantra (ff. 23—35 = 1—13). -^. 158 H£r-

It begins: — yolafi caracaragurur bliuvanam bibhartti

yasyarddham adritanaya visadasmitasya i yasyogratamkamu- khakrttagalo vidhata rudrasya mtirttir akhilam sivam

atanotu i asya rudrasya bhagavan agnih kandarsih i cchando

mahavirat i sambhiir devata tatra jabalopanisat i atha hainam brahmacarina iiculi, etc. It ends: — ity uddamaresvaratantre karttaviryyarjunaka- vacan nama dvadasoddhyayah ii karttaviryyarjjunamaha-

rsili mantrasya [i] dattatreyabhagavan i anustup cchandali i

karttaviryyrirjjuno devata i prom bijam i namas saktih i

karttaviryyarjjunayeti kilakam i karttaviryyarjjunaprasada-

siddhyartthe jape viniyogah i am prem cchrim am i im

kllm bhrum I sirah i urn am hrlm um sikha i em krom

srim aim kavacam i om hum pbat uetram i am srikartta-

ii viryyarjjunaya namali ah i astram i midam i orn prem cchrim kllm bhrum arn brim krom srim hum phat srikar-

ttavlryyarjjunaya namah ii

113.

Whish ^"o. 111.

Size: 15tX It in., (1) + 126 + 17 + (1) + 24 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: At the end of the first work the date is given (in Malaya- lain language), viz. January of the Kollam year 985 i. e. A. D. 1810. Scribe: Krsnadvija. Character: Malavalam.

(1) The ^rutiraujim, a Commentary on Jaijudeva's Gitago- vinda, by LakpiudJiara, son of Yajnesvara, in 12 Sargas. (FL 126.) See No.DR.RUPNATHJI(142 (Whish No. DR.RUPAK144) for another NATH )copy of the same work. begins: harih It — ^riganapataye namah avighnam astu i dhavalajaladavarnnah candramahkhandacudam parasuhari- iKihastam jnanamudrabhiramaiu bhujagaparavirajatkam-

kanah janubahun dalitanatajanarttin daksinamiirttim ide i Laksmidharena vidusa kriyate siutirahjini vidvatkavi- -^ 159 ^^

niude gitagovindasyaittliadlpika i yad istam likhyate natra yac canistam vilikhyate dvitayaip tad dayam viglmaih'

ksamyatara varnnitair^ mmayi i na buddliyate sudhair3 ggltagovindasyarttliagauravam vyakliyana^atakenapi viluiya

siutirafijinim i etc.

It ends: — saddhvl maddhvika cinta na bhavati bhavatah sarkare sarkarasi* drakse draksyanti tes tvam ami-ta nirtam asi ksiraniratvam esi moce ma jiva jayadliaradha- i-akuhare majja yusmajjayayai va kalpam kalpitaipgya yad ilia bhuvi gira sthiyate jiiyadevya ii he maddhvika ii iti

ii Ii srikrsnaya dvadasasarggah namah i kollam 900 ayi- I'attaempattan camata makaramasam aficantiyaticoppac caymii rohaniyiim suklapaksattil dvadasiyum simhah kara- iiavuin kutiyadivasampataleyesanugrahena K]-siiadvij ena likhitam pustakam ii srigurubhyo namah etc.

(2)

Fragment of an astronomical treatise (ff. 17). In the margin of f. 1, and on the title page the title Krmvjam is given.

It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu ; "ena traikalajfianain uktam ajhanatimiravattibliyah tajhanan divyayiitam vaksye tasmai namaskrtya jyotisaphalam adesah phalarttham rirainbhanam bhavati loka tasmad yatnah k;iryyo hy adese jyodisajfiane navabhir nnavabhir athaniser unispanna rasayo etc.

F. 10: — II iti jivayonih ii candras catuspadastho dre- kkano, etc.

It ends (f. 17): — caturtthadivase maddhyahnarkkena sarayukte ajalagne budhadrste hy asvatarinam adarsanam DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) bruyat suskanadikulagata labhyante mrgyamanais tah

1 dvitayan tad dayanighnaih, MS. Whish No. 144. 2 panditair, MS. AVhish No. 144. 3 budiiair, MS. Whish No. 144.

4 karkarasi, MS. "Whish No. 144.

5 ke, MS. Whish No. 144. ^

-^f 160 r

sukre ksitejalagne dhenudvayam atra garbhini caika tisr- nam gavam adarsanam astamadivase bhavel labhah budhadrste tallagne by asvatarlnam adarsanam bruyat svabkale ravyudaye labhyante mrgayamanena adya caturtthe divaseccbagostamesvare drste prativesiko vayasyo navame divase svayan deta ^asisukrabbyam drste sitir ggavo bbutas

sagopalah i (3) Tbe Veddntasdra, in 22 Adbyayas. Tbe name of tbe autbor is not given. It begins: — barili sriganapataye namah avigbnena pari- samaptir astu[h] suklambaradbaram visnum sasivarnnam caturbbujam prasannavadanam dbyaye sarvavigbnopasan-

taye i ajnanatimirandbasya jiiananjanasalakaya caksur

unmilitam tasmai . . . yena srlgurave namab i atbasadhana- catustayasamvakyanantaram atmanatmavivekam ucyate i

atma sariratrayam i vilaksana avastbattrayasaksi nityasu- ddbabuddbamukam (?) satyaparipurnnasaccitanandakatvam nama kalattrayanasanarabitatvam nama kalattrayavidya- manaprakasatvam svasaktasasamsayadbivirodbi svabbavatva mama (read °tvam nama?) tasmad anantariipatvam satva- rajastamogunasvarupam ajiianasaccidanandasvarupam brab- manab ubbayab (?) akasam ulpannam akasadvayum vayor abni ahni ravab,* etc.

F. 4: — iti vedantasare prapaiicarabasyapratbamoddbya-

: yab II F. 7 —iti vedantasare sariralaksanam nama trtiyo- ddbyayab ii F. 15b: — iti vedantasare bbaktilaksanasam- pranaye trayodasoddbyayab ii

It ends (f. 24): — iti vedantasare videbakaivalyalaksane samsararabasye dvavirasoddbyayab ii ii upadesavedantasi-

ii ddbyarabasyam saniaptah i srigurubbyo namab DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) 114. Whish No. 112 a.

Size: IGjXlg- in., (1) + 95 + (8) leaves, from 9 to 12 lines on a page.

1 "It is by Sarikaracdrf/a", Prof. Aufrecht. 2 Read utpannam akasad vayur vayor agnir agner apah? ->* IGl .^

Material: Palm leaves. Date: Probably end of 18tii cent. Scribe: Yasudeva. Character: Malayalam.

The BhaJdaprii/d, a Commentary on the XdrCujanlya- stotra, in 12 Skandhas. The author of the Stotra is Nd- rdyaua Bhatta of KeraLa. See Aufrecht CC. p. 294.

It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu

srlgurnbhyo namah i gajananam giran devlm Yyasam karasahanam gurim bhiitesam isam a.sasitartthadan pranamamy aham srimatbhagavatartthasamgrahamayanarayani- yahvayam stotram hrdyam anargham ujvalataraddhvastan- dhakfirodayam yat kanthesu satam anuttamagunam pra- tyagrara utbhasate tasyeyam kriyate yathamati maya vyakhya hi bhaktapriyakirttanam bhagavatkirtter mraatkrtriv anusamgikam ity evam prayatnenasmadvyakhyatrtyaprasi- ddhaye (i) iha khahi samadhigatanikliilanigamartthasatatva- tayli sabdaparabrahmapara[vara]vurinataya paramabhaga- vatataya ca saka]asahi-da3'amahitayasris sri-Narayanakavih paramakarunikatayil bhaktanugrahaya sribhagavatarttha- nusarinarayaniyabhidham stotraratnah cikir>;uh prathamam prathamaslokena praripsitasya stotrasyavighnena parisa- maptipracayagamanabhyam srotrj ananikhihijanasamlhita- siddhaye ca stotrapratipadyajagatsarggadidasakaLaksanaliLa-

nidanabhutaparatatvanusmaranarupamaragahim acarati i sandrety adina brahmaguruvacanapure saksat bhatiti sambandhah brahma sarvam asrayam sarvanusyiitam suddhacaitanyam guruvacanapuram iti prasiddhe ksetre saksat bhati, etc.

F. 41b: — iti narayanlyastotravyakhyayam bhaktapriyayam navamaskandhaparicchedahDR.RUPNATHJI(ii DR.RUPAK NATH )

It ends: — sribhagavatavyakhyadrstanarttliat padanyepi

{sic) stotravyakhyanarupena racitani parara mayayan namna sammatani stotrah janiinam antarantara tabhyam eva hrdisthabhyam maya neyam krta krtih ii iti narayanlyastotravyakhyayam bhaktapriyayam dvadasaskandliapari-

ii ii cchedah Vasudevena likhitam idara i harih etc. 11 -^ 162 HS-

115. WmsH No. 112B.

Size: 12 j X 2 in., (1) + 49 + (1) leaves, from 8 to 11 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 ti^ or 19th cent.?

Character : Grantba. A Collection of Stotras, and sundry fragments. The titles of the Stotras are given in the margins at the beginning of each of them, and in a list on the first leaf.

(1)

The Mdtrkdstava (ff. 1—4). It begins: — apratyaksakatham akrtrimarasam arkapra- kasakramam asmaccittagrham atarkyavibhavam avyaja-

niryyatkrpam i aksanam adhidevatam aviditam addhvanta- gam addhvagam aksinagamasamvidabhyupagamam anvemi

daksatmajam I 1 |

It breaks off (f. 4b) in the 37*^ stanza with the words: — bhasmakaravidagdhake hutavahe bhavakrte man- math e.

(2)

The Mdtrkdnydsa (ff. 5 — 6).

It begins: — atha balrisampiititamatrkanyasah i Daksina-

miirtti(r) rsih i gayatri cchandah i balarupini matrka saras-

vati devata i etc. It breaks off with the words: — somamandalaya sodasa- kalatmanerghyamrtaya nama jalam apiiryya.

(3)

The Triimrddottara (ff. 7—8). It begins: kalyani tripura bala — maya tripurasundari i sundaryy blias[v]avati uma omkari sarvamamgala i etc. DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) It ends (or breaks off) with the words: — sariracesta te stutis mama pranama ca vag indriyavrttir astii i sarva manovfttir anusmrtis te sarvan tavaradhanam eva bhuyat i

(4) The ^yamaldmhavarmaratna, or MdtangllMvaca (the latter title in the margin and in the Table of Contents), i. e. the ->4 1

iiah I sadasivam pitarara upagamya vakyam abravit i etc.

It ends: — iti srisaiibliagyalaksniikalpe caturllaksagran- thavistare skandesvarasamvade syamalambavarmmaratnan

nama dasamah patalah ii sri:iyamalambayai namah ii

(5)

The MataUgyastoUara (flf. 11—12).

Jt begins: — raatamgi vijayil syama sacive^I sukapriyil i

nipapriyiX kadambesi madaghurnitalocana i etc.

It ends: — etair yyas sacivesanim sakrt stauti sariravan i tasya trailokyam akhihini haste tisthaty asamsayah Ii

(6)

The Bdldsaliasrandman (ff. 13 — 16). It begins: — asya sribalasahasranamamahamantrasya Daksinamurtti(r) rsih | paukti cchandah i bala paramesvari

devata i aim bijam ksim saktih i etc.

It ends (or breaks off) with: — kamkalapatni kalindi

kaumarl kamavallabha i panodyukta panasamstha bhima-

rupa bhayaprada i

(7)

Ff. 17—21 contain various Mantras for Tantric purposes.

F. 17 begins: — sirasi Antaryyami bhagavan rsih i mukhe

anustup cchandah i hrdaye sadyo devata i etc.

On f. 19 we read: — asya srisaktipahcaksarastotramaha-

mantrasya Yamadeva rsih i pankti cchandah i umamahe-

svaro devata i etc. F. 21 ends: —DR.RUPNATHJI(harir haro virihcas DR.RUPAKca srstyadin NATHkurute )

yaya i namas tripurasundaryya namami padapamkajam I

(8)

The Trijnirdstava in 54 stanzas, attributed to Durvdsas

(ff. 22—27). Printed with the title Tripurdmahimastotra

in the Kavyamala, Part XI, p. 1 ff. 11* -^ 164 f<$-

It begins: —srimatas tripure parat paratare devi trilo- kimaliasaundaryyarnavamanthanotbhavasudhapiTicurvyaA^a -

' te rnojvalam i udyatbhanusahasranitatnajapapuspaprabhan vapuh svante me sphuratu trilokanilayara jyotirminayain

vanmayam i etc. It ends: — bhusyam vaidusyam udyaddinakarakiranaka- ram akriratejassammanam (bhurimargam Ed.) nigamani-

gamanam durgamam yogamargam i ayusyam brahmaposyam bariharavisadam kirttim abbyeti bbumau debante brabma- bhuyam parataracaranakaram abbyeti vidvan ii 54 ii

(9) The Dalmndmurttiimnjara, or tbe 18* Adhyaya of the

Brahmdmla-Purana (ff. 28—29). It begins: — pranamya sambam isanam sirasa Yainiko

skandam adarat i niunih i vinayavanato bhutva papraccha

Narada iivaca i etc. It ends: — iti sribrahmandapurane guhanaradasamvade daksinamtirttipahjaran namastadasoddhyayah ii snsivaya

namah ii (10)

Ff. 3(1 —36 contain various (Tantric?) fragments, too small to make anything of them.

(11)

The Ganapatyastaka, ascribed to Saddsiva (f. 36). It begins: — asya srimahaganapatistotramalamantrasya

Sadasivo bhagavan rsih i anustup cchandah i ganapatir

devata i etc.

It ends: — iti Sadasivaproktam gane^astakain sarn- piirnainDR.RUPNATHJI(ii DR.RUPAK NATH ) (12)

The Lalitdstavaratna (if. 37—49).

Other copies in Nos. 63 (5), ]60 (2) and 174.

Beginning and end the same as No. 63 (5). See above

p. 81 seq.

I Kead onutanajapapuspaprabhaTp with Ed. ->t 1G5 H$-

116.

Whish No. 113.

Size: lls-x2 in., (1) + 102 + 31 + (1) leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Entry by Mr. AVhisli dated 4th December 1831. The MS. may be about 50 years older. Character: Grantha.

(1)

The ISrutisnktliiifdd, or Caturvedaidtimryasamyralia, in 149 verses, by Haradatta, together with a Commentary.

Mr. Wliish gives the title ' Caturvedabhasya' . (Ff. 102).

See Steiu-Jammu, p. 359 seq.

It begins:—iha khalu i kalikalakalananantaram avaidika- bauddhridiraddhantanusandhanavisuddhabuddhin nirisvara- tvanirvahakavaidikripasata(read°prasasta?)mimamsakalpita- ualpavikalpajalpasravanonmisitakahi'>akahiia->lkrtavrsrimka - visayasemusitanmanlsinonugrhitakamo mahesvaramsavatara- 3'amano (read °nah) padavakyapramanajho Haradattaca- ryyas saivavaidi(ka)tantravisvasakarinim avaidikamatauira-

karinim i samastakalmasapaharimm i abhedapurusartthapii-

ranlm i samsarasagarottaranlm bhavaikabhaktivibhavavista- riniin cikirsur i pahcasaduttaraslokatmikain srutisuktimrilam llaksanapramanabhyam hi nyayena tatsiddhyarttham asyam srutisuktimalayam pradhanyena prati(pi)pridayisitani namas- sesitvaniratisayaisvaryyadigunakatvanrirayanopauisadudlri - topasyatvagayatripratipadyatvalaksanani kratusesitvalaksa- iiani pahcalaksanani pahcabrahmaniva paficrdvsaranlva sru- tisiddhaui panca *** *** (blank) pahcayava(read pahca- vayaYa?)sthitasya paramesvarasya pancalaksanani samgrn- hanah tadvisistatvenananasadharanatvad asyaivasrayaniya- tvad anisvaram ******DR.RUPNATHJI(** (blank) ntranamDR.RUPAKvisnubrahmadi- NATH ) nam asrayaniyyatvapattavi(read "tvapattav avi°?)duratopa- stety asyaivasrayaniyatve hetutvan darsayann aha yasmai

nama iti ii yasmai namo bhavati yasya gunas samagra

uarayanopanisada yadupasanokta i yo na(h) pracodayati buddhim adhikrtau yas tan tvam ananyagatir isvara sam- jsravami ii 1 ii namo namaskarah, etc. -$H 166 r

Amongst the books and authors quoted in the commentary are: Jaimini, Badarayana, Sudarsanacarya (f. 5),

Padma-Purana (quoted as 'Patma'), Aditya-Purana (f. 15 b),

Markandeya-Purana, Parasara-Purana (f. 59), etc. It ends:—bhaktani bhavanadidaparsvacaropanitam mahyam mahesvarapayasi grapitam prasannani i bhunjana eva tad aharn ghatiti brabuddha svapnas samadhiriktadhiyam abhinnah^ ii 149 ii stomas same tad avadhaya grnhatam artthara asya nikhilena janatam i grahyam annyad api

navasisyate jiieyam anyad api va il na kincana om i harih om etc.

(2)

The Manimanjari, a Commentary on Keddra^s Vrttara- tnakara, by the Purohita Ndrdyana, son of Nrsimlmyajvan^ in 6 Adhyayas. Ff. 31. See Nos. 54 (3), and 170. It begins:— svetambhodhisthitan devam suddhasphatika-

vigraharn i vagvibhutipradam saksad vande gandharvakan-

dharara i Nrsimhayajvanah putro Narayanapurohitah i vrttaratnakaravyakhyam vyakaroti yathamati ii 14: P. —iti sodasamatraprakaranam ii It ends:— iti vrttaratnakaravyakhyayam manimanjaryyam sasthoddhyayah ii srigurucaranaravindabhyan namo namah ii om

117.

Whish No. 114.

Size: in., 14x If (3) + 56 + (1) + 97 + 1 (f. 28 being double) + 9 (numbered as £f. 112—120) + 8 + (1) leaves, from 10 to 13 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: End of 17th or early 18th cent.? Character:DR.RUPNATHJI(Grantha. DR.RUPAK NATH )

Injuries: The first leaf, and f. 28 of the second work are slightly damaged.

The eight leaves of the last work are numbered by the Aksaras of the invocation 'harih sriganapataye namah' as follows: hari^i = 1, sri = 2, ga = 3, na = 4, pa = 5, ta = 6, ye = 7, namah = 8.

' Words and metre quite corrupt. —

"5^4 167 f^

An entry by ]Mr. Whish says: "This volume contains the Tarkka-Chudamanih; a work by Bahwricha Dharrama- rajah; in refutation of the Nyaya or philosopliy of Gauta- mah; the founder of the Nayyayikah or Aristotelian Sect and also a second work on the same subject by the same author."

(1)

The TarJcacwJdmani (a Commentary on the Anumana chapter of Biicidatta's TattvacinUimanipraJxdm), by the BaJivrca Dharmaraja, "an inhabitant of Kandararaanikya- grama (our IMS. has Kantaramanikka), and son of Tri- vedinarayanayajvan of the Kaundinyagotra" (Burnell, Tan- jore, p. 115), The MS. is incomplete (ff. 56).

It begins: — kaverivaripanapratihatatamasara mandite panditanani nyandai (?) sri-E,amacandra smrtibalavisada- sei?atantrartthasrirah dese vikhyatavaso vividliagurukapalesa- to labdhabodho nyayabdhin tarkkacudamanira iha kurute

Bahvrco Dharmmarajali i tretagnidhumakulavithikam karne (read "karakane?) grhe grhe yatra vasanti surayah adlilta-

sarvasrutayah kathantare lia nirjjitapratyanumanavadinah i

tatra kantaramanikkagramaratnanivasina i maniprakasavi- vrtir Dharmmarajena tanyate ii dasanam api tikanara bhani-

gam kurvan kvacit kvacit i anumanaprakasasya vivrtim karavany aham ii arabdhaparisamaptaye maragalam aca- ritam si[k]syasiksriyai granthato nibadhnati pranayeti vi- ghnaddhvarasam iti yady api granthasamaptir eva prarttha- niya tatha sati vighnaddhvarase lokavagatakaranad eva, etc.

It breaks off with the following Avords (f. 56b):—tadaiii- gikarat vyadhikaranaprakrirakecchamgikrid ity artthah ista-

bhedepi upasthitestabhedety artthah tatjhanarttham iti i DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) anagatajhanrirttham ity artthah i ata eva paramate ana- gatapakajhanaya prasiddhapakavisayanumanadara iti bha- stha- vah I uktaprSyam iti abhedajhanasya pravarttakatve p(y)ate icchajanakatvam api tasyaivoktaprayam ity artthah sukhatvad ity 'numaneneti i idara sukharn sukhapiirvavartti anumanenety artthah 'siddheh. -^ 168 H^

(2) A Commentary on Gaurilxdnta Sarvaljlianma Bhattdcd- rycCs Tarkahlidmhhdvdrthadqyikd (Commentary on Kesava- misra's Tarkahlidsd). Incomplete (K 97). See Ind. Off. IV, p. 607.

It begins: —namas te sarade devi kasmirapuravasini i tvam aham prarttlia(y)isyami vidyadanan tu dehi me ii Gaurikantakrti svatotivisadanaghratadosapy asau balanam

lirdayam na ranjayati yat praudhasya ceto yatha i ta- ddosaya bhavaty atali prakatayan bhavam vicaryyanaya

kurve Kesavabhavananugataya balapramodam param i ciki- rssitasya granthasya vighnasantyai krtam mamgalam sisya-

siksayai nibadhnati om iti i atra omkaras cathasabdas ca

dvav imaii brahmanab pura i ka[m]ntham bhitva viniryyatau tasman mamgalikav iti siksavaeauenonikriraprayogasya pratyekam mamgalatvat on tat sad iti nirddeso brahmanas trividha smrta iti, etc. F. 2: —nanv evam bahumamgalacaranena vighnarupa- drstapratibandhakakiitanivrttav api siromanirupamahagran- thavyakhyacaturyyajanitahamkaramCdakalajjarupadrstapra- tibandbakad alpagrantha-Kesavakrtivyakbyane svabhara- tyah pravrtyanupapattir ity ata aba matar iti kim lajjasa iti, etc. F. 11: —sistacaroUamgbinali Kesavamisrasya krtir iyam katham sistair adaraniyetyabbiprayavatam samkam apa- karoti atra ceti grauthakaravisaya ity artthali, etc. F. 97 ends: — dravyeti dravyasamavetalaukikacaksusa- tvam kriryyatavaccbedakara alokasarnyogatvam karanata- vaccbedakam svasamavayisamavayab karanapratya(sa)ktili sparsadisparsane karyyatavaccbedakasyatiprasamgavara- DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) naya pratyaksatvam apabaya caksuseti tamas caksuse ca- ksusatvasya nilan tama iti nilatvasamanyapratyasaktija- biukikarui:>acaksuse dravyasamavetavisayakacaksusatvasya gbatadimatravisayakalaukikacaksuse dravyavisayakalauki- kacaksusatvasya rilpatvadimatravisayakanirvikaliJake sama- vetavisayakalaukikacaksusatvasyatiprasaktataj'a dravyasa- -^ 169 :^ mavetavisayakalaukikacuksu^atvam karyyatavaccliedakam ity uktaiu riqiiidika.

(3)

A fragment of the PraJcri;/dsarvasva (9 leaves, num-

bered as ff. 112 —120), apparently the work of Ndrdyami Avlio is described by the Maharaja of Travancore (in the JRAS. vol. Xyi, 1884, p. 449) as 'the most popular and Avell-admired author of pi-akrii/dsarvasuam, dlidtdkdvyam, ndrdyamyam, etc."

begins: F. 112 —brahmanimata brahmanihata i pullim-

gasadharanasyety ukteh prthivitarety atra na i nadyas

sesasyanyatarasyam i nyantavarjjitasya nadisarajfiasya nya-

ntesv eka ca scaghadau hrasvo va syilt i etc.

F. 120 ends:—vatir nnana iiathamus ca krtvortthas ta-

ddhitev}^ayam i itah parain samasantah santi kecana ta-

ii ddhitah I tesan tattatsamases;u varnanaiva laghiyasl

iti prakriyasarvasve taddhitakhandah il sarnk'^epatisayepi vacyabahutiX hetor abhud vistarah spastatvepi krte sva-

bhavagananabhagamanaga sphutah i evam vyaktim iyan padarttha iyata granthena yatoyam ity evam yo vimrset

sa eva kalayed asmannibandhe gunan i harih gurubhyo namah ii

(4)

Fragment of a Oanapdtlia (ff. 8), perhaps part of the preceding work.

It begins:—athapatyaganah i utsodapanavikaravinada-

tarunatalunadhenupilukunasuvarnebhyah i autsah audapa- DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH )

i i nah I vaikarah vainadah i tarunah talunah i dhainavah i

pailukunah i sauvarnah i bharatakurusatvadindravasana-

janapadapahcalo^inarebhyah i etc.

It ends: — caupayatacaikayatacaitayatabailvayatasaika-

yatfinah ca i caupayatyfi caikayatya caitayatya bailvayatyil

saikayatya iti ii ->4 170 H^

118.

Whish No. 115.

Size: (1) ISg-Xlg in., (1) + 156 + (1) leaves, from 9 to 13 lines on a page. (2) 14xlr in., 11 leaves (numbered as ff. 79—89), 11 or 12 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: The MS. of the first work was probably written about the middle of the 18 th cent. The MS. of the second work seems to be older. Character: Malayalam. The leaves are numbered by Aksaras in the same way as No. 19. Injuries: Slightly damaged by insects in the middle of the book.

(1) The Naukd or Horduivarana, a Commentary on Vard- liamihira's Brhajjdtaka. Also called Dasddhydt/i, according to Aufrecht CC. p. 2-18. It begins:—harih sriganapataye namali aviglmam astu jayati bbagavan gajfisyena (corrected to gajasyo) yatka- rnnavyajanamaruta bbajatam yanto vyasanani baranty ayantas cSrppayanty abblstani satyajnanaparam brabma jyotiranandarupinim naiimi sarvottarodattaprasnamalam sarasvatim satyajiianapradayestadesakalaprabodbine nama

srlgurave saksiXt paramesvaramurttaye i yesam atmani garbbasamskrtimukbair mmaunjini baddbantimaih vrate karmmabbir atra bliati vidhivat brabmapratisthapitah sraii- tasmrirttasamastakarmmasatatanustbananistbatmanas tan etan pranamami bbumivibudhan istarttbakalpadruman sri- suryadln su(kba)samvedya^ nigrabanugraban jagatsrstistbiti-

layajnanabetun upasmabe i srimad-Varabamibiraboratri- Iparyasagare sadarttbaratnasamsiddbyai tika nauka vica-

ryate i etc. It ends:DR.RUPNATHJI(—addbyayanukramam DR.RUPAKvrttanuvyafica NATH ) (read vrttena vyanjayati?) slokatrayena i ra.siprabbedo grabayonibbedo viyonijanraatba nisekakalab janmatba sadyomaranan tatba- yur ddasavipakostakavarggasarajiiab karmmajivo rajayogab kbayoga^ candra yoga dvigrahadyas ca yogab pravrajyato

* sukhavedya corrected to susamvedya. ^- 171 f<^ rasisilail ca drsti(r) bhavas tasmad asrayotha prakirnnah nestayoga jatakam bharainanan niryanam syan nastajannia drganah addliyayanam vinisatib pancayuktacaryuktanyfread

°caryoktaiiy?) atra vrtta[s]satani i iti pratharao rasiprabhc- dah dvitlyo grahayonibhedab trtlyo viyonijanma caturttbo

nisekakalab ])ancamo janma i sastlias sadyomaranam i saptama ayurddayab astamo dasaphalani navamostavarggab da.samab karmraajlvah ekadaso rajayogah dvadasab kba- yogab trayodasas candrayogab caturda^o dvigrahadiyogab pancadasab pravrajyayogab sodaso rasisilani saptadaso grabadrstib astadaso bbavapbalam ekonavimsani asrayayo-

gab I vimsab prakirnnab ekavimsonistayogab dvavimsas trijatakam trayoviraso niryanam caturvimso nastajatakam paficavimso drekanaplialapaksa sadvirp.sopradarsanaparo-

ddbyayab horavivaranam samaptam ii ii sriparamagurave

saranara ii etc.

(2)

Tbe Prasnamrta, by Knmdra, pupil of Ndrdyana Jyotisa, a fragment only. A work of tbe same title is ascribed to JamhumitJm in tbe "Index of MSS. in tbe Government

Oriental MSS. Library, Madras," p. 55.

It begins:—barib sriganapataye namab avighnam astu srigurubbyo namab samastavigbnaprabbavopasantaye na- maskaromi dvipanayakananam vacab prasadani kurutarn

sarasvati etc. . . . asid dvijanma dvipakananakbye grame

sudbib pratr (?) janinacetab sastrrirttbavetta srutiparadrsva

Narayano jyotisas tarppayayi i tasyasti sisyo vinayapradba- nas tadiyakarunyanivasabhumih yas ^ri-Kumaro vidito dvijanma grabendrasaficaravicaracuficub pranamya soyam adaya gurupadapatmamDR.RUPNATHJI(niriksya borara DR.RUPAKsakalarttbapustani NATH ) saran tu tato vyadbatta prasnamrtam balabitaya hrdyam paropakaraikato mabantas santcsamantab krpaya vidbaya sammanayantam idam asmadiyani prasnamrtan nirmmalaki-

rttibbajab, etc.

It breaks off witb tbe words:—caturtthajvarasantaye \

krsnaya namab i s

-^ 172 H5-

119.

Whish Xo. 116.

Size: 13f x if in., (2:i + 82 + (1) + 133 + 6 + (2) leaves, 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 th or 19 th cent.? Character: Grantlia.

(1)

The Blidftadlpikd, a Commentary on Jaimini's Mlmdmsd- darsana, by Kliandadeva, from Adhyuya VII, Pada 1 to Adhyaya IX, Pada 3. (Ff. 82.) It begins: — srutipramanatvac chesanam mukhyabhede

yathadhikarabhava syat ii evam sadhikare iipadesevagate-

dhuna tadadhinasiddhir atideso nirupyate i etc.

Adhyaya VII ends f. 15 b, Adhyaya VIII f. 28 b. It ends with the third Pada of the IX *^ Adhyaya:—iti sri-Khandadevakrtau bhattadipikayam navamasyaddhya-

yasya trtiyah padah li

(2) The BJidttacandrlJid, a Commentary on Kliandadeva' Blidtiadipikd, by Bhdskarardya Bhdrat'i, the son oi Gam-

hhtra and Konamd (?), and pupil of Nrsimlia and Sivadatta. The author lived at Benares in 1629, according to Aufrecht

CC. p. 411. The MS. contains the whole of the first Adhyaya, and the two first Padas (Pada 2 incomplete) of the second Adhyaya. (Ff. 133.)

It begins:—sri - Ganibhlravipascitah pitur abhud yah Konamambodare vidyastadasakasya marmmabhid abhud ya sri-Nrsiinhat guroh i yas ca sri-Sivadattasuklacaranaih purnabhisiktobhavatDR.RUPNATHJI(sa tretatripuratrayiti DR.RUPAK NATHmanute ) tam eva nathatrayim i bhagirathibhimarathi tatakiitah kakuppatah i panduramgah param brahma mama daivam vrsakapih i mimainsasastrajivatum Jaiminyadimunitrayam i sarasvatin ca natvaham vyakurve bhattadipikam i sri-Khandadevodi- tabhattacandrikam prasarayan sodasalaksanim bhuvi i sa bhattacandras samudeti yam vyadhan mahagnicit Bha- H>^ 173 K=^

skaraiTiya- Blifirati i paripurnavidhudayrinvnj'avyatirekanu-

vidhayini sati l budhakrtkumudaprabodhakrdvisadarttliri

bhuvi bhattacandrika i praripsitasya granthasyavighnata- dyarttham srlcakrasoraayagaii slesena stauti ii diksfimga

iti I etc.

F. 17b:—iti bhattacandrikayam candrodayanamni tika- yam Bhaskararayasya krtau prathamaddhyaye adimah padah ii

I, 1 ends f. 17b, I, 2 f. 34b, I, 3 f. 66, I, 4 f. 95b (end of the first Adhyaya), II, 1 ends f. 115b.

It breaks oft (t. 133b) with the words: — sfdiityanavagame- neti saptadasapasughatitasamudayasyaikasya pratisamban- dhitvena devatatvanvayakaleniipasthitatvad ity artthah.

(3)

A fragment belonging to the BhaffadlpiJ^-d (ff. 6).

It begins: — kamyapasiikande vayavyam svetani illabheteti siutam tatra svetam ity atra svetasabdasya dvitiyantatvepi bhavanaya bhavyajanakajanakam, etc. It ends:—itibhattadlpiklyapaurnamasyadhikaranaprasam- uaritih ii harili om ii

120.

WmsH Xo. 117.

Size: 13tX1|- in., (1) + 225 leaves, 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19th cent.? Character: Malayalam.

The A^tdiigahrdmia, by Ydghluita, incomplete (I, 1 to I\^, 18). See DR.RUPNATHJI(the excellent edition DR.RUPAKof the workNATHby ) Dr. Anna Moreshvar Kimte (Bombay 1880). It begins: —harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu ragadirogan satatanusaktan asesakayaprasrtan asesan au- tsukyamoharatidah jaghana yopurvavaidyaya namostu ta-

smai I athata ayiiskaralyan namaddhyayam vyakhyasyamah

iti ha smahiir Atreyadayo maliarsayah i etc. .

->i 174 H$-

The Sutrasthdna (in 30 Adhyriyas) ends f. 82, the &d- rirastlidna (in 6 Adhyayas) f. 108, the Niddnasthdna (in

16 Adhyayas) f. 145.

It ends with the 18*^ Adhyaya of the Cikitsitasthdna

(f. 225): — visarpe(read °sarpo) na hy asamsrstas sosra- pittena jayate raktani evasrayas casya bahusosram hared

atah na ghrtam bahudo!?aya deyam van na virecanam i tena dosopy upastabdhas tvagraktapisitam pacet ii cikitsite

astadasah kusthacikitsitam iyah ii

121.

WmsH No. 118.

Size: 18x2 in., (1) + 1 + 197 leaves, from 9 to 12 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Probably 18tii cent. Character: Malayalam. Injuries: Some leaves damaged by insects. Part of leaf 196 lost.

A Commeiitaiy on KdUddsa's Kumarasamhhava, hy Isdrdyana, a pupil of Krsna. Saigas 1—Till, with lacuna from II, 58 to III, 76.

It begins:—harih sriganapataye iiamah ! avighnam astu i satpadamukharitagandam kotirabhaiTimva(i'ead "bhrirava?)- baddhasasikhandam pranamata varanatundam padakamalam pranatasakalasurasandam apara + runapiirataramgitadr-

. gahcalam kalayakomalacchayah janaklnayakam bhaje i . . pracinacaryakrtas suvicaryyakuniarasambhavavyakhyah ba-

laprabodhanarttham lalitam karavani vivaranan tasya i piacinasurivihite mahati prabhute vyakhyantare viphala esa parisramo me vatiprakrimasubhage malayadrijamtavate DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH )

phalain kim u karotu mukhaniloyam i vyakhyaisa tu tathapi pradarsitanvayapadartthavakyarttha vivrtasamasavaratam

giirutaram upacarara acarayet {sic) i vyakhyantaresu drstesu vimrstesv api tatvatah subhagas Sivadasokto margga eva-

nugamyate i bhuvi khalu mahakavih Kalidasah parvati- pararacsvarapavitracaritravicitram kumarasambhavabhidha- -^ 175 H$- nam kavyam cikir>uh asirnamaskriya vastunirdeso vapi taumukliara ityadivacauanusarena vastunirde.san tavat ka-

roti astiti i na tu kavye yava(read yad a°?)saddhyam ta-

danusfirenaiva ktlvyasarajfia karttavya i yatlia yudhisthira- vijaya-janakiharana-sisuprdavadLaprablirtluara atra tu ta-

rakasuranigrahah kavye saddliyataya nirddistali i etc.

F. 36 b: — iti srI-K]'.snasya ' NaiTiyanasya krtau Kiima- rasaiubliavavivarane prathamas sarggab ii ii

P. 54 ends with the commentary on II, 58. Up to f. 54 the leaves are numbered by Ak>;aras, then begins a new

I'ohation (by figures) and a different handwriting with f. 55 where we find the commentary on III, 76 (last verse of

Sarga 3).

The III'^*^ Sarga ends (f. 55):— iti srl-Kr.^nasisyasya Karayanasya krtau kumarasambhavavivarane ti'tlyas sarggab II

Sarga IV ends f. 70 b, Sarga V f. 110b, Sarga YI f. 132b, Sarga VII f. 165. The eighth Sarga begins: —harih atha purvasarggopa- ksiptan devasya uavavadhiivisayain prathamanuraganantara- sainbhutani sambhogam varnnayitum astamas sarggoyam arabhyate tatra Madhavenoktara atra'?tamas sarggo gauri- sambhogavarnnanatvad vacayitum srotum vyakhyatuh ca na yuktam etacchilanan devatasapad ayusah ksayo bhavi- yyati iti daksinavartte na punah asya prakaranasya siva- yos sambhogavisayatvad rasabhavan vivicya vaktum bi- bhemi tasmad anvayamatram atradhikriyate ity uktam Ai'unacalanathena tu tad ubhayam api dusitara ayam kila tasyabhiprayah pfirvatiparamesvarayos sariramatragraha- nam api lokanugraharttham eva yathoktam bliagavato vi- ditam^ vo yatha svarttha name (read nama?) kascit pra- vrttayah iti i devyaDR.RUPNATHJI(api sarlragrahanadikam DR.RUPAKlokanugraha- NATH ) rttham eva iti devimahatmyadisu tatra tatra pratipaditam

. . trividha hi loke janah mukta mumuksavas saktas ceti i . yena kenapi prakarena bhagavati manahpranidhanam eva

» Read Krsnasisyasya, so all the other colophons.

2 bhagavata viditah pi-, m. •^ 17G r

raiiktilvaranam ity uktam' bhagavate i kamam krodham bliayam sneham aikyam saulirclam eva va nityam haraii

vidadhato yanti tanmayatam hi te iti mahakavir api ka-

luinan cittam iiarvatlparamesvarapadaravindavasaktam vi- dliatum evastamesmin sargge Yatsyayanasastranusarinim

padavim uraricakara i etc.

Sarga VIII ends f. 196, and the MS. breaks off on

f. 197 with the words: — nanu yadi bhavya maduktapraka- ratvam eva virupaksasyaniiditam tarhi tatpraptimatra- phalat tapaso viramyatani ata aha i mama manah atra sthiraip.

122.

Whish No. 119.

Size: lofxl-i- in., (1) -f 136 leaves, from 8 to 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Kollam 962 = A. D. 1787. Character: Malayalam,

The Ndmaliiigdimsdsana , by AmarasimJia, or the AmaraJiOsa, with a Malayahxm gloss. It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu srlgurubhyo namah mama gurave namah yasya jhana-

dayasindhor agadhasyrmagha gunah etc. . . . I svar avyayara svargganakah tridivah tridasalayah suraloko dyodivau dve

ii striyau klibe ii 1 trivistapam i 6 svah avyayam svarggah i

nakah i tridivah [ tridasalayah i suralokah i ivadim pulim-

II gam dyauh i i i okarantam divauh vakarantam i dveh i

striyauh i ii kllbe trivistapani i ivanu svarggattinnuperah ii

amara nirjjara devas, etc.

Kanda I ends on f. 30, Kanda II on f. 9G.

Kanda III ends (f. 136): — sastyantaprakpadas sena-

stheyanDR.RUPNATHJI(namalimganusasanam DR.RUPAKii aksarain NATHyat ) paribhrastam

etc. . . . avedomam aham vande menadeyaya te namah

asurat praiiinosyedam etat sarvam apalayam ii . . . srina-

rayanaya namah srlkrsnaya namah . . . srisiiryadisarva- grahebhyo namah kollam toUayiratta arupattarantainata

kannimasarp, etc. (Date, scribe, and benedictions in Mala- yalam language.) -^' 177 f<^

123.

Whish No. 121.

Size: IS-^Xl-g- in., 107 leaves, generally 8 or 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 tb or 19 tu cent.? Character: Malay alara.

The BharttrlMvija i. e. Bhaffikdvi/a, with the Commentary- called Jayamaufjald, Sargas I—III complete, beginning of Sarga IV, and V, 8—VI, 71.

It begins: — hari srlganapataye namah avighnam astu i

srigiirubhyo namah i pranipatya sakalavedinam atidustara- Bharttrkavyasalilanidheh jayamamgaleti namna naukeva e(ka)tra vi- viracyate tika i laksya(m) laksanan ca dvayam dusani pradar^ayitum ^n-Svamisunuh kavir Bharttrnfima ramakathasrayam maha,kavyafi cakara, etc. F. 17 b: — iti Bharttrkavyatikayan jayamamgalayam pra- kirnnakande ramasambhavo nama prathamas sarggah ii

Sarga II ends f. 40b, Sarga III f. 58 b.

After f. 60 there is a lacuna extending from IV, 11 to V, 8.

V, 106 ends f. 85b (f. 86 which should be the end of Sarga V seems to be misplaced). The MS. breaks off (in the Commentary on VI, 71) with the words: — sakhyasya tava sugrivah karakah kapi- nandanah drutan drastasi maithilyas s[v]aivam uktva tiro- krtam adhikrtyocyate bhavat l ito bulficav ity adina krtyanam akrtyanani krdantarbhavepi bhavakarmano(h) krtya iti visesapratipadanarttham prthagadhikaravacanain ^esas tu krtah kartta. DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH )

124.

WmsH No. 122.

Size: 16^x2 in., 67 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: End of 17 1^ or beginning of IStli cent.? 12 -^ 178 r^

Character: Malayalam. The leaves are numbered by letters, as follows: ka = l, ka = 2, ki=3, ki = 4 . . . kau = 14, kam = 15, kah = 16, kha = 17 etc. Injuries: The MS. is much damaged, many leaves broken, and lines lost.

(1) The SuldhdntaseJihara, by Srlpcdi, in 20 Adhyayas

(ff. 1—40). ******* It begins: — taye namali aviglinam astu (i) yat- tejah pitrdhamni sitamahasah patlioyame mandale sam- krantam kumudakarasya kuriite kantim vikasadhuyain'(i) cancaccaiicuputai[h]^ cakoranikarais caplyatesau ciran trai- iokyalayadipako vijayate devo uidhis tejasam (n) nijaguru- padadvandvam krtva manasy atibhaktito ganakatikika-Sri- purvoyam Patir dvijapumgavah (i) spliutam avisamam ma- ndaprajiiaprabodliavivrddhaye lalitavacanais siddhantanam karoti hi sekharam (i) satanandaddhvastiprabhrtitiitiparya- ntasamayapramanam bhudhisnyagrahanivahasamsthanaka- thanam (i) grahendranah caras sakalaganitam yattrgaditam (read yantraganitam?) sa siddhantah prokto vipulaganita- skandhakusalaih (ii) kratukriyartthah srutayah pradistah

kalasrayas te kratavo niruktah i etc.

F. 3b: — iti Sripativiracite siddhantasekhare grahabha- ganaddhyayah prathamah ii The 2'^'^ Adhyaya (maddhyamadhikaroddhyayah) ends 3'd f. 8, the A. f. 12, the ^'^ A. f. 17 b [one leaf missing between ff. 17 and 18], the 5*^ A. (candragrahana) f. 19, 6*^^ the A. (suryagrahana) f. 19 b, the 7*'^ A. (parvanayana) 8*1^ f. 20, the A. (pata) f. 21, the 9*^ A. (grahodayasta- maya) f. 21b, the 10*^^ A. (candra) f. 23, the 11*^ A.

(grahayiiddha) f. 25, the 12"^ A. (bhayoga) f. 27, the til 14*^ 13 A.DR.RUPNATHJI((vyaktaganita) f. DR.RUPAK29 b, the NATHA. (avyaktaganita) ) f. 31b.

After f. 34 three leaves (gi, gu, gii) are missing. 16*5^ The A. (golavarnana) ends f. 36, the 17«^ A. (rahu- nirakarana) f. 36b, the 18*^ A. (grahanopavarnana) f. 37b, the 19 1^ A. (yantravidhana) f. 39.

* For vikasadhuyam the metre requires ^ m. ->i 179 HS-

The 20"' Adliyaya ends (f. 401j): — iti siddhilntasekhare Sripativiracite siddhantasekhare prasnavidhanaddhyayo

Tim^ali II nama§ ^ivaya srisuryadisarvagraliebhyo namah srikrsnaya namah ii ii ii Amongst the authorities quoted are Aryabhata, Jisnu- nandana, Sritrivikrama.

(2)

The Mdlidhhdsluiriya Karmanihandhana, in 8 Adhyayas

(ff. 41 — 54), based on the Aryabhata.

It begins (f. 41): — harih ^rlganapataye namah kalam bibhartti ksanadakarasya yah prakasitasam sirasa gabha- stibhih namostu tasmai suravanditaptaye samastavidyapra- bh(av)aya sarnbhave jayanti bhanoh kamalavabodhinah kara himamsor vanitananatvisah sasuritarasphutadirggharasmayo dharasutajfiaskisita(?)tvisah punah tapobhir aptam sphuta- tantram asmakah ciratvam abhyetu jagatsu satgrahaih ciran ca j]\7asur apetakalmasa Bhatasya sisya jitaragasatravah navadrirupagniyutam mahlbhujam sakendranamnam sata- varsasagraham dvisatkanighnam gatamasasamyutani, etc. F. 44: — iti mahabhaskariye karmmanibandhane prathamoddhyayah ii

It ends (f. 54): — Bhaskare mithunaparyyavasane sarva- ritigunasaptaghati syat aksacapaganitam vada tasmin lambakena sahyatani viganayya Bhaskarena paricintya krtoyara mandabuddhiparibhogasamartthah samyag Arya- bhatakarmanibaudha spastavakyakaranais samavetah spa- stasthanekakirane cchedyake grahane raveh yad ihasti tad annyatra yan nehasti na tat kvacit ii iti mahabhaskariye

ii astamoddhyayah ii mahabhaskariyam samaptam aksaram yat paribhrastam matvadhinan tu yat bhavet ksantum arhanti vidvarasahDR.RUPNATHJI(kasya nasti DR.RUPAKvyatikramah NATHii arddhad ) unah ca dhiimrani syat krsnam arddhadhikam bhavet vimuhcatah kr!>nadhumram kapilam sakalagrahe ^rikrsnaya namah namas sivaya sivam astu ll ii II

(3)

Fragment of some treatise on astronomy (if. 55—66). 12* -^ 180 H^

It begins (f. 55): — harih Bhaskaram abhivandyahan nikhilagrahagativisesabodhakaram vaksye vyatipatadijiiSno- payam samasena ayanacalanan dvigunitam praksipyarke tyajet tarn rtubhanvoh sistasame sitamsau kramasali kila- latavaidhrtav uditau sayanacalane tasmin yady uttaram ahivad adha upari sikhivad avagayanes tastatopi tat su- ksmata ganitavasat suryendvor bimbayogarddhad atpake- pakramantare vyatlpatahuli, etc. F. 66 ends: — vainnye sobhanam ambikaramanabham riktan apurnambhasam suktis sukrasasamkamandadivasa simbasvigostrlghatah vastre surppabham uttamam himakaro raaddhyo vyayaristhito na srisendujalesapapadivasah. kannya *** mesalinam ii 33 ii ii

125.

Whish No. 123.

Size: 15jXl-g- in., (1) + 46 leaves, 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Probably ISt^ cent. Character: Malayalam.

Injuries: Some leaves damaged by fire.

The Ktdacilddmani , or Laglmstiitimaliabhasya, a Com- mentary on Laghuhhaftdraka's Lagliustuti , by Simhardja, in 21 Vrttas, with an introduction in Malayalam. The text is printed as the first part of the Fcmcastavl in the 'Kavyamala', Part III (1887). Mr. Whish describes the work as '^Vimsatl with Commentary of Simha-raja". It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu

aindrasyevetyadi | esa i asau i i tripura vah aghara i sahasa I sadaDR.RUPNATHJI(i cchindyat i DR.RUPAKeic. (follows CommentaryNATH ) in Ma- layalam language). F. 15 b: athedanim — adyavrttam vimyate i aindrasyeva ^arasanasya dadhati maddliyelalatam prabham sauryyim kantim anusnagor iva sirasy atanvati sarvatah esasau tripura hrdi d}aitir ivosnamsos sadahasthita chindyad vas sahasa padais tribhir aghah jyotirraayl vanmayi (i) sriman- -^ 181 f<-. maharajasamaksam evan trailokye svatta' sicldliena sidJlia- sarasvatena ^rimatgurukataksapatamatreiia samsiddhis tat- ksanam eva sarasvati mandiraya raanavadanambujo Lagliu- bhattarako nijalabhaprakarsas sarvesam bhavatv iti buddhya i:)aramesvarya jyotirmaylsvariipam vanmayisvarupafi ca prapancara pratipadayan tatkalavarttinas sadasya pratya-

^irvadam karoti i etc. F. 23: — srimat-Siraharajakrte laghustutisriraanmahaman- trabhasye kulacudamanau prathamavi-ttam sampurnnam ii It ends:—dhruvara niscitara addbyayanam karisyatiti di- vyasiddbarsimanavaugbagurvacchinnaparamparyagatam asmin mahatsvacchandasamgraban tenedam Simbarajena maya sucaritina^ krtam lagbustutimabubbasyam asesaga- masammitam ii iti Simbarajakrtau bigbustutimababbasye

kulaculamanau ekavimsativrttam sarapurnnam ii Lagbu- bbattrirakaya namab Simbarajaya namab sivaya iiamab

^ivaya namab subbani astu ii

12G.

Whish No. 125 a.

in., Size: 12|x2 (1) -f- 40 [numbered by letters from a, fi, i, I etc. to am. ah, ka, kha, etc. to blia] -\- 143 [numbered as ff. 77—219] leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 th cent.? Character: Malayalam. (1)

Fragment of a Commentary on tbe Blmgavata-Pardm, in Malayalam language. (Ff. 40.)

DR.RUPNATHJI((2) DR.RUPAK NATH )

Fragment of tbe Bhdgacida- Purdna, Skandba X,

Adbyayas 57 to 84 in Malayalam language (ff. 77—202), and Adbyayas 85 to 90 in Sanskrit (ff. 202 b—219 b).

1 Doubtful reading. 2 May be read also samcarlo. Read sukliarltina? -^ 182 f<.-

It ends: — ksitibhujopi yayur yadartliah ii iti sribhagavate mahapurane paramahamsasamhitayam sribhagavate

mahapurane dasamaskandhe navatitamoddhyayah ii ^rikr-

snaya namah ii k^antum arhati.

137.

Whish No. 126.

Size: 9fxlf in., (1) + 77 leaves, 10 or 11 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18tii or 19th cent.? Character: Malayalam.

The Kuvalaydnanda , by Apimyya Diksita, complete. See above No. 109. It begins: — harih ^riganapataye namah avighnam astu parasparatapassampatphalayitaparasparau prapahcamata-

pitarau prancau jayapati stumah i etc. It ends: — amum kubalayanandam akarod Arppadlksitah

niyogad Vemkatapater nnirupadhiki-panidhe(h) i candraloko vijayatam saradagamasambhavah hrdyali kuvalayanando

yalprasadad abhud dhruvam ii ii srigurubhyo namah ii prakprsthekhilaphelavam^atilakas surltcaramobhavac chrl-

man cekamarutpradesa iti va gehentarasrenike talputrasya ca sankarasya kavipatmarkaksamad eva sisyalpajiiasya hi

pustakam smarata ity etsudhi praudhakah ii ii subham

astu 11

128.

Whish No. 127.

Size: DR.RUPNATHJI(17f Xlfl in., 82 4- (1) DR.RUPAKleaves, from NATH8 to 10 )lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. 18tii Date: Probably early cent. An entry by Mr. Whish is

. dated 'Calicut 1824'. Scribe: Rama. Character: Malayalam. The leaves are numbered by Aksaras in the same way as No. 19.

Injuries: Leaves 1, 38—41 damaged, other leaves slightly damaged. ^i 183 f^

(1)

The Kdvyapralaisa (by Jxdjdnalia Maniniala and Alal.a, in 10 Ullasas. Ff. 1 — 4 contain the Sutras only, ff. 4— 51 the Sutras with the Commentary. On the authorship of tills work see Peterson, II, p. 13 sqq. The Bodleian

MS. Sansk. e. 61 (Hultzsch Collection Xo. 172) contains a

Sarada MS. of the work, in which the colophon is: — iti kavyaprakasabhidhani kavyalaksanani samUptaiu krtis srl-

Rajanaka-Mammatakalakayoh II The text begins: — ******* niyatikrtaniyamarahitam hladaika ***** paratantram navarasaruciran nirmmitim adadhati bharati leaver jjayati kavyam ya^asertthakrte, etc.

It ends (f. 4): — esan dosa yathayogam sarnbhavautopi

ii il kecana i uktesv antah patantiti na prthak pratipaditah ity esa mrirggo vidusrim vibhinnopy abhinnarfipali pratibhasate yat na tad vicitrara yad amutra samyag vinirmmita

samghataneva hetuh ii ii iti kavyaprakase dasama ullasah ii ii Then the Commentary begins: — harih sriganapataye

namah i grantharambhe vighnavighataya samucitestadeva- hla- tam granthakrt paramrsati i niyatikrtaniyamarahitam daikamayim ananyaparatantram navarasaruciran nirmmitim

adadhati bharati kaver jjayati i niyatisaktya niyata- rupa, etc.

It ends: — purvoktayaiva dosajatyantarbhavita na prthak-

(prati)padanam arhantiti sampurnam idam kavyalaksanam ii iti kavyaprakase dasama ullasah ii ity esa marggo vidusam vibhinnopy abhinnarupah pratibhasate yah na tad vicitraoi yad amutra samyag vinirmmita saragha(ta)naiva hetuh ii samaptam kavyaprakasam n sripatmarabha(read ^ri-Padma- nabha?)gurupadasaroruhotthan reniin bhavabdhitarana- sthirasetubhutanDR.RUPNATHJI(ajfianasantamasabhedasahasrarasmidha- DR.RUPAK NATH ) mno namamy akhilalokahitaikasilan ii kavyaprakasanrime- camatkaraka- dam vicitram kavyalaksanam i preksavataii

ii n on ranam likhitam maya ii il on namo narayanaya

smrta i namas sivaya ii agamikala ujaye pratape cSyati agaminyam samvddhau ii ii karakytam aparadham ksantum -^ 184 r<-

arhanti santah ii Ramena likhitam idam pustakam ii sri- govindaya namali ii . . . liarih ii harahara ii ii

(2)

The Brahmapm-a Stotra, with a Commentary (ff. 52— 54). F. 52 begins: — pracetasam brabmaparam mune srotum icchamah paramam stavam japata kanda^nadevo yena-

i visna raddhyata kesavah i Somali paramparam para- parah parah parebhyali paramartthariipl, etc. F. 53 begins: — brahmaparamayam vedantartthamayam brahmasabdapracuram va visnutatvapratipaditatvat sto-

trasya tadvijijfiasubhi sprstas Soma uvaca I paramparam

ity adi 1 etc. F. 54 ends: — kathan ca na iti syat patakan tad api

banty urugayapada iti bhagavatokteh i brabmaparam sto-

tram II (3)

The Faramartliasarcivivaram , a Commentary on the

^emrycl (ascribed to Sesanciga), hjRdghavduanda (ff. 55—82).

Cf. Burnell, Tanjore, p. 93 b. Hultzscb II, p. 131.

It begins (f. 55): — sriganapataye namah avighnam

astu 11 agnisomatmana nayudhadharam akhilavyaptam asyamghridosnam sahasrair jniktam antabkrtasuranivaham svaprabhotbha^sitasam (i) netrair arkenduriipair vilasitam analogranana **3 travarnam bhiisa **4 bhipradiptavayavam

avatu vo visvarupam murareli i srlmac-Cham- karamarggamaddhyava satis .^akhasatalarakrtas samsarar- kagabhastitaptatanubhis samsevitamgbrir jjanaih (i) Krsna- nandamahiruhomrtarasapiirnair aptirvaih phalais citram

pritim upasakesu janayan jiyan mahlmandale I ase.sopani- sasara(read satsara?)siddha tatvanugaminl Eaghavanauda-

munina ^esaryeha vimrsyate i paramartthasarasam(jna)m granthanDR.RUPNATHJI(ciklrsur acaryas DR.RUPAKtasyavighnaparisamaptipracaya- NATH ) gamanabhyam sistacaram paripalanaya ca visistestadevata-

1 Doubtful, very indistinct. Read kanjanabhadevo? 2 olla (corrected to tbha?).

3 illegible. Wanted two long syllables.

4 Illegible. Looks like diyo or diko. Wanted one long syllable. -^ 185 H$-

pranamalaksanam manigalam mukhatas sampadayann arttliatah rirambhupeksitara visayaprayojanasarpbandha-

dhikarilaksanam anubandhacatustayam aviskaroti I etc. It ends: — aryrivi-ttiisloknnfim paficasitya asitis ca pafica ca tatas catasrbhir videhamuktir ukta tatas tisrbhih kra- mamuktir eva caturasitir iyfintim aryeti paficasitir arya bha- vatlti parama,rttbasriravivara(na)m eta(d) Govindacandrikaya samhrtasamsrtikapaC?) sambbuta Raghavanandat (ii) yosau bbati caracaratmakajagadrupena bbiitya svaya yas canan- tasukhaikatanavimalasYanmara('?) " prabodbasvarat (i) yatsva- rajyam ameyam agamagiras samlaksa(ya)nty aksayas ta-

smai visvabrdistbitaya mabate pumse namas kurmabe ii ii

iti paraniai'ttbasaravivaranam samaptam ii ii srigurubbyo

namab ii . . . sri-Vedavyasaya namab ii baribarabiranya- garbbebbyo namab ii ii ii

129.

Whish No. 128.

Size: 10}xll in., (2) + 107 + 24 + (2) leaves, from 10 to 12 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: ISt^i or 19tii cent.? Character: Malayalam. Numbering of leaves by Aksaras in the same way as No. 19. (1)

Tbe SmrticandriJal, hj Deia oy Deranua Bhattopddhydya, son of Kesavdditya Bliatfojiudli/jdya, Pariccbeda I of tbe Yyavabarakaiida. "Tbe autbor's name sbows tbat be was a Telugu", Burnell, Tanjore, p. 133. Another copy of tbe same work in No. 141. It begins: — barih sriganapataye namab avigbnam astuh sarasvatipatim vandeDR.RUPNATHJI(sriyab patim DR.RUPAKumapatim tvisam NATHpatim ) ganapatim brbaspatimiikban munin pade pade praskba- latam pradipadistbitav api drastfnam drstivisaye candrika

ii pravitanyate i atbedfinlm vyavabrirakandam arabliyate

tatradau vyavabarasvarupam nirupyate i tatra Brbaspatib i

1 Head osvantah, or otvan mato? -^ 186 H$-

dharmmapradhanah purusah, etc. See Burnell, Tanjore p. 134. F. 2: — iti smrticandrikayam vyavaharasvarupam niru- panam ii 7: F. — smrticandrikayam astadasapadanirupaiiam ii

F. 9b: — iti smr° vyavaharabhedah ii

F. 26: — iti smr° pratijnavadah II

F. 41b: — iti smr° lekbyaniriipanam ii

F. 46b: — iti smr° lekhyapariksa ii

F. 55b: — iti smr° saksipariksa ii

F. 74: — iti smr° saksivisayani o samaptaii ca saksipra-

karanam ii athasaksipratyayah tatra Naradah i etc.

F. 85: — iti smr° rtuto divyavyavastha, ii

F. 102: — iti smr° dandaviifayani ii

It ends (f. 107): — iti smrticandrikayam balayantadi(?)-

^ - dhanavisayani ii harili ii sri Kesavadityasamutbhavasya Devasya santadvijarajamiirttes sa candrikam prapya sukhena

lokan kurvantu sarvavyavaharasiddhim ii iti sakalavidya- visarada-sri-Kesavadityabhattopaddhyayasiinu-yaiijika - De- vena * bhattopaddhyayasomayajiviracitayam smrticandrika-

yam vyavaharakande pratliamah paricchedali ii atreyarn prakarananuiDurvi vyavaharasvarupanarn astadasanirupanani vyavaharabhedanirnnetrnirnnayadharmmasthanevasthanam

vyavaliaradarsanavidhih ii krsnaya namali il

(2)

The Vycwalidramdlikd , the beginning only. See Ind. Off. Ill, pp. 456—8 ("Yyavaharamala, a manual of civil law (? by Varadaraja) much used in Malabar"); Hultzsch II

(No. 1472), p. 139.

It begins: — liarih sriganapataye namah avighnam astuh srigurubhyoDR.RUPNATHJI(namah namostu DR.RUPAKnarasimhaya NATHbhaktanugraha- ) karine ajaya bahurupaya sarggasthityantakarine i manu- mukhyasarassamutbhavais sukumaraih prasavair vacoma-

1 No. 141 = Whi8li No. 143 reads baladidbana o. 2 Read yajiiika-Devanna? But MS. No. 141 also reads oyajuika- Devena. -^ 187 K- yaih tridivaptiphalair nni-pocitrim racayami vyavaharama- likam i sri-Naraclah Manuh Prajapatir yasmin kale rajyam abiibhujan dharmniaikatanah, etc. Some of the chapters are:—vyavaharavalokanadharmmah

(f. 1), sabhasabhyopadesah (f. 2,b), vyavaharalaksanam (f. 3), hinalaksanara (f. 6), saksipratyuddhrti (f. 7 b), rajasasana- laksanam, dusitalekhyapariksa (f. 9 b), lekhyaprakaranam

(f. 10), agnividhi (f. 13b), visavidhi (f. 14b), sapathavidhi

(f. 15 b), rnasya deyadeyavidhih (f. 20), nityadanasya pra- karah (f. 24), etc.

It breaks off (f. 24b) with the following words:—dasya-

dhikaranam i abhyupetyasususrusa i samaptah Naradah i bhrtaniim vetanasyokto danadHnavidhikramah vetanasyana-

pakarma tadvivadapadam smrtam ii

130.

AVmsH No. 129.

Size: 9x If in., 54 leaves (but f. 3 missing), 8 or 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Probably early 18tii century. Character: Malayalam. Injuries: First leaf damaged.

Fragment of ^ankara's Commentary on the Visnusaha- srandman. It begins:—parayanam tasmin loke ckam parayanam param ayanam praptavyam pa *** *** ** *** **** ya- granthis chidyante sarvasamsayah ksiyante casya karmmani tasmin drste, etc.

F. 24b: —namnSm satam adyarn vivrtani ii F. 29: — iti DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) namna(n) dvitiyam ^atara ii F. 34: — iti trtiya(n) namnam satam vivrtam ii F. 39:—iti namnah caturtham satakam ii

It breaks off with the words: — iti bhagavatsmaranat yan devan devaki devi vasudevad ajljanat bhaumasya brahmano guptyai diptam agnim ivaranih iti raaliribhrira(tam). See MBh. XII, 47, 28. -^ 188 r

131.

Whish ^0. 130.

Size: 111 X ^i in., (1) + 155 + (15) leaves, 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 th or 19tii cent.? Scribe: Anantakrsna, son of Govinda. CJiaracter: Malayalam.

The Tuldlmverimdhatmya from the Agni-Pardna, in 30 Adhyayas. Other copies in Nos. 51 and 186.

It begins: — dharmmavarmma ca rajarsir etc., see No. 51 above p. 63. E. 5b: — iti srimadagneyapurane tulakaverimahatmye pra- tbamodhyayah II

F. 40:—ity agneyapuiTine tula° saptamoddhyayah ii sii- raingesaya namah ii

F. 79b:—ity rigne° tula° pancadasoddhyayah ii

It ends: — iti prasannanananlrajri muda . . . (see above p. 63)

abhyapiijayan i ity agneyapurane tulakaverimahatmye trm-

ii soddhyayah yadrsarn, etc Avadugdharanagurave namah i

- srikaveryai namah i sri Govindan putran Anantakrsnan

ii . . svahastalikhitam sriramgesaya namah . harih i

132.

WmsH No. 132.

Size: 12x15- in., (1)-|-144 leaves, 7 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19th century? Character: Malayalam.

The Bralimottm'alihanda (from the Skanda-Purdna?), DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) Adhyayas 23 —44. The beginning is similar to that of the Bodleian MSS. Walker 160 and 132 d (see Aufrecht-Ox- ford, p. 74 sq.), and Mitra, Notices No. 2567 (VIII, p. 19 sq.), but the work is not identical with either of these. It begins:—harih isriganapataye namah avighnam astu suklambaradharam visnum sa^ivarnnam ca*.urbhujam pra- ~>-^ 189 f<-

sannavadanam dhyayet sarvaviglinopabfintaye i akliyfitain bhavata purvani visinor mahatmyam uttamam sarvapapa-

harani pimyam saraasena srutan ca nah i idanira srotum icchamo mahatmyam tripuradvisah tatbliaktanan ca mahatmyam nissesaghaharam param tanmantranan tadvratanan tatppujayas ca sattama tatkathayas ca tatbhakteh pra-

bhavam anuvarnnaya i sri-Sutah i etavad devamarttyanara sreyas sa sanatanam yad isvarakathayara vo jata bhaktir ahetuki, etc. Y. 5b:— iti brahraottarakhantle pahcakfaramahimanu- varnnanan nama trayovimsoddhyayah ii

F. 24b:— iti l)rahmottarakhande ^ivacaturdasimahima-

nuvarnnane candrdikammasasivavokapiTiptikatlianama (?)

paficavimsoddhyayah a sriparvatyai namo namah subham i bhuyopi sivamahatmyam vaksyami paramatbhutam srnvatam

sarvapapaghnam, etc.

F. 48b:— iti biahmottarakhande pradosapujamahimami-

varnnanan nama ekonatrimsoddhyayah ii F, 68:—iti brahmottarakhande somavaramahimfinuvarn- nane sivabhaktamahimanuvarnnanan nama ekatrirasoddhya-

yah II

F. 95b: — iti brahmottarakhande bhadrayurmiiktipra-

ptikathanan nama sattrirasoddhyayah ii It ends:—yah pathec chrnuyac caiva puranam ^aivam

uttamam sa vidhiiya sarvakarmmani sivaloke mahlyate i

iti brahmottarakhande puranasravanamahimanuvarnnanan

nama catuscatvarirasoddhyayah ii srlparvatiparamesvara-

bhyam namah II . . . guriinara caranambhojaparagaparama-

navah manomukuram asmakani puniyur anuvasaram ii su-

srigurubhyo namah srisulapanaye namo namah i bham astu I

DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) 133.

WfflSH Xo. 133.

Size: lOsXlf in-, 194 leaves, 6 or 7 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 19th cent.?

Character : Malayalam- -^ 190 Hg-

The Ndmaliugdnusasana (Amaralwsa) by Amarasimlm

(I, 1 to III, 2), with an explanatory gloss in Malayalam language.

It begins:—barih sriganapataye namah ii yasya jnanadaya-

sindlior . . . * agadhasyanagha gunali i etc. svali i ita vya-

i svarggah i nakali tridivali yam tridasalayali i suralokah i

ivayancum pulimgam i dyauh okarantam i dyau vakara-

dve i i ntam striyau klibe trivistapam i etc. It ends with the 2°'^ Varga of the 3""^ Kanda:—gra-

mata i i i i gramavrndam Janata janavrndam dhumya i

dhumavrndam i pasya[m] pas[y]avrndam i gavya i govrndam i

prthak i prthak i dim stri i apim sahasram i sahasravr-

ndam i karisyam karisavrndam i varmmanam(read °am) kava-

savrndam i atharvanadikam atharvanavrndam i kli i iti

samkirnnavarggah i

134.

Whish No. 134.

Size: 10s X It in., (1) + 129 + (1) leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 19 th cent.?

Character : Malayalam.

The Kriyakaldpa (astronomical portion) of the Tantra- samgraJia, in 8 Adhyayas, together with a Commentary.

There are several copies of the Tantrasamgraha in the Malayalam language in the Whish Collection. harih It begins:— sriganapataye namah avighnam astu i pratyuhavyuhaviratikarakam param mahah antahkarana- suddhim me vidadhatu sanatanam yatprasadat kavindra- tvam mandopiDR.RUPNATHJI(labhate k«anat DR.RUPAKtarn saradendusvacchamgim NATH ) vande devim sarasvatim i narayanaii jagadanugrahajagaru- kam srinilakantliam api sarvavidam pranamya yat tantra- samgrahagatam grahatantrajataiji tasyaparafi ca vivrtim

vilikhami laghvira i tatradau tavad acaryyah prarlpsita-

prabandhapratyuhasamanayabhistadevatan namaskaroti i he visno nihitam kj-tsnan jagat tvayyeva karane jyotisah jyo- -^ 191 Kr-

tise tasmai namo narayanaya te iti i he visno sarvavyapin yasmims tvayi krtsnam idaii jagan nihitam, etc. F. 5: — iti caitradaya eva candramasah maddhvaditveno-

ktah I etc. F. 12:—tatra prathamaddhyayoktaprakarena traira^ika-

nita bhaganadika ye grahamaddbyamah i tebbyo bbaganan apasya sistebhyo bbaganan apasya ^istebbyo la^yadibbyo bbagatmakam upadistam svam svam mandoccani visoddhya

yac cbisyate tad iha mandakendram ity abliidbiyate ii etc. F. 34b: — iti tantrasamgi'abasya kriyakalapam kramena samgrbya racite vyakbyanesmin purnnoddbyayo dvitiyo- bbat II

Tbe S'-'i Adbyaya ends f. 75b, tbe 4*^ Adbyaya f. 90, 5th tbe Adbyaya f. 107b, tbe 6*^ Adbyaya f. 112b, tbe

7*^ Adbyaya f. 116. It ends:—iti tantrasaingrabasya kriyakalapam kramena samgrbya racite tadvyakbyane purnnobbud a^tiiuioddbya-

II yab samaptan cedam namas ^ivaya i etc. (follow some lines in Malayalam language).

135.

WmsH No. 136.

Size: SjXIt in., 75 leaves, from 9 to 11 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18 th or 19th cent.? Character: Malayalam.

Fragment of tbe Baldblidrata by Pauclit Agastya, ending 9*h witb tbe Sarga. Tbe complete work is said to contain

20 Sargas, see Burnell, Tanjore, p. 159b; A. Holtzmann, Das Mababbarata,DR.RUPNATHJI(III, p. 44. DR.RUPAK NATH ) It begins:—barib sriganapataye namab avigbnam astu asty atrinetraprabbava(b) kalatma sasiti naksatraganasya na- tbah yam varijasribaram aptavaco vamara barer llocanam

amananti i sevyas surana(m) bimavarsipadas sambbavaniyas ^irasa sivena mabiddbrabbartteva tamopabantrim yab kau- yamii- mudim divyanadini prasute i na jabnaviyais ca na -^ 192 ^^ nais ca na caparasam saritam payobhih yannya(?)dayenaiva

sujatadhamno barahlyasim vrddhim upeti partthali i budhas tatobhim navasu grahesu ratnesu miiktaphalavan manojnah yalikarddamapatyam ilabhidhanam paryyagraliit pancasarS-

yudharttah i tasyanujobhut puruhtitasarali Pururava bhu- valayasya gopta narayanoruprabhavam striyam yo jaya- sriya sarddham alabdha daityat i tasyayur ayurddamano

ripunam asid anunasya gunais tanujali i hrsyadvaritri pu- lakankiuTibha raraja yasyaddhvaraytiparajih putras tadiyo Naliiisodhiriidhatrivistapam piinyayarani parasuh kutrapi sutramiii ciram pranaste svarajyam indras svayam era

cakre i ajayatasmad anagho Yayatih pestur dvisam ucca- litasya yasya nabhasy udirnno balarenur asit ghano yasah-

ketakajanmabetuli i etc.

F. 8b:—ity Agastyapanditakrtau balabharate prathamas

sarggali ii

31: F. —ity Agastyakrtau brdabbarate caturttbasarggah i F. 59 b: —ity Agastyakrtau balabbarate saptamas sarggali II

F. 66 b:— ity Agastyakrtau balabharate astamasarggab I It ends: —pritosmi te prajnatamaya rajan yam icchasi bhratrsu tarn dadami uktas sa tenaivam upodhaharso ji-

vantam aiccban nakulan narendrah i 101 i

136.

Whish No. 137.

Size: lljXlj in., (1)4- 4<3 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18thDR.RUPNATHJI(cent.? DR.RUPAK NATH ) Character: Malayalam.

A Commentary on Jayadeva's G'ltagovinda, in 12 Sargas.

It begins:—hari sriganapataye nama avighnam astu i Jayadevanama kavih gitagovindabliidham prabandham vidadhanah tatpradipadyaiii vastupaksipann eva tanuirdde- -^4 193 r<~

^arupaiu mamgalam acarati raegliair ity adi he radhe ani- bara(m) meghair mmeduram vasantepi krsnahrtair mmegliais

timirair va, etc.

It ends: —yan nityair iti i yad vastu viriucagirijaprane- samukhyaih bralimesamukhyai[].i]r mmulmr(?)jjasam nana- karavicarasaracaturaih nanrividhacintavisesan nipunaih (read °cintavisesanipunaih?) yidvatbliir nnityair vacanaih upani-

sadvrikyaili jadyapi (?) na nisciyate tad adyam param vastu divyair ramadhurai[hjs satsuktisamsodhitaih mrduktisara^o- dhitaih Jayadevakavyaghatitaih gitagovindavakyaih srirasya *' sima sah bhaktivisesasalinam cetasi cakastu sphuratu il iti srigltagovindavyakhyanc sarasarasiruhakso nama dva-

dasas sarggah ii srikri?naya namah ii

137.

WmsH No. 139.

Size: 11 ^ X It in., (1) + 70 -}- (1) leaves, from 8 to 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Probably middle of 18th cent. Character: Malayalam.

The Suryasiddlidntavivarana , a Commentary on the Suryasiddhdnta, of by Paramesvara , pupil Rudra, in 13 Adhyayas.

It begins:—harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu ii

ii gurubhyo namah lokambayai namah i srisuryaya namah cidrupakriranam sarvagatam ksiragatajyavat yad yogidrsyah

jagatas tarn raahahamsam asraye i vyakhyatara bha- skariyam laghu tad anu mahabhaskariyara sabhasyam pascal lilavati ca grahagativisayam kihcid anyac ca yena soyani sri-RudrasisyoDR.RUPNATHJI(vadanajasisave DR.RUPAKsuryasiddhantasama- NATH ) stliam vaksyaty aspastam arttham ganitavisayagara karma

tatraiva hi syat i tatra tavat bhagavata siiryena Maya- yoditam suryasiddhantam vivaksur ayam acfirya istadevata- pranamapurvakam Mayasiiryayos saravadamayaprasnottare

I Aksara indistinct, looks like ju or fiju. 13 -5H 194 K- niyuktasya sCiryamsasya purusasya vacanafi ca kramat

pradarsayati I acintyavyaktarupaya, etc.

r. 11: — iti suryasiddhantavivarane pratliamoddliyayah II F. 20b: — iti Paramesvare suryasiddhantavivarane dviti- yoddliyayali ii ii

F. 31: — iti Paramesvare triprasnaddbyayas trtiyab ii

Adbyaya lY ends f. 34b, A. V f. 37 b, A. YI f. 40b,

A. YII f. 44, A. YIII f. 47b, A. IX f. 50, A. X f. 52b,

A. XI f. 55b, A. XII f. 68b. It ends:— etat te sarvam akbyatam rahasyam param atbhutam brahmaitat paramam punyam sarvapapaprana- ^anam evam upasamhrtam sastram nilabjyos sam- gamat sauuiye sthitena paramadina siddhantam vivrtam sauram isvarenaivam atppasab^ ii iti Paramesvare suryasiddhantavivarane trayodasoddhyayah ii srilokambayai namah il

^risuryadisarvagrahebhyo namali ii srisarasvatlprasadika ii

138.

Whish No. 140.

Size: 9t X 1| in., (1) + 97 -]- (1) leaves, from 7 to 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: An entry by Mr. Whish is dated 1817 — which is very strange, as the date given at the end of the MS. is the Koliam year 998, i. e. A. D. 1823. Cluu-acter: Malayalam. The leaves numbered by Aksaras. The Saliasranama]}adijavrttl or metrical Commentary on the Visnusahasrandman.

It begins:—harih srlganapataye namah i avighnam astu i yasmad asij jagad idam akhilam yena va tat pravistaii jivo bhutva khalu jalaravivan mayaya nirggunopi (i) yasminn ante vilayantarn paranandan conani (?)^ visnum vande mama hrdi uilayamDR.RUPNATHJI(sasvatam santam DR.RUPAKekam ll NATHsrstvadisargge ) kavim atmamayaya svanabhipatmad akhilartthasiddhaye (l) vedan saharagair avadan (read avadat?) puratanan yas tarn gurun naumi sadartthasiddhaye (i) Yyasasisyo mahatejas sa Yai- ^ampayano munih uvaca punar apy enam rajanam Jana-

1 Id est alpasah. 2 Metre wronjr. Four Aksaras wantino:. .

-3m 195 i<~

Diejayara ii srutvavadharya ni^citya dliarmman iianavidha(n) paran a^esenaiva kartsnyena nissesenavisamkaya i etc. It ends: — .sripiirvapurnnapriyavfidarena samparkasam^o- dliitamanasena vrttir mniaya kcsavapurnnanaiuMam ( ?)

sahasrasya samlriteyam i laghuvrttir iyaia liaripadayugan drdliahhaktiiiiata katliita vimala suvimrsya naro yadi tSm prapafhed dlirtiki-tyaliarim sa vimuktimayat i iti srlsahasra- namapadyavrttau dasamasatam samaptam ii ii subham

astu I sri-Vedavyasaya namah, etc. (Date etc. in Malayalam language.)

139.

AVmsH No. 141.

Size: 7f xl? in., (1) + 102 + (1) leaves, 6 or 7 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: KoUam year 999, or A. D. 1824. Character: Malayalam.

SodasakiHyd, a manual of domestic ceremonies (Jata- karman, Upanayana, Marriage, etc.), according to the school of Bodlidyana, in the Malayalam language, the

Yedic Mantras being quoted in Sanskrit, e. g.: f. 9b: — mantram asma bhava parasu(r) bhava hiranyam asrtam

bhava i vedo mai (read vai) putranamasi sa jiva ^aradas satam indrah sresthani dravinani dhehi cittin daksasya subliagatvam asme, etc. See ]\Iantrapatha II, 12, 1; 11, 33. F. 35: —mantram a tisthemam asmanam a^meva tvam

. . sthiro bhava abhi tistha prtanyatas sahasva prtanEyatah i mantram ya akrntann avayan ya atanvata yas ca devir

antan abhi to dadhantha i tas tva devIr jjarasa sam vya-

yantv ayusman idam pari dhatsva vasah i See Mantrap. II, 2, 2; 5. DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH )

F. 67: — mantram i sakhasi saptapada abhuma sakhyan

te gameya i sakhyat te ma yosam sakhyan me ma 14. yosthah i See Mantrapafha I, 3, F. 79: — mantram yas tva hrda kirina manyamanomar-

ttyam marttyo johavlmi i jatavedo, etc. See Mantrap. II,

11, 5. 13* -^ 196 H^

MO.

WmsH No. 142.

Size: Oj-xlf in-: 103 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18tii or 19tii cent.? Character: Malay alam.

The Ndrdyamya, a Stotra (by Ndrdyana Bhatta of Kerala). On the last page there is the following entry by Mr. C. M. Whish: "Narayaniyam; by a native of Malabar of the Vaisnava sect. The completion of the work by the author is dated 27*^ November 1586 O. S." The author is described as the 'most popular and well- admired author of Prakriyasarvasvam , Dhatukavyam, Narayanlyam, etc.', by the Maharaja of Travancore, JRAS., vol. XVI, 1884, p. 449. See No. 114. It begins: — harih sriganapataye namali avighnam astu i sandranandavabodhatmakam anupamitam kaladesavadhi- bhyan niryyuktan nityam uktan nigamasatasahasrena nirbhasyamanam aspastan drstamatre punar urupurusar- tthatmakam brahmatatvam tat tavat bhati saksat gurupa- vanapure hanta bhagyah jananam i etc. F. 18 marg.: venasya katha i F. marg.: 22 ajamilakatha i F. marg.: 24b liiranyaksakatha i F. 25 marg.: narasimhavataram i

It ends: — ajhatva te mahatvara yad iha nigaditam vi- svanatha ksametha(h) i stotraii caitat sahasrottaram adhika- taram tvatprasadaya bhiiyat i dvedha narayanlyasrutisu ca janusa stutyatavarnnanena sthitam lilavatarair idam iha kurutam ayurarogyasaukhyam ii srikrsnaya nam ah

narayaniyam ii ii samaptam srigurubhyo namah ii etc. DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH )

141.

Whish No. 143.

Size: 9^Xl-^i in., (1) -f- 189 leaves, 8 or 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. -^i 197 i<~

Date: Kollam 981, i. e. A. D. 180G, according to the scribe's colophon (written in Malayalam language) at the end of the MS. Character: Malayalam.

The SmrticandnM, by Deva or Devanm BJiatfojjddhydya, son of Kesavdditi/a BhaffoiMdhydya, Paricclieda I of the Vyavaliarakanda. Another copy of the same work as

No. 129 (1) (Whish No. 128).

142.

Whish No. 144.

Size: 14x1 J in,, (11 + 99 leaves, 11 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date & Scribe: The MS. was copied by Krsuadvija in the Kollam

year 985, i. e. A. D. 1810, according to the scribe's colophon : — Kollam toUayiratta empattaficamata makaramasain ancantiyyati coppaccayum rohiniyuiu suklapaksattit dvadasiyum Siiiihah karanavum kutiyadivam

vatalayesanugrahena Ivrsiiadvijena likhitam pustakam ii Character: Malayalam.

The Arutiranjinl, a Commentary on Jayadera's GUago- vindn, by Lalxsmidhara, in 12 Sargas.

Another copy of the same work as No. 113 (1) (Whish No. 111).

143.

WmsH No. 145.

Size: 9^ X Ij in. (and 7t X H in.), 16 + 21 + 19 + 5 + 11 leaves, 6 (4, 5, or 7) lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: Early 19th cent.? Character: Malayalam.DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH ) Various collections of Mantras for Tantric worship, and fragments of Tantric treatises.

(1) A collection of 110 Mantras, beginning: — om hriiii 6rim kllm am (?') nityakamesvari klim sarvasatvavasanka-

I Indistinct. -^ 198 t<- rlsenali sarvastrlpurusavasankari aim kllm sauh sauh klira aim hrim namo bhagavativiccai (?) mahatripurasundaryyai namali, etc. F. 10 b: — na guror adhikam na guror adhikam na guror adhikam na guror adhikam sivasasanatas sivasasanatas

sivasasanatas sivasasanatah | 110 i srigurucaranaravinda-

bhyam namali ii ii

(2) A fragment begins on f, 11: — adhare limganabhau hrdayasarasije talumiile lalate dvaipatre sodasare dvidasa- dasadale dvadasarddlie catuske vasante balamaddhye da- pbakarasabite kanthadese svaranam harnsan tatvarttba-

yuktam sakaladalayutam varnnarupan namami i etc.

This fragment breaks off on f. 13b, f. 14 contains some benedictions (namo ganesaya namo vidbatre, etc.), ff. 15 & 16 contain another fragment.

(3) Another Tantric treatise (or fragment), beginning

(f. 1) : — caturbhujam mahavisnum samkhacakragadadharam manasa cintaye devam manasasnanam ucyate kbasthitam pundarikaksam mantramui'ttim harim smaret anantaditya- sankasam vasudevah caturbhujam samkhacakragadapatma- dharinani vanamalinarn syamalam, etc.

(4) A Collection of Mantras, beginning (f. 1): — atha

patram viti I om prakrtya vikarabuddhimatasrotratvak- caksujihvaghranavakpanipadapayupastha - sabdasparsarupa- rasagandha-akasaYayuvahnisalilabhumyatmana asuddhata- tvena am am ah aim atmatatvena sthuladeham pariso- dbayami sodhayeti bruyur aryyah, etc.

F. iti 17 ends: — samkhapuja i gaingamgayai visvarupayai sadasivamrtayai narayanyai namo namali i Ff. 18—19 contain some tables of Mantras in four columns.

(5) AnotherDR.RUPNATHJI(collection DR.RUPAKof Mantras NATHbegins ) (f. 1): —Sukra rsili amrtagayatri cchandah sarjjivani(read samjlvani?)- rudro devata aim sukrasapanam klim, etc.

(6) A Collection of 50 Mantras, beginning (f. 1): — harih sriganapataye namah srimadvagdevatayya tva gananatbam pranamya ca natvri desikanathah ca sivanandarasam

bruve ii 1 ii ->i 109 H$-

It ends: — anandamrtapuritaharapadarnbhojalavale sthitil sthairyopaglmaiii upetya bliaktilatika ^akhopa^akhil stbita, uccair inmanasakriyamrmapatalim akramya niskalmasa nityal)histaplialaprada bhavatu me salkarmraasamvar- ddbita ii 50 ii

lU.

Whish No. 1-16.

Size: fl-s X It in., (l) + 52 leaves, 9 or 10 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: ISt^i or 19th cent.? Character: Malayalam.

(1)

Tbe Prasnasamgralia , from the Sdrasamgraha, a treatise on astrology.

It begins: — sriganapataye namab avighnam astu srl- suryadisarvagrahebhyo namali (i) stiryendvagnivilocanam girisutfiraktani budliuntasvrkam devedyam rajatacalendra- bhrgubhuh konadhivasotsukam sarppalamkrtacaruvigraba- mayam vrddboksaketura bhaje kantbantarggatakalakiita-

gulikan ceHuranatbam sivam i 1 i maddhyatavyadhipam pranamya kamalam prane^varam sarapade krsniyaprabhrtira vicarya bahudha prasniigaman afijasa saragrhyapi guru- ditam laghudhiya(m) bodhaya padyair nnavaih prcchasam- graham adadhamy aham asau dcyva(read daiva)jnatustyai

bhavet i 2 i skandhesu trisu sasramali krtamanas siddhanta- bhedesu va paficasv attamantrattamo (read °manastamo?) nipimadhiracaryavan satyavan daivajnah krtanityakarma- karano japtilttamantro grahan paficamgeksai.iapiirvakam

hi ganaye dastantata (?) svasthadhi(h) i 3 i

F. 2b: — dasabhir nnavasamyuktaih padyair iti samirita dutalaksmadikaddhyayahDR.RUPNATHJI(prathaniali DR.RUPAKprasnasamgrahe NATH ) ii F. 4b: — iti sarasaragrahe prasna^astrestamamgaddhyayo

dvitlyah ii F. 5b: — iti sarasaragrahe prasna^astre sugrivaprasna- ddhyayas trtiyah ii

F. 22: — iti sarasaragrahe prasnasastre grahavivaranfi- ddhyayo dasamah li F. 32b:— ity ayu(h)prasnah ii slokanaiu -^ 200 f<-

^atakenaivam ayuhprasna udahrtali saikena dasakenatha

vivahaprasna ucyate ii

It ends (f. 38b): — uktam agamabhavena saptivarsa- namrgayayudhoh laksanara vimsatislaukair (sic) ity evam

prasnasamgrahali ii iti pra^nasamgrahah ii ii ii iti prasnasam-

graham samaptam ii

(2)

Fragment of the Laglivl Jdtakapaddhati, and other

fragments not identified (if. 38b— 52).

It begins (f. 38 b):—harili natvadyara paramesvarara ganapatim suryendubhuvrtividvaglsrisphujidaki(?)raliusikhino devan gurtims cakliilan krsniyad aparas (read °rac?) ca

saram api yet (read yat) kiiicit samadaya taccha(s)tram si- syahitaya samgraham aham vaksyami samksepatah janma- yuktaphalani janmasamaye jnatva salagnan grahan daiva- jhah pravadet tathaiva sakalam prasnodayarksad api prasnam janma samam phalesu sudhiyas samsanty avijiiatam apy adesyam vidusa hi varyam akhilam prasnopadesad yatah tithyrksesu subhesu saumyadinakrdvarenukulekhile deyva(read daiva)jham vidhivat prasadya sumatin datva param piTibhrtam prahne prcchatu prcchakas tv abhimatam nirddharya buddhyaiva tad ramye bhumitalesu mamgalayute

cakvam likhed daivavit i etc. F. 46 b: — madane priye mrti sukhe putro yatha sam- bhavah hara syat gunasamyutir ggunagunaharrdirta sva dasa labdhany antaraja dasatha vidasa saddhya tatas

ii ii coktavat i 40 i iti jatakapaddhatir llaghvi

^ Tlien follows (f. 46 b) : — harih sonarkanisakaraksiti- javim (?) ^ jivasphujitsuryajan vighnesana svagurun praiiamya ^irasa devln ca vagisvarim prasnajhanavidhau Yarahamihira- patyasDR.RUPNATHJI(sa yad vasturo DR.RUPAKllokanam hitakamyaya NATH ) dvijavaras

tikam karoty albhutam i

1 This is (as Prof. Aufrecht informs me) the beginning of Utpala^s Commentary on the SatpancdMkd of PrtJiuyasas, the son of Vard- hamihira. See Ind. Off. V, p. 1059 (No. 2993).

2 kesajarkao . . . ovijjTva°. Ind. Off. MS.

3 Varahamihii'acaryasya sadvastuni 10°. Ind. Oft". MS. -^ 201 f<-

This is only a fragment of one page. Tlie next two leaves also contain fragments of which not much can be made.

Ff. 49—52 contain Mantras and invocations, and it is doubtful whether the leaves beloni? together.

U5.

Whish No. 147.

Size: 74- x 2 in., (2) + 62 + 46 + 32 + 12 + (2) leaves, from 8 to 12 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves.

Date: An entry by Mr. Wliish is dated 'Calicut 1822', and at the end of the Tarkasamgrahadlpika the date KoUam 997 (also cur- responding to A. D. 1822) is given. Character: Malayalam.

(1) The Sdhlihyasaptatl, or Safilihyakdrikd,, by Isvaralcrsna

saparttha cen naikantatyantatobhavat | etc.

It ends (f. iti sarakhyilsaptati sat- 7): — samaptah | trimsata samghatitaya tatvais tvagadisaptavarano bha- vaya etc.

(2) The Jayamangald, a Commentary on the SdhliJiyasa;ptati,

by ^ankara (ff. 7—62).

It begins (f. 7b): — harih sriganapataye namah ii ii adhi- gatatatvalokam lokottaravadinam prai.iamya munim kriyate saptatikayas tika jayamamgala nama preksavantonukte

prayojane na kvacit pravarttanta iti prayojanam ucyate i

tatvajfifman moksahDR.RUPNATHJI(tatvani ,paficavimsatih DR.RUPAKi NATHtathoktam ) pancavimsatitatvajiio yatra kutrasrametarah jatl mundi

sikhi va vimucyate natra sarasayah i etc.

It ends (f. 62): — iti srlmatparamahamsaparivraja(read °parivrajaka)caryasri-Govindabhagavatpi'ijyapadasisyena ^ri-

Samkarabhagavata krta sarakhyasaptatitlka samapta i sri-

sarasvatyai namah srikr^naya namah ii -^ 202 f^

(3)

The Tattval^anmudi , a Commentary on the Sanhhyasa- ptati, hj VdcasjKitimisra (ff. 1—40). See No. 104 (3). It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu ajam ekam lohitasuUakrsnam bahvih prajas srjamanan namamah aja ye tiXfi jusamana bhajanto jahaty enam

bhuktabhogan numas tan i Kapilaya mahamunaye munaye sisyaya tasya casuraye Pancasikhaya tathesvarakrsnaya

vayan nam as}' amah i iha khalu pratipipitsitam arttham pratipadayan pratipadayitavadheyavacano bhavati, etc.

It ends (f. 40): — iti sri-Yacaspatimisraviracita sara- khyasaptatitika samaptah ii kumudanlva cetarasi bodhayanti satam sada sri-Vacaspatimisranam krti syat tatvakaumudi ii aksaram yat paribhrastam matrahlnan tu yat bhavet

ksantum arhanti vidvamsah kasya nasti vyatikramah ii sri-

gurubhyo namah ii ii ii ii

(4)

A fragment, not identified (ff. 41 — 46). F. 41 begins: — te vidhasyati alam utkanthaya tavety upadese tustih sakalakhyogha ucyate ya tu na kalan napy upadanat prakrter vivekakhyatir api tu bhagya deva ata eva madalasapatyani balani matur upadesamatra devavi- vekakhyatimanti muktani babhuvuh, etc.

(5) The TarlxasamgraliadlpU^d, a Commentary by Annam- hhatta on his own Tdrlmsamgraha (ff. 32). It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu visvesvarara sambamurttim pranipatya giram gurum tikam sisuhitamDR.RUPNATHJI(kurve tarkasa(m)g;rahadipikam DR.RUPAK NATHi etc. ) It ends: — ity Annambhattopaddhyayakrtatarkkasam-

ii grahadipika samfipta ii srimahatripurasundaryai namah li etc. (Date etc. in Malayalam language.)

(6)

The TarJi-asamr/ralici, by Annamhlmtfa (ff. 12). -^ 203 Hg-

It begins: — harih srlganapataye namah avighnam astu nidhaya hrdi, etc. It ends: — Kanadanyayamatayor balavyutpattisiddhaye Annambhattena vidusa racitas tarkkasamgrahah tarkkasam-

grahas samaptah ii sri-Vedavyasuya namali srigurave namah.

146.

Whish No. 148.

Size: 7 x Is^ in., 4 + 129 + 60 leaves, from 6 to 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Kollam 992, i. e. A. D. 1817. (Date given in ^NFalayalam language on f. 129.) Scribe: Damodara. Character: Malayalam. (1) Ff. 1 —4 contain some fragments, not identified.

(2)

The Sarvdrthacintdmani , an astrological treatise, by

yenlMfandyaha, son oi Appaydrya. Fragment only (ff. 1 — 22). See Hultzsch II, No. 1307, p. 128,

It begins: — harih srlganapataye namah avighnam astu i srimacchesagiristhale vinilayam sri -Vemkitesam gurura natva Vemkitanayakas tv anudinam jatopayayat^ sudhih etc. F. 22b breaks off with the words: — rahau vilagne sakujerkaputre rahau brhatbijmihahuraryyah lagne sea + e.

(3)

Fragment of the first Sarga of the Balakanda of Tdl-

mllu's Rdmdyana (f. 23). F. 23 begins:DR.RUPNATHJI(— lokam gamisyati DR.RUPAKidara pavitram NATH )pfipa- ghnam punyarn vedai.s ca sammitam yah pathed ramaca-

iti ritam sarvapapaih pramucyate , and ends: — sriramayane adikavye ^riyamadvadikande srinaradavakye

^risamksepo nama prathamas sarggah ii . . . srlganapataye

namah i

I Read jatoppayaryjat with Dr. Hultzsch' MS. >^ 204 f<^

(4) Ff. 23 b — 129 contain several fragments partly in Sanskrit, partly in Malayalam, which I cannot identify.

(5) A Malayalam Commentary on the Karanapaddhati (Astrology?). Ff. 1—60.

U7.

Whish No. 149.

Size: 7^- X 1-j in., (1) + 160 + (3) leaves, generally 7 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th or 19tii cent.? Character: Malayalam.

The Keralamdhdtmya from the Blmgola-Purdna. It begins:—laksmigrame samagatya bhagavan bhrguna- ndanah gramanin kalpayam asa tasmin saptadasa dvijan kancidvijam dvijesv atra amgiranvayam eva ca ksetraka- ryaya ramas tu laksmisasyalaye nrpa, etc.

: E. 6b — iti sribhugolapurane keralamahatmye addhyayah ii

F. 39b: — iti Sribhugolapurane pahcasoddhyayah ii F. 50 b:—iti sribhiigolapurane keralamahatmye gargga- yudhisthirasamvade addhyayah ii F. 92: —iti keralotbhave nilanadimahatmye paiicamo- ddhyayah li ii

F. 131b:—iti sriblmgolapurane umamaheSvarasamvade keralamahatmye samksepo nama prathamoddhyayah ii F. 155:—ity agastyasamhitayam keralotbhave iksunadi- mahatmye paficapahcasodhyayah ii It ends:—iti keralotbhave sthalesamahatmye catussastis-

Satatamodhyayah ii subham bhavatu li DR.RUPNATHJI( DR.RUPAK NATH )

148.

Wiiisn No. 150.

Size: ll:i X If in., 209 leaves (the first of which is missing), 7 lines on a page. Afaterial: Palm leaves. -^ 205 f<^

Date: 17th or 18 th cent.? Character: Malayalam. The leaves are numbered by Aksaras. Injuries: The first two leaves damaged.

The Sutasamliitd of the Slianda-Purdna. The Sivania- hatmyakhanda wants the beginning (one leaf), the Jna- nayoga and Mukti Khandas are complete, the end of tlie

Yajnavaibhavakhanda is missing. See No. 76.

F. 3: — iti srlskande purane siitasamhitayam sivamaha-

tmyakhande prathamoddhyayah ii

The Sivamaliatmyakhanda ends (f. 41): — iti skiinde purane

sutasamhitayam sivamahatmyakhande trayodasoddhyayah ii

^ivamahatmyakhandas samaptah ii

The Jhilnayogakhanda ends (f. 83):—iti . . . jnanayoga- kliande samadhividhir vimsatitaraoddhyayah ii samapta jha-

nayogakhandah ii

The Muktikhanda ends (f. 112):—iti . . . muktikhande navamoddhyayah li muktikhandas samaptah ii The MS. breaks off in the middle of tlie 39 ^^ Adhyaya

(which begins f. 204) of the Yajnavaibhavakhanda.

M9.

Wbdesh No. 151.

Size: 7| x It in., (1) + 1 + 109 + (1) + 20 + 29 + (1) leaves, 7 or 8 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 18th cent.? Character: Malayalam.

(1)

The AhhijmnasdJcuntala, by Kdliddsa, in 7 Acts. It begins:— harihDR.RUPNATHJI(srlganapataye DR.RUPAKnamah nandyante NATH tatah) pravisati sutradharah ya srastus srstir adya vahati vidhi- hutam ya havir ya ca hotra (read hotrl) ye dve kalam vi- dhatta srutivisayaguiia ya sthita vyapya visvam yam ahus

sarvabhutaprakrtir iti yayfi prfuiinah jiranavantah pratya-

ksabhih prapannas tanubhir avatu vas tabhir astabhir i^ah i

naipatthyabhimukham avalokya i aryye yadi naipatthyavi- -^ 206 r<-

dhanam avasitam itas tavad agamyatam 1 pravi^ya nati i

ama ia limi i su i abhirupabhuyistha parisad esa adya khalu Kalidasagrathitavastuna navena natakenopasthatavyam

asmabhih i etc. 2''^ The first Anka ends f. 16b, the A. f. 30, the 3'^ A. 4*1^ 5*1^ 6'^ f. 42, the A. f. 58, the A. f. 72b, the A. f. 94b.

It breaks off (f. 109b) with:—api ca i tava bhavatu vidaujah praiyavrsti(h) prajasatatayajhas (sic) svarggino bha- vayalam yugasataparivartta. (Verse 193 in Bohtlingk's edition.) (2) The Daksayajnaprahandha, a poem. The Catalogue of the Library of the India Office, voL II, part I, p. 65 mentions a 'Daksayajna, by Ramanarayana', published Calcutta 1881. The same work? It begins: —harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu ^rimatkailasasailesakalaganacamucakrasampurnnasanau sa- nandam parijataprasavasulabhilan (?) manayan mandavatan pratyagrapremahrdyam anisam anusaran daksajamiksu (?) capakridabhedair anaisit kamapi sa samayam somalekha-

kalapah ii 1 ii

It ends (f. 20):— sadyas samprapya satraksitim anumili- tam prakrtaih praptajivaih datva rudrasya bhagani vidhi- vad avahitas satrasesam samapya svastha svam svan niva- sarn prayayur atisukhas sopi dakso babhtiva ii iti daksaya- jnaprabandham samaptam ii ii ii

(3) A fragment, not identified. It begins: — harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu sakam raja sagarbhyais samayajalanidhira dustaram sadhu tirttha (readDR.RUPNATHJI(tirtva?) nirmmukto DR.RUPAKvaktrarandhrad NATH ) vidhur iva tamaso bhasamano nitantam panim partthatmajenatbhuta- bhujamahasa grahayann uttarayas santusyan bandhuvarggais

salia ^amanasuto matsyapuryany avatslt i etc.

It ends: —matrvacam aciran ni^amya padatarit (?) ' vlniha- namaskaric (?) cadarena nijasodaran ca samudam pranamya

I The metre requires a short syllable. ->t 207 H$- samanatraajam yatiidbanapararaesakollupatinri.sumarutasu- tan teli (?)^ * adi devacaranaravindamakakan vila * (?)^

karutibhinan II ii

150.

WmsH No. 152.

Size: Q-k X ly in., (2) + 196 + (2) leaves, generally 9 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves.

Date: Kollam 999, i. e. A. D. 1824. Character: Malayalam. The Tantrasamuccaya. It begins: —liarih sriganapataye namali aviglinam astu

^rlgurave namah i srimatsatgunasambhrtara vapur adhistba- yanugrlmati yah sraddhabhaktipavitratopaharanai svarara- bhabhukarukaib purnnanandarasanubhur ativisadan (?) tai- ppito yajvanas tan devani nnigamagamadyadhigatam nityain

3 samaradhnuyah (?) i gurudivakarabhadrakataksarusphuri- tahr(t)kamalodarasainbbrtah likhitasmy atha tantrasamucca- yah, etc.

F. 103:— iti tantrasamuccaye rahasyagamasarah patalah samapi sasthaprakrtita (sic) krtapadapithapratimavarakapl-

thika pratisthah ii

F. 144: — iti tantrasamuccaye samudyatghatasamkhya- parikalpanaprakarah patalah kalasaprasadhanaitatsnapana-

khyandavarosta samaptah ii It ends:—baliplthamahaddhvajadijittena vihitair ddeva- visuddhyavasrutais tatsuli^oddhya (sic) ii ii ii ii ii iti samntra-

samuccyeye samaptah i (sic) etc. (Date in Malayalam language.)

151.

DR.RUPNATHJI(Whish No. 154.DR.RUPAK NATH )

Size: ll X It in., (1) + 137 + 4 leaves, generally 7 lines on a page. Material: Palm leaves. Date: 17th or 18th cent.?

1 The metre requires ^-. 2 The metre requires w-« for vila*. 3 Doubtful readiner. ^^. 208 r<-

Character: Malayalam. The leaves are numbered by Aksaras, in the same way as Xo. 19. Injuries: Leaves 93 and 94 damaged, half of leaf 100 lost.

(1)

The Alanikarasarvasva by Eajdnal

is given as 'Kasmirasandhivigrahikamankhuka.' Generally Eajanaka Ruyyaka (or Rucaka) is mentioned as the author of our work. Thus in the edition published in the 'Ka- vyamala' (Xo. 35, Bombay 1893); also in the Bodleian MS. Wilson 406 (Aufrecht- Oxford 210 a), where Euppaka

is a mistake for Ruyyaka. Mitra, Notices No. 3015 (vol. IX,

p. 117) has Rajanaka Rucaka. Biihler (Report, pp. 51, 67 seq.) has shown that Rajanaka Ruyyaka was the Guru of Mankha or Maiikhaka (who wrote his Srikanthacarita between A. D. 1135 and 1145). Is Mankhuka identical with Mankhaka, and was he the real author of the Alaiu- karasastra which his Guru appropriated to himself? It begins:—harih sriganapataye namah avighnam astu naraaskrtya param vacan devin trividhavigraham nijalam- karasiitranam vrtya talparyam ucyate iha bhamahotbhata- prabhrtayas tavac cirantanalanakarakarah pratiyamanam arttham vacyopaskarakatayrdamkarapaksaniksiptam ma- nyante tatha hi, etc. It ends:— sabdalamkaratvaprasamgat tasmad asrayasrayi-

bhavenaiva cirantanamatanusrtih ii ii samaptaii cedam alam-